3g Handover Detailed Document

Handover
Guide
WCDMA RAN
Control
Feature
Handover Control Feature Guide

Version
Date
Author
Reviewer
Revision History
1.
Added
Section
ZWF21-03-050
2.1.24
Handover Optimization in Weak-Coverage and

Section 8.4 Fast Return to EUTRAN.
2.
Added
Section
Special
6.4.1
Events
Processing via IUR for PS0/0.

3.
Modified the switch of function enabled in

Section 5.8.
4.
Modified the strategy of coupling between

DSCR and soft-handover relocation in Section
6.3.
5.
Modified the remark for measurement quality in

Sections 5.1.2.7 and 7.1.2.5.
6.
Added Section 4.3.7 Criterion of Being in the

Same Active Set Based on Cell Type.
7.
Modified Chapter 9, and added the authorized

judgment strategy when SNAC list of PLMN
V7.0
2012-3-30
Feng
Zhao
Hong
Dapeng
carried in CommonID is empty.

8.
Modified Section 4.3.8, and added the parallel

processing strategy of Iub and Uu interfaces
when adding a radio link in a softer handover.
9.
Modified
the
description
of
parameters
StateMode and GsmStateMode.

10. Added
the
following
new
parameters:
CelReturnLteSwch,
fastRetEUtranSwch,
RncFeatSwitchBit18,
RncFeatSwitchBit9,
RncFeatSwitchBit15,
RncFeatSwitchBit10,
RncFeatSwitchBit11,
RncFeatSwitchBit0,
RncFeatSwitchBit19,
RncFeatSwitchBit7,
RncFeatSwitchBit4,
RncFeatSwitchBit1,
RncFeatSwitchBit2,
HcsSupportInd,
and
ParallelSoftHO.
11. Deleted
the
following
RncFeatSwitch,
UseofHcs(UtranRelation),
parameters:
UseofHcs(UtranCell),
and
UseofHcs(gsmRelation).
ZTE Confidential Proprietary
12. Added the special strategy to deal with the

situation that DRNC does not support the
strategy of compress mode command activates
compress mode in Section 3.3 Compressed
Mode Configuration Strategy via RNC.
13. Added Section 4.3.8.3 Strategy for Soft
Handover OD Switch Configuration in the
Signaling Stage.
14. Added Section 4.3.8.4 Special Events Handling
via IUR for CS.
15. Modified handover parameter index quotations
in Sections 4.1.2.4, 4.3.10, 5.1.2.7, 7.1.2.5.
16. Modified parameter-related MOs.
17. Modified parameter names from table field
name to logical name.
18. Added
the
following
RncFeatSwitchBit16,
parameters:
RncFeatSwitchBit17,,
CsIntraEvtSwch, srvHoIndAmr, srvHoIndCs64,

srvHoIndPsNRT,
srvHoIndPsRT,
BSCPSFeatSwitch,
BSCDTMFeatSwitch,
UIntraMeasProfile,
UIntraMeasSrvSpec,
UIntraMeasNoSrvSpec,
UInterMeaSrvSpec,
UInterMeasProfile,
UInterMeasNoSrvSpec,
URatMeasProfile,
URatMeasSrvSpec,
URatMeasNoSrvSpec,
IurgFeatSwitch,
imsiMatchedDgtNum,
imsiMatchedDigit,
BoardPwrOffHoTmr,
UtraSISwitch,
intialHoCelSelScene,
UUeIntMeasProfile,
refUUeIntMeasProfile, and evtAbTcpThrd.

19. Deleted
the
following
MeasQuantity(Intra),
parameters:
MeasQuantity(Inter),
OwnMeasQuantity, RptCrt(Intra), RptCrt(Inter),

RptCrt(Rat),
IntRatHoMth,
InterHoMth,
SoftHoMth, servHoInd, BscFeatSwitch, ExtInfo,

ExtInfoDgtNum,
RptCrt(UeInt),
MeasQuantity(UeInt),
RptTxPwrInd,
EvtMeasRTT2,
UeIntMCfgNote, and HoEvtMeasTP.

20. Added Strategy of coupling between intelligent
carrier
power
off/on
and
inter-frequency
handover in Section 5.1.2.7.

21. Added Section 7.7 UMTS->GSM Handover
Based on Board Power Off.

22. Added Section 8.8.1 UTRA SI.
1.
Added
Section
8.5
EUTRAN
Blacklist
Management.
2.
Added Section 8.6 Inter-RAT Handover based

on EUTRAN Load, and modified Section 2.1.18
and added the condition of acquiring EUTRAN
load.
3.
Added
Section
EUTRAN
8.7
Detection
Supported
4.
Added Section 7.9 Special UMTS->GSM

Handover
Strategy
based
on
the
Indoor
Neighboring Cell.
5.
Modified Sections 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5,

and added the RNC level switch to control.
6.
Modified Section 4.3.8.1 to Intra-frequency

Handover Optimization in Weak Coverage, and
added the quality judgement strategy for event
1D.
7.
V8.0
2012-11-2
Feng
Zhao
Hong
Dapeng
Added
Section
ZWF21-03-050
2.1.24
Handover Optimization in Weak-Coverage.

8.
Modified
Section
Processing
7.1.2.4
of
Inter-RAT Events, and changed the inter-RAT

handover failure penalty from direct at cell to
direct at UE;
9.
Modified
Section
Configuration
5.1.2.7
Strategies,
and
Parameter
separated
Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurement

Choice and described it in Section 5.10.
10. Added
Section
5.11
Inter-frequency
and
Inter-RAT Period Measurement Algorithm.

11. Added Section 6.2.3 Common Status DSCR.
12. Added Section 8.8 RIM and Section 8.8.2
SON Transfer.
13. Added Section 6.4.2 Special Inter-frequency
Handover Strategy via IUR for HSPA.
14. Added
the
following
parameters:
EutranNCblstSwch, StateMode(UENbrBlkList),
LdBsdEutranHOInd,
EutranDlLdThrd,
IndoorCellInd,
EutranUlLdThrd,
EutraDetectionInd,
RncTxPwrHoSwch,
RncUlBlerHoSwch,
RatCelInfoSwch,
IntraHoEcNoThrd,
IntraHoRscpThrd,
EnhanceHoSwch,
HoToEutraPenTimer,
InterHoMth, IntRatHoMth, PeriodTriggerTime,

dscrInCmnToDedSwch,
sonTransReqPeriod,
sonTransReqNumThrd,
sonTransRespSwitch,
rxlevNecellInd,
sonTransRespNumThrd,
RNCFEATSWITCHBit24,
CResPara5,
LteCellIdenFlag, and RncFeatSwitchBit25.

15. Deleted
the
following
parameters:
EcNoThrAddNRLSHO
and
RSCPThrAddNRLSHO.
1.
Modified
Section
Scenarios
4.3.14
of
Intra-Frequency Hard Handover: added the

synchronization mode.
2.
Modified Section 8.4 Fast Return to EUTRAN.
3.
Added the following parameters: GResPara47,

MulSrvRePsHoLteSw,
EutranPsHoMode,
PsHoLteMeasTimer, and SimCompUserNum.

4.
Modified
Section
Processing
5.1.2.4
of
Inter-Frequency Events: added the penalty

timer for inter-frequency handover failure.
5.
Added
Section
Judgement
2013-7-4
Meiqing
Zhao
Feng
Dapeng
Hong
Strategy
Minimum
in
Quality
Inter-frequency
Handover.
Huang
V8.5
5.1.2.5
6.

CResPara6, GResPara2, and GResPara5.
7.
Modified
Section
UTRAN<->LTE PS
8.1
Handover Strategy, and added strategy of

checking
UE
E-UTRA
Capability
before
initiating the PS handover procedure from

Utran to EUTRAN.
8.
Modified Section 8.4 Fast Return to EUTRAN,

separated the control switch of fast return for
CSFB
and
SRVCC,
added
timer for
identifying CSFB, and added strategy of

carrying CSFB information via Iur interface.
9.

CResPara7, GResPara7, and PsSigForImsInd.
10. Added
feature
IDs,
supplemented
some
parameters, glossaries, and counters. Modified
some descriptions of the text. Deleted the

profile IDs.
2014 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved.

ZTE CONFIDENTIAL: This document contains proprietary information of ZTE and is not to be disclosed or used
without the prior written permission of ZTE.
Due to update and improvement of ZTE products and technologies, information in this document is subjected to
change without notice.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Feature Attributes............................................................................................ 14
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
2.20
2.21
2.22
2.23
2.24
2.25
2.26
2.27
2.28
2.29
2.30
2.31
2.32
2.33
2.34
2.35
Overview .......................................................................................................... 14
ZWF21-03-001 Soft/Softer Handover ................................................................. 16
ZWF21-03-002 Intra-Frequency Hard Handover ................................................ 16
ZWF21-03-003 Inter-Frequency Hard Handover ................................................ 16
ZWF21-03-004 Inter-RAT Mobility (GSM) .......................................................... 17
ZWF21-03-006 Inter-RNC Handover with Iur Support ........................................ 19
ZWF21-03-008 Directed Signalling Connection Re-establishment ..................... 20
ZWF21-03-009 Coverage Based Handover ....................................................... 20
ZWF21-03-010 Compressed Mode .................................................................... 20
ZWF21-03-011 Neighboring Cells Priorities ....................................................... 20
ZWF21-03-012 Handover Based on Dedicated Downlink Transmit Power ......... 21
ZWF21-03-012 Handover Based on Dedicated Uplink Transmit Power (UE) ..... 21
ZWF21-03-013 Quality-Based Handover ........................................................... 21
ZWF21-03-020 SRNS Relocation ...................................................................... 21
ZWF21-03-022 IMSI-based Handover ............................................................... 22
ZWF21-03-023 Inter-RAT PS Handover (GSM) ................................................. 22
ZWF21-03-024 DTM Handover .......................................................................... 22
ZWF21-03-025 NACC ........................................................................................ 22
ZWF21-03-026 Target Cell Load Based Inter-RAT Handover ............................ 23
ZWF21-05-022 Handover Strategy Based on Service Type ............................... 23
ZWF21-03-014 Enhanced Iur-g.......................................................................... 23
ZWF21-03-110 UTRAN<->LTE PS Handover Strategy ...................................... 23
ZWF21-03-120 Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC)............................. 24
ZWF21-03-101 CS Fallback (CSFB) .................................................................. 24
ZWF21-03-050 Handover Optimization in Weak-Coverage................................ 24
ZWF23-03-001 HS-DSCH Serving Cell Change ................................................ 24
ZWF23-03-002 HS-DSCH handover to/from DCH ............................................. 25
ZWF23-03-003 HS-DSCH Inter-RAT Reselection .............................................. 25
ZWF23-03-004 HSDPA Soft/Softer Handover of A-DPCH ................................. 25
ZWF23-03-005 HSDPA over Iur......................................................................... 25
ZWF25-03-001 HSUPA Soft/Softer Handover .................................................... 25
ZWF25-03-002 E-DCH Serving Cell Change Inside Active Set .......................... 26
ZWF25-03-003 E-DCH Intra-frequency Hard Handover ..................................... 26
ZWF25-03-004 E-DCH Inter-frequency Hard Handover ..................................... 26
ZWF25-03-005 HSUPA over Iur......................................................................... 26
ZWF25-03-012 HSUPA Inter-RAT Reselection .................................................. 27
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Compressed Mode Strategy ........................................................................... 27

Introduction to Compressed Mode ..................................................................... 27
Compressed Mode Strategy .............................................................................. 29
Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy via RNC .......................................... 33
4
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.2
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.3.7
4.3.8
4.3.9
4.3.10
4.3.11
4.3.12
4.3.13
4.3.14
4.3.15
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.4.6
Intra-Frequency Handover Strategy ............................................................... 34

Intra-Frequency Measurement ........................................................................... 35
Introduction to Intra-Frequency Measurement.................................................... 36
Measurement Control Method Related to Active Set and Monitored set ............. 36
Neighboring Cells Configuration......................................................................... 42
Handling Mechanism for Periodical Reporting of Intra-Frequency Handover
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 44
Intra-Frequency Handover Decision ................................................................... 45
Event 1A-Triggered Handover............................................................................ 45
Event 1B-Triggered Handover............................................................................ 47
Event 1C-Triggered Handover ........................................................................... 48
Event 1D-Triggered Handover ........................................................................... 50
CIO Configuration Strategy ................................................................................ 51
Time-To-Trigger Mechanism Used to Control Event Report ............................... 52
Criterion of Being in the Same Active Set Based on Cell Type ........................... 52
Processing of Intra-Frequency Events ............................................................... 53
Detected set Handover ...................................................................................... 57
Detected Set Tracing ......................................................................................... 58
Processing of the Rx-Tx Time Difference of a UE in Macro Diversity ................. 58
IUB Transmission Bandwidth Limitation Strategy ............................................... 60
Decision on Support-CS64k Traffic of Target Cell .............................................. 61
Scenarios of Intra-Frequency Hard Handover .................................................... 62
Disposal Strategy of Intra-Frequency Events in Buffer ....................................... 63
Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure ................................................................ 65
Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Adding a Radio Link) ................................................ 65
Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Deleting a Radio Link) .............................................. 66
Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Swapping a Radio Link)............................................ 67
Intra-RNC Hard handover .................................................................................. 68
Inter-RNC Hard Handover Through lur Interface ................................................ 69
Inter-RNC Hard Handover Without lur Interface ................................................. 70
5
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
Inter-Frequency Handover Strategy ............................................................... 71

Inter-Frequency Measurement ........................................................................... 72
Introduction to Inter-Frequency Measurement.................................................... 74
Inter-Frequency Measurement Control Method .................................................. 78
Neighboring Cells Configuration......................................................................... 90
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.11.1
5.11.2
5.12
Handling Mechanism for Periodical Report of Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT

Handover Measurement..................................................................................... 92
Downlink Coverage Based Inter-Frequency Handover ....................................... 93
Uplink BLER Based Inter-Frequency Handover ................................................. 93
Uplink Transmit Power Based Inter-Frequency Handover .................................. 94
Downlink Transmit Power Based Inter-Frequency Handover ............................. 95
Load Control Based Handover ........................................................................... 96
Moving Speed Based Handover ......................................................................... 96
Coupling Processing of Different Handovers ...................................................... 97
Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurement Choice ......................................... 98
Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Period Measurement Algorithm ........................ 100
Period Measurement Configuration .................................................................. 100
Processing of Period Measurement Report ...................................................... 102
Inter-Frequency Handover Procedure .............................................................. 103
6
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.3
6.4
6.4.1
6.4.2
Inter-RNC Mobility ......................................................................................... 104

SRNS Relocation ............................................................................................. 104
Relocation Triggered by Soft Handover ........................................................... 105
Relocation Triggered by Hard Handover .......................................................... 108
DSCR .............................................................................................................. 110
R99 DSCR ....................................................................................................... 110
HSPA DSCR .................................................................................................... 110
Common Status DSCR .................................................................................... 111
Coupling between relocation and DSCR .......................................................... 111
Special Handling Strategy of IUR ..................................................................... 111
Special Events Processing via IUR for PS0/0 .................................................. 111
Special inter-frequency handover strategy via IUR for HSPA ........................... 112
7
7.1
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.1.3
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.8.1
7.8.2
GSM Inter-RAT Handover Policy .................................................................. 112

Inter-RAT Measurement................................................................................... 113
Overview of Inter-RAT Measurement ............................................................... 114
Control Methods for Inter-RAT Measurement................................................... 116
Neighboring Cells Configuration....................................................................... 125
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage ......................................... 127
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink BLER .................................................... 127
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink Transmit Power .................................... 128
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Transmit Power ................................ 129
Handover Based on Load Control .................................................................... 130
UMTS->GSM Handover Based on Board Power Off ........................................ 130
Inter-RAT Handover based on GSM Load ....................................................... 131
Acquirement and Update of GSM Load Condition ............................................ 131
Inter-RAT Handover based on GSM Load Process .......................................... 132
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.11.1
7.11.2
Special UMTS->GSM Handover Strategy based on the Indoor Neighboring Cell133

Coupling for Different Handover Causes .......................................................... 133
Inter-RAT Handover Process ........................................................................... 134
CS Service Handover from 3G System to 2G System ...................................... 134
PS Service Reselection in 3G to 2G Handover ................................................ 137
8
8.1
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.1.4
8.1.5
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.4.1
8.4.2
8.4.3
8.4.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.8.1
8.8.2
UTRAN<->LTE Handover Strategy ............................................................... 141

UTRAN<->LTE PS Handover Strategy ............................................................ 141
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Measurement ................................................................... 142
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage .......................... 145
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Based on BLER and Transmit Power ............... 146
Coupling for Different Handover Causes .......................................................... 146
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Process............................................................ 147
SRVCC ............................................................................................................ 147
CSFB ............................................................................................................... 149
Fast Return to EUTRAN................................................................................... 150
Fast Return in PS Handover Way .................................................................... 150
Fast Return in Redirection Way based on Measurement ................................. 152
Fast Return in Redirection Way without Measurement ..................................... 154
Fast Return Strategy of IUR ............................................................................. 156
EUTRAN Blacklist Management ...................................................................... 156
Inter-RAT Handover based on EUTRAN Load ................................................. 157
EUTRAN Detection Supported ......................................................................... 157
RIM .................................................................................................................. 157
UTRA SI .......................................................................................................... 159
SON Transfer ................................................................................................... 160
9
9.1
9.2
IMSI-based handover .................................................................................... 160

Querying Whether the SRNC Cell Is Authorized According to IMSI.................. 162
Querying Whether the DRNC Cell Is Authorized According to IMSI ................. 164
10
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
HSDPA-related special strategy ................................................................... 165

Overview .......................................................................................................... 166
Intra-frequency Handover ................................................................................ 166
Inter-frequency Handover ................................................................................ 168
Inter-RAT Handover ......................................................................................... 169
11
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
HSUPA-related special strategy ................................................................... 169

Overview .......................................................................................................... 170
Inter-RAT Handover ......................................................................................... 175
12
12.1
12.2
MBMS-related special strategy ..................................................................... 175

13
13.1
13.1.1
13.1.2
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.3
13.3.1
13.3.2
13.4
13.4.1
13.4.2
13.5
13.5.1
13.5.2
13.6
13.6.1
13.6.2
13.7
13.7.1
13.7.2
13.8
13.8.1
13.8.2
13.9
13.9.1
13.9.2
Parameters and Configurations ................................................................... 177

Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters ............................................................ 177
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 177
Parameter Configurations ................................................................................ 183
Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters ............................................................ 227
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 227
SRNC Relocation Parameters.......................................................................... 286
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 286
GSM Inter-RAT Handover Parameters............................................................. 291
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 291
EUTARN Inter-RAT Handover Parameters ...................................................... 333
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 333
IMSI-based Handover Parameters ................................................................... 358
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 358
HSDPA Handover Parameters ......................................................................... 367
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 367
HSUPA Handover Parameters ......................................................................... 369
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 369
MBMS Handover Parameters .......................................................................... 371
Parameter List ................................................................................................. 371
14
14.1
14.1.1
14.1.2
14.1.3
14.1.4
14.1.5
14.1.6
14.1.7
Counter and Alarm ........................................................................................ 372

Counter List ..................................................................................................... 372
RNC Soft Handover Statistics .......................................................................... 372
RNC Hard Handover Statistics ......................................................................... 379
Cell Relocation Statistics.................................................................................. 394
Inter-RAT Cell Handover Statistics ................................................................... 400
HSPA Serving Cell Change Statistics .............................................................. 411
Inter-cell Hard Handover Statistics ................................................................... 415
Inter-cell Soft Handover Statistics .................................................................... 419
10
14.1.8
14.1.9
14.1.10
14.1.11
14.1.12
14.2
Inter-cell Detected Set Statistics ...................................................................... 421

Inter-RAT Inter-cell Handover Statistics ........................................................... 421
Soft Handover via Iur Statistics ........................................................................ 424
Eutran Inter-RAT Handover Statistics .............................................................. 425
Compressed Mode Statistics............................................................................ 426
Alarm List ......................................................................................................... 428
15
Glossary ......................................................................................................... 428
11
FIGURES
Figure 3-1 Transmission Gap (TG) Position .......................................................................28
Figure 3-2 Parameters of Compressed Mode ....................................................................29
Figure 3-3 Procedure for E-DCH Fallback to DCH Prior to Initiation of Compressed Mode 31
Figure 3-4 Procedure for Configuring Accompanying Compressed Mode ..........................32
Figure 3-5 Procedure for Configuring Dedicated Compressed Mode .................................33
Figure 4-1 Intra-frequency Handover Index Quotations ......................................................40
Figure 4-2 Cell Priority Configuration .................................................................................43
Figure 4-3 Time-To-Trigger mechanism .............................................................................52
Figure 4-4 Intra-RNC Soft Handover (Adding a Radio Link) ...............................................65
Figure 4-5 Intra-RNC Soft Handover (Deleting a Radio Link) .............................................66
Figure 4-6 Intra-RNC Soft Handover (Swapping a Radio Link) ..........................................67
Figure 4-7 Intra-RNC Hard Handover ................................................................................68
Figure 4-8 Inter-RNC Hard Handover Through lur Interface ...............................................69
Figure 4-9 Inter-RNC Hard Handover Without lur Interface ................................................70
Figure 5-1 Inter-Frequency Handover Index Quotations ....................................................87
Figure 5-2 Cell Priority Configuration .................................................................................91
Figure 6-1 Relocation Triggered by Soft Handover ..........................................................105
Figure 6-2 Relocation Triggered by Hard Handover .........................................................108
Figure 7-1 Indexing relations for inter-RAT handover .......................................................123
Figure 7-2 Priority Settings of Cells ..................................................................................126
Figure 7-3 3G to 2G CS Service Handover ......................................................................134
Figure 7-4 3G to 2G CS Service Handover Procedure via IUR-G ....................................135
Figure 7-5 PS service reselection initiated by an UE in the case of 3G to 2G handover ...138
Figure 7-6 PS service reselection initiated by the RNC in the case of 3G to 2G handover
...........................................................................................................................................139
Figure 8-1 Indexing relation for inter-RAT handover.........................................................143
Figure 8-2 UTRAN->EUTRAN PS Handover Process ......................................................147
Figure 8-3 SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN .................................................................148
12
Figure 8-4 EUTRAN->UTRAN Handover for CSFB ..........................................................149

Figure 9-1 Schematic Diagram of Querying Whether a the SRNC Cell Is Authorized
According to IMSI ...............................................................................................................164
Figure 9-2 Schematic Diagram of Querying Whether a the DRNC Cell Is Authorized
According to IMSI ...............................................................................................................165
TABLES
Table 2-1 Correspondence between Handover and Compressed Mode ............................15
Table 3-1 Parameters of Compressed Mode......................................................................30
Table 12-1 Table of Principle ...........................................................................................176
Table 13-1 Service Type Related UE Inter-frequency Measurement Parameter
Configuration Default Value ................................................................................................267
Table 13-2 Service Type Related UE Inter-RAT Measurement Parameter Configuration
Default Value ......................................................................................................................304
13
Feature Attributes
System version: [RNCV3.12.10/RNCV4.12.10, Node B V4.12.10, OMMR V12.12.41,
OMMB V12.12.40]
Attribute: [Mandatory + Optional]
Involved NEs:
UE
Node B
RNC
MSC
-
MGW
-
SGSN
-
GGSN
-
HLR
-
Note:
*-: Not involved.
*: Involved.
Dependency: [None]
Mutual exclusion: [None]
Note: [None]
Overview
The cell handover strategy is required in WCDMA to implement mobility management of
RRC connections due to UE mobility. It is also required to balance traffic among cells to
lower traffic in heavily-loaded cells. Service connections must not be interrupted and
QoS must be guaranteed during handover.
In the process of a handover:
If a UE retains the radio connection with the current cell while establishing a radio
connection in a new cell, the handover is called soft handover.
If the new and current cells belong to the same Node B during a soft handover, the
handover is called softer handover.
14
If a UE needs to disconnect with the current cell before setting up a link

(synchronization) with a new cell (that is, the new and current links do not co-exist),
the handover is called hard handover.
A transient interruption will occur to UE transmission and reception duringa hard

handover. Therefore, the hard handover may affect the QoS.
Handovers may also be classified into intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency
handover and inter-RAT handover by different cell frequency features or access
technologies before and after a handover. A UE in connection can only receive
single-frequency service data, but soft/softer handover requires a UE to retain a radio link
with several cells concurrently, so the soft/ softer handover must be an intra-frequency
handover. However, a handover between the cells of the same frequency may not be a
soft/softer handover. It may be a hard handover. The inter-frequency/inter-RAT handover
is surely a hard handover because of different carrier frequencies/frequency bands.
Normally, a UE has only one set of receiver and transmitter, so activating compressed
mode is necessary for inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement. The following table
lists the correspondence between handover and compressed mode.
Table 2-1
Correspondence between Handover and Compressed Mode

Softer
Handover
Soft
Handover
Hard
Require Compressed
Handover
Mode to Activate or
Not
Intra-frequency
Inter-frequency
Inter-RAT
A handover generally involves three steps: measurement, handover decision and

handover implementation. Measurement is the prerequisite for a handover, handover
decision is the core of a handover and handover implementation is the process of
implementing a handover decision. This document describes these three steps to
illustrate the relevant algorithms, and contains the following contents:
15
2.1
ZWF21-03-001 Soft/Softer Handover

In soft handover, a UE maintains several radio links with different Node Bs, while in softer
handover, a UE concurrently maintains radio links with several cells in a Node B, and
these cells are also known as macro diversity.
Soft/softer handover only occurs in intra-frequency cells. Compared with the hard
handover, the soft/softer handover has the following features:
Soft and softer handovers are seamless handovers and no service will be
interrupted during handover.
Macro diversity gain: When a UE maintains radio links with several cells, the
receiver may enhance the accuracy of data reception and link receiving quality and
lower the transmit power of all links by combining the signal receiving results of
several links.
The best cell where a UE registers may establish a radio connection with the UE in
time to lower the transmit power of the UE.
In view of these features, for intra-frequency handover, soft and softer handovers are
conducted whenever possible, a hard handover is only conducted when the soft/softer
handover is unavailable.
2.2
ZWF21-03-002 Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Hard handover is a typical handover mechanism in which a UE needs to disconnect with
the current cell before setting up a link (synchronization) with a new cell (that is, the new
and current links do not co-exist). The intra-frequency hard handover is only conducted
when the soft/softer handover is unavailable.
2.3
ZWF21-03-003 Inter-Frequency Hard Handover

Inter-frequency hard handover means a UE in connection state hands over from one cell
on one frequency of UTRAN to another cell on another frequency.
16
The factors triggering an inter-frequency hard handover include radio quality, cell load,
and moving speed of the UE.
Inter-frequency hard handover
triggered
by radio quality:
An inter-frequency
measurement is initiated when the quality of the frequency where the UE is currently
located worsens, and then the UE is handed over to the frequency with better quality
based on the inter-frequency measurement result. The quality of the carrier frequency
where the UE is currently located is measured according to the following four standards
(For details, see Chapter 5 Inter-Frequency Handover Strategy):
PCPICH quality of the cell in the current serving carrier frequency.
Uplink Block Error Rate (BLER) of the Dedicated Channel (DCH).
Uplink transmit power of DCH.
Downlink transmit power of DCH.
Inter-frequency hard handover triggered by cell load: When the load of a cell on the
current frequency is too heavy, the system switches partial services of the cell to an
adjacent cell on another frequency.
Inter-frequency hard handover triggered by moving speed of the UE: It is mainly used on
the HCS network. UEs with quick moving speed are carried in macro cells and those with
slow moving speed in micro cells for appropriate traffic distribution in cells, making full
use of system resources and enhancing system performance.
For non-double-receiver terminals in WCDMA, compressed mode must be initiated for
inter-frequency measurement. However, initiation of compressed mode has impact on
the performance of both the system and the UE. Therefore, compressed mode must not
be initiated unless absolutely necessary (for example, when the quality of the current
serving carrier frequency worsens).
2.4
ZWF21-03-004 Inter-RAT Mobility (GSM)

Inter-RAT mobility refers to the mobility management conducted when a UE switches
from one UMTS to another one. It only applies to the mobility management for UEs that
17
switch from UTRAN to RATx (the mobility management from RATx to UTRAN belongs to
the strategy of RATx).
This feature requires the UE to support both WCDMA and RATx. Moreover, the RATx
also needs to offer related features to support inter-RAT handover. The features required
by WCDMA are described below.
WCDMA-to-GSM handover supports the following services:
Conversational services
Videophone service fallback to ordinary voice service. (3GPP R6)
PS transferred to GPRS/GERAN
For a WCDMA-to-GSM handover combining CS and PS RAB, the system first switches
CS services to GERAN first, and then the RNC releases the PS on lu interface upon
receiving the context request message from the CN. The UE activates the PS service on
GERAN upon the release of CS services.
In WCDMA:
UTRAN-to-GERAN mobility of CS services in connected mode is implemented

through a CS service handover procedure.
UTRAN-to-GERAN mobility of PS services in CELL_DCH state is implemented

through a cell reselection procedure (PS service handover) triggered on the network
side.
UTRAN-to-GERAN mobility of PS services in CELL_FACH /URA_PCH state is

implemented through a cell reselection procedure triggered by UE.
Load-based UTRAN-to-GERAN handover of PS services in CELL_FACH state is

implemented through a cell reselection procedure triggered on the network side.
Inter-system mobility in connected mode must be accompanied by an inter-system

relocation.
The factors triggering a WCDMA-to-GSM handover include radio quality and cell load.
18
Inter-RAT handover triggered by radio quality: An inter-RAT measurement is initiated

when the quality of the frequency where the UE is currently located worsens and
inter-frequency measurement initiation conditions cannot be met or the quality of other
frequencies is also poor, and then the UE is handed over to the cell of RATx based on
the inter-RAT measurement result. The quality of the frequency where the UE is currently
located is measured according to the following four standards (For details, see 7 GSM
Inter-RAT Handover Policy):
PCPICH quality of the cell in the current serving carrier frequency.
Uplink Block Error Rate (BLER) of the Dedicated Channel (DCH).
Uplink transmit power of DCH.
Downlink transmit power of DCH.
Inter-RAT handover triggered by cell load: When the load of a cell in the current UTRAN
system is too heavy, the system switches partial services of the cell to an adjacent cell in
GERAN.
inter-RAT measurement. However, initiation of compressed mode has impact on the
performance of both the system and the UE. Therefore, compressed mode must not be
initiated unless absolutely necessary (for example, when the quality of the current
serving carrier frequency worsens).
2.5
ZWF21-03-006 Inter-RNC Handover with Iur Support

This feature supports maintaining communication continuity in the case of a UE in
CELL_DCH state moving among inter-RNC cells. The Iur interface is configured between
different RNCs to ensure that a UE maintains the current connection with the CN when
being handed over in the coverage areas of different RNCs. There is no need to trigger
an SRNS relocation, so that the effect of SRNS relocation on service quality is reduced.
19
2.6
ZWF21-03-008 Directed Signalling Connection

Re-establishment
This feature enables the RNC to allow the UE with ongoing PS services to trigger a
DSCR procedure to interoperate with the RNC that cannot support the SRNS relocation
procedure.
2.7
ZWF21-03-009 Coverage Based Handover

This feature allows the system to utilize the measurement report to judge the quality of
radio links and thus to perform handovers to guarantee the service quality for users in the
case of changing network coverage conditions.
The RNC can control the UE to perform the intra-frequency, inter-frequency and
inter-RAT measurement and judge the radio link quality according to the measurement
result of event-triggered reports to trigger various handovers: soft/softer handover,
intra-frequency hard handover, inter-frequency hard handover and inter-RAT handover.
The RNC can also be configured with different handover parameters for different
services.
2.8
ZWF21-03-010 Compressed Mode

inter-RAT/inter-frequency measurement. When compressed mode is used, some
timeslots are specially used for inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement instead of data
transmission during transmission and reception.
2.9
ZWF21-03-011 Neighboring Cells Priorities

This feature can be used to configure different priorities for different cells in the adjacent
cell list. It allows a UE to hand over to an adjacent cell of high priority with a higher
success rate to improve the handover performance of the system.
20
2.10
ZWF21-03-012 Handover Based on Dedicated

Downlink Transmit Power
This feature enables handovers based on the dedicated downlink transmit power, and
applies to the following scenario: The signal of pilot frequency is acceptable, but the
dedicated downlink transmit power has become very high, requiring the UE to hand over
to an inter-frequency or inter-RAT adjacent cell.
2.11
ZWF21-03-012 Handover Based on Dedicated

Uplink Transmit Power (UE)
This feature enables handovers based on the dedicated uplink transmit power, and
applies to the following scenario: The signal of pilot frequency is acceptable, but the
dedicated uplink transmit power has become very high, requiring the UE to hand over to
an inter-frequency or inter-RAT adjacent cell to avoid large interference on other users.
2.12
ZWF21-03-013 Quality-Based Handover

This feature enables handovers based on the uplink BLER and applies to the following
scenario: The signal of pilot frequency is acceptable, but the uplink of the UE is very poor
due to uplink interference or other reasons. In the event of the outer loop power control
failure, the UE needs to be handed off to an inter-frequency or inter-RAT adjacent cell as
quick as possible to avoid call drops.
2.13
ZWF21-03-020 SRNS Relocation

This feature supports that a UE in CELL_DCH state transfers services to a new RNC
when moving among adjacent RNC cells. When there is no Iur interface between RNCs,
SRNS relocation can maintain service continuity. When there is an Iur interface between
RNCs, SRNS relocation triggered timely after a handover via Iur is completed can reduce
the transmission resource consumption at the Iur interface.
21
2.14
ZWF21-03-022 IMSI-based Handover

The scope of authorized cells is configured based on the IMSI information on the network
side. The IMSI information is resolved through the CommonID on lu interface during a
service setup or handover, and the UE is not allowed to access or to be handed over to
unauthorized cells.
2.15
ZWF21-03-023 Inter-RAT PS Handover (GSM)

This feature shortens PS service interruption when there is a handover between
inter-RAT adjacent cells. With this feature, PS service continuity is enhanced, especially
for the real-time packet service with higher QoS requirements, and therefore user
experience is improved.
2.16
ZWF21-03-024 DTM Handover

This feature guarantees service continuity for UEs that have CS and PS combined
services during inter-RAT movement. It improves user experience.

When a UE with CS and PS services simultaneously moves between inter-RAT adjacent
cells, these CS and PS services are handed over to an inter-RAT cell in parallel via DTM
mechanism.
2.17
ZWF21-03-025 NACC
The PS service will be interrupted when it is handed over to GERAN via cell reselection
procedure, which leads to bad user experience. Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC)
reduces the duration of UE inter-RAT cell reselection procedure by sending system
information to the RNC in advance.
22
2.18
ZWF21-03-026 Target Cell Load Based Inter-RAT

Handover
This feature enables the RNC to get load information of 2G or EUTRAN adjacent cells.
The RNC selects an adjacent cell with a lower load as target cell when the UE is handed
over to GSM or EUTRAN from UMTS.
2.19
ZWF21-05-022 Handover Strategy Based on Service

Type
This feature determines whether and when services can be handed over to GSM based
on the service handover attribute in the RAB assignment request message.
This feature determines whether services can be handed over to EUTRAN based on the
EUTRAN service handover attribute in the RAB assignment request message.
2.20
ZWF21-03-014 Enhanced Iur-g

The feature supports the enhanced Iur-g interface between GERAN BSC and 3G RNC. It
enables the RNC to get capability and load information of 2G cells. By employing the
interface, inter-RAT load balance can be achieved, inter-RAT handover success ratio is
improved and handover delay is decreased.
2.21
ZWF21-03-110 UTRAN<->LTE PS Handover

Strategy
The feature supports UTRAN<->LTE PS Handover when the signal quality is poor, so
that the continuity of PS services between UTRAN and LTE is ensured.
23
2.22
ZWF21-03-120 Single Radio Voice Call Continuity

(SRVCC)
This feature ensures the continuity of voice services between UTRAN and LTE during
inter-RAT handovers. The RNC can transform the voice call from the VoIP/IMS packet
domain to the legacy circuit domain.
2.23
ZWF21-03-101 CS Fallback (CSFB)

This feature ensures the continuity of voice services between UTRAN and EUTRAN.
When CSFB traffic initializes a PS handover from EUTRAN to UTRAN, the
corresponding CS traffic can be set up in UTRAN later.
2.24
ZWF21-03-050 Handover Optimization in

Weak-Coverage
This feature supports enhancing handover performance. In the weak-coverage area, the
system decides the link quality of the target cell that is suitable for adding a new link into
macro diversity or serving cell change, and only when the quality is above the threshold,
the corresponding soft handover procedure or serving cell change procedure can be
initiated. This can increase the handover success rate, decrease call drop rate, and
improve RAN network performance and service experience.
2.25
ZWF23-03-001 HS-DSCH Serving Cell Change

The HS-PDSCH has only one serving cell. During an intra-system soft handover, if an
HS-PDSCH exists before and after the handover when the best cell changes (triggered
by 1D event), an HS-PDSCH serving cell change is triggered. If there is an HS-PDSCH
before and after a hard handover, the HS-PDSCH serving cell must change.
24
2.26
ZWF23-03-002 HS-DSCH handover to/from DCH

When a UE roams between HSDPA cell and R99 cell, a migration between the
HS-DSCH and DCH occurs to maintain service continuity.
This feature can be used for intra-RNC handover or inter-RNC handover.
2.27
ZWF23-03-003 HS-DSCH Inter-RAT Reselection

This feature ensures service continuity when HSDPA users moving from a UMTS cell to
a GSM cell. When an HSDPA user with services carried on HS-DSCH channel need be
handed over from a UTMS cell to a GSM cell, the RNC can hand over the UE to connect
the GSM cell directly without falling HS-DSCH back to DCH before the inter-RAT
handover.
2.28
ZWF23-03-004 HSDPA Soft/Softer Handover of

A-DPCH
The HSDPA service supports soft/softer handovers of associated DPDCH/DPCCH,
where the policy is identical with that of a common soft/softer handover.
2.29
ZWF23-03-005 HSDPA over Iur

This feature enables data transmission on HS-DSCH to be retained without falling
HS-DSCH back to DCH when an HSDPA subscriber is handed over between different
RNCs over Iur.
2.30
ZWF25-03-001 HSUPA Soft/Softer Handover

The HSUPA service supports soft/softer handovers of associated DPDCH/DPCCH,
where the policy is identical with that of a common soft/softer handover.
25
2.31
ZWF25-03-002 E-DCH Serving Cell Change Inside

Active Set
The E-DCH has only one serving cell, so if an E-DCH exists before and after an
intra-system soft handover when the best cell changes (triggered by 1D event), a change
of the E-DCH serving cell is triggered. If there is an E-DCH before and after a hard
handover, the E-DCH serving cell must change.
2.32
ZWF25-03-003 E-DCH Intra-frequency Hard

Handover
The procedure of an E-DCH intra-frequency hard handover is similar with a DCH
intra-frequency hard handover. If the target cell supports HSUPA, an intra-frequency
hard handover is conducted with an E-DCH serving cell change, otherwise, E-DCH will
fall back to DCH.
2.33
ZWF25-03-004 E-DCH Inter-frequency Hard

Handover
The procedure of an E-DCH inter-frequency hard handover is similar with a DCH
inter-frequency hard handover. If the target cell supports HSUPA, an inter-frequency
hard handover is conducted with an E-DCH serving cell change, otherwise, E-DCH will
fall back to DCH.
2.34
ZWF25-03-005 HSUPA over Iur

This feature enables data transmission on E-DCH to be retained without falling E-DCH
back to DCH when an HSUPA subscriber is handed over between different RNCs over
Iur.
26
2.35
ZWF25-03-012 HSUPA Inter-RAT Reselection

This feature ensures service continuity when HSUPA users moving from a UMTS cell to
a GSM cell. When an HSUPA user with services carried on E-DCH channel need be
handed over from a UTMS cell to a GSM cell, the RNC can hand over the UE to connect
the GSM cell directly without falling E-DCH back to DCH before the inter-RAT handover.
Compressed Mode Strategy
3.1
Introduction to Compressed Mode

inter-RAT/inter-frequency measurement. When compressed mode is used, some
timeslots are specially used for inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement instead of data
transmission during transmission and reception.. The following two ways can generate
compressed mode frames:
1
Halving of Spreading Factor (SF)

By halving the SF, the bandwidth can be increased so that some timeslots in one
radio frame can be specially assigned for inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement
and some can be specially assigned for data transmission. This transmission
strategy is generally used in services that have high requirements for delay and
minimum data rate, for example, CS- and S-type PS data services.
Higher Layer Scheduling

The higher layer scheduling is in nature a strategy in which the higher layer adjusts
and controls the data transmission rate. Some timeslots in a radio frame can be
specially assigned for inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement and some can be
specially assigned for data transmission while the bandwidth remains unchanged.
This strategy is generally used for non-real-time services that have low
requirements for delay, for example, I/B-type PS data services.
27
After compressed mode is initiated, the GAP used for transmission/reception

(measurement) can be placed either within one radio frame or between two radio frames,
see Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1
Transmission Gap (TG) Position

Transmission gap
#0
#Nfirst-1
Radio frame
#Nlast+1
#14
(1) Single-frame method
First radio frame
#0
Transmission gap
#Nfirst-1
#Nlast+1
Second radio frame
#14
(2) Double-frame method
In the protocol TS 25.212, the Transmission Gap Length (TGL) can be set to 3, 4, 5, 7,
10 and 14 timeslots. The TG may start from any timeslot in a frame. When the TG spans
two consecutive frames, each frame at least has 8 non-compressed timeslots.
Figure 3-2 shows the parameters involved in compressed mode. The Transmission Gap
Pattern Sequence (TGPS) consists of consecutive TG patterns (TG pattern 1). One or
two TGs are defined in a TG pattern. The starting timeslot No. of the first TG is
determined by the parameter TGSN. The number of timeslots between starting timeslots
of two TGs in the TG pattern is determined by the parameter TGD. The first TGL is
determined by the parameter TGL1, and the second by the parameter TGL2. If the
parameter TGD is not defined, it means that there is only one TG in the TG pattern. The
length of a TG pattern is determined by the parameter TGPL1. The number of repeats of
a TG pattern is determined by the parameter TGPRC.
28
Figure 3-2
Parameters of Compressed Mode
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#TGPRC
TG pattern 1
TG pattern 1
TG pattern 1
TG pattern 1
TG pattern 1
TG pattern 1
TG pattern 1
Transmission
Transmission
gap 1
gap 2
TGL1
TGL2
TGSN
TGD
TGPL1
3.2
Compressed Mode Strategy

If the UE capability message indicates that compressed mode is required during an FDD
inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement procedure, compressed mode is initiated
upon the initiation of an inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement. Compressed mode
must be disabled in either of the following scenarios: 1) Deleting the inter-frequency
measurement while keeping the inter-RAT measurement disabled. 2) Deleting the
inter-RAT measurement while keeping the inter-frequency measurement disabled.
As described in the previous section, the strategy of halving of SF does not affect the
real-time rate of services, while that of higher layer scheduling reduces the real-time rate
of services. For RT services, only the first strategy can be used to ensure delay and
transmission rate. For NRT services, both the first and second strategies can be used
because of their low requirements for delay and rate.
The above rules only apply to DCH/DCH. For HS-DSCH or E-DCH, only higher layer
scheduling is supported. An exception is that if SF/2 method is configured but has not
been activated, and currently the services are using UL SF4 and compressed mode
need to be activated, the RNC can modify it to higher layer scheduling method.
29
Compressed mode of all services on ZTE networks use identical parameters as listed
below:
Table 3-1
Parameters of Compressed Mode

GSM Adjacent Cell
FDD Adjacent Cell Measurement
Measurement
TGSN
4 (Slots)
3 (Slots)
TGL1
7 (Slots)
7 (Slots)
TGD
Not configured
Not configured
TGPL1
8 (Frames)
8 (Frames)
As shown in the table, when the TGSN is 4 (GSM) or 3 (FDD), TGL1=7, all GAPs of
compressed mode on ZTE networks in the same radio frame (one radio frame in FDD
has 15 slots), that is, single frame mode is uniformly used.
For all commercial terminals in the current market, compressed mode can be initiated
directly when services are carried on HS-DSCH. Whether HS-DSCH falls back to DCH
before the initiation of compressed mode is controlled through the parameter
HsdpaCmAssoMode. If the parameter value is Serial, HS-DSCH needs to fall back to
DCH before the initiation of compressed mode. If the parameter value is Parallel,
compressed mode is initiated directly.
Moreover, whether E-DCH falls back to DCH before the initiation of compressed mode is
controlled through the parameter HsupaCmAssoMode (UHspa). If the parameter value is
Serial, E-DCH needs to fall back to DCH (the reconfigured target rate is min (max
(DRBC lowest of rate grades, GBR), MaxBR), for DRBC rate grades, see ZTE UMTS
DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide) before the initiation of compressed mode. If the
parameter value is Parallel, compressed mode is initiated directly. Figure 3-3 shows
the procedure in which E-DCH falls back to DCH before the initiation of compressed
mode.
30
Figure 3-3
Procedure for E-DCH Fallback to DCH Prior to Initiation of Compressed
Mode
RNC
NodeB
UE
HS-DSCH/E-DCH
Measurement Report (Event 2d)
Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare

Radio Link Reconfiguration Ready
E-DCH Downgrade to
DCH, configure
compressed mode
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration

(E-DCH to DCH, DPCH compressed mode info)
Radio Link Reconfiguration Commit
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete
Measurement Control
Active compressed mode
Compressed Mode Command
For a part of commercial terminals in the current market, compressed mode cannot be
initiated when services are carried on E-DCH. Whether a UE supports Initiate
compressed mode for services carried on E-DCH is not specified in 3GPP. Therefore,
when services are carried on E-DCH, the RNC does not know whether a UE can Initiate
compressed mode for services carried on E-DCH. To deal with these UEs, when
HsupaCmAssoMode is set to Parallel and the current services involve HSUPA services,
the RNC executes the safeguarded strategy after the initiation of HSUPA parallel
compressed mode fails as follows:
When the RNC forwards the Measurement Control message to a UE for initiating
compressed mode and the UE returns the Measurement Control Failure message, the
RNC will reconfigure E-DCH to DCH before initiating compressed mode. Afterwards, if
the UE need switch from DL HS-DSCH/UL DCH to DL HS-DSCH/UL E-DCH based on
traffic volume measurement reports during a call process, the RNC will not allow it if the
UE is in compressed mode.
In the procedure of a service setup, state transition, call re-establishment and relocation
from other RNCs to the local RNC, the RNC will configure accompanying compressed
31
mode
by
default
through
RADIO
BEARER
SETUP/RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION/PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION to UE and RADIO

LINK SETUP REQUEST/RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION to Node B. Figure 3-4
shows the procedure of configuring accompanying compressed mode. For state
transitions from CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH, GResPara14 is introduced
to control whether the RNC will configure accompanying compressed mode. If
GResPara14 is set to 1, accompanying compressed mode will be configured, otherwise
the RNC will not configure accompanying compressed mode, so that the signaling
message length of the radio interface can be decreased, and dedicated compressed
mode will be configured when compressed mode needs to be activated.
In the event that compressed mode needs to be initialized (for example, event 2D is
reported), the neighboring cell relation changes or the best cell changes (for example,
the best cell changes from a cell that does not support inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handover to a cell that only supports inter-frequency handover), if compressed mode has
not been configured, the RNC will configure dedicated compressed mode through
PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION/RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION to
the UE and RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION to the Node B. Figure 3-5 shows the
procedure of configuring dedicated compressed mode.
Figure 3-4
Procedure for Configuring Accompanying Compressed Mode

UE
NodeB
RNC
CN
RAB Assignment Request

(Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence Information
->TGSN, TGL1, TGPL1)
Service setup,
configure
accompanying
compressed mode

Radio Bearer Setup
(DPCH compressed mode info-> TGPRC,TGSN,TGL1)

Radio Bearer Setup Complete
RAB Assignment Response
Measurement Control
Active
compressed mode
(DPCH compressed mode status info->TGCFN)

(Active Pattern Sequence Information
->TGCFN)
32
Figure 3-5
Procedure for Configuring Dedicated Compressed Mode
UE
NodeB
RNC
CN
RAB Assignment Request

Service setup
Radio Bearer Setup

Radio Bearer Setup Complete
RAB Assignment Response
Need to initialize the

compressed mode(such as event
2D is reported)
(Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence Information
->TGSN, TGL1, TGPL1)
Configure Dedicated
compressed mode

Physical Channel Reconfiguration
(DPCH compressed mode info-> TGPRC,TGSN,TGL1)

Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete
Measurement Control
Active compressed
mode
(DPCH compressed mode status info->TGCFN)

(Active Pattern Sequence Information
->TGCFN)
Note: TGCFN is the connection frame number of the first frame of the first pattern within
the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence (TGPS).
3.3
Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy via RNC

For inter-RNC handovers, some vendors do not support accompanying compressed
mode. To guarantee the normal procedure via IUR, ZTE performs the following two
special strategies:
The DRNC does not support accompanying compressed mode
RncFeatSwitchBit9 indicates whether the neighboring RNC supports accompanying

compressed mode. If compressed mode has not been activated on the SRNC side, the
method of configuring compressed mode is decided by RncFeatSwitch Bit9. If
compressed mode has been activated already, RncFeatSwitch Bit9 is invalid, and the
SRNC must configure accompanying compressed mode and activate it for the DRNC.
33
DRNC conditionally supports accompanying compressed mode
Some vendors do not support inter-frequency and inter-RAT accompanying compressed

mode
simultaneously.
CompMdCfgStra
(ULogicalRnc)
indicates
the
strategy
of
accompanying compressed mode configuration. When inter-frequency and inter-RAT

neighboring cells exist, if the value of CompMdCfgStra (ULogicalRnc) is 0, the RNC
configures two types of accompanying compressed mode (inter-frequency and inter-RAT). If
the value of CompMdCfgStra(ULogicalRnc) is 1, the RNC configures only one type of

accompanying compressed mode (inter-frequency or inter-RAT) based on the specific
value of IfOrRatHoSwch(UCelInfoFDD) (For the details of IfOrRatHoSwch, see 5.10
Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Measurement Choice).
For inter-RNC handovers, some vendors have compatibility problems of compressed
mode.
To guarantee the normal procedure via IUR, ZTE performs the following special strategy:
The DRNC does not allow the compressed mode command via Iur to activate
compressed mode
Some vendors do not allow the compressed mode command via Iur to activate
compressed mode, RncFeatSwitchBit17 indicates the strategy for this situation. When
CS traffic and Iur link exist, if RncFeatSwitchBit17 is 0, the DRNC does not activate
compressed mode even when needed (if compressed mode is already activated, the
DRNC does not take account of RncFeatSwitchBit17). When CS traffic and Iur link exist,
if RncFeatSwitchBit17 is 1, the DRNC activates compressed mode when needed.
Intra-Frequency Handover Strategy

Intra-frequency handover refers to a handover performed between cells of the same
frequency in UTRAN. An intra-frequency handover can be triggered based on EcNo or
RSCP
measurement
through
the
parameter
IntraMeasQuan
(UUtranCellFDD).
Intra-frequency handover is the measurement-based handover. Intra-frequency

measurement contains active set measurement, monitored set measurement and
detected set measurement.
34
The active set refers to a set of cells retaining a radio connection with the UE.
The monitored set refers to a set of cells retaining no radio connection with the UE but
requesting a measurement by sending an intra-frequency measurement control message
to the UE.
The detected set refers to a set of intra-frequency cells other than those in the active set
and monitored set.
4.1
Intra-Frequency Measurement
When conducting an intra-frequency measurement, the UE needs to implement layer 3
filtering for the measurement results to avoid measurement fluctuations, and then make
event decisions and report by using filtered values. The layer 3 filter formula is as follows:
Fn (1 a) Fn1 a Mn
Where,
Fn-1 refers to the result of the last filter.
Fn refers to the result of the current measurement filter.
Mn refers to the current measurement result.
a = 1/2
(k/2)
refers to the filter coefficient calculated based on the filter factor K (FilterCoeff
(For event-triggered measurements, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter

is obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeas; if the measurement quantity is RSCP, this
parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeas. For detected set measurements, if the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD;
if
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UIntraRscpEvMeasForD. For periodical measurements, if the measurement quantity is

EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoPrdMeas; if the measurement quantity
is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpPrdMeas)).
35
4.1.1
Introduction to Intra-Frequency Measurement

Intra-frequency measurement refers to a measurement performed on intra-frequency
cells. It only supports event-triggered reporting. The event-triggered reporting method
means the UE judges whether intra-frequency events are met based on the quality
measurement result of the cell PCPICH. If so, it reports intra-frequency events (including
such information as event ID and target cell) to the RNC.
A series of intra-frequency measurement events are defined in 3GPP as the judgment
and trigger criteria for intra-frequency handover.
Event 1A: A Primary CPICH enters the Reporting Range. It can be used for adding cells
to the active set.
Event 1B: A Primary CPICH leaves the Reporting Range. It can be used for deleting cells
from the active set.
Event 1C: A Non-active Primary CPICH becomes better than an active Primary CPICH. It
can be used for replacing the cell with bad quality in the active set.
Event 1D: The best cell changes. It can be used for soft/softer handover, intra-frequency
hard handover and inter-frequency load balance.
4.1.2
Measurement Control Method Related to Active Set and Monitored

set
4.1.2.1
Measurement Setup
Intra-frequency measurement parameters are configured for the UE and intra-frequency
measurements are initiated through the measurement control setup message in the
following cases:
An RRC connection is set up and enters CELL_DCH state.
CELL_FACH -> CELL_DCH.
Relocation to the current RNC from other systems or RNCs.
36
An intra-frequency measurement is set up again after an intra-system hard handover

(including intra- or inter-frequency hard handover).
4.1.2.2
Measurement Modification
If an intra-frequency measurement is enabled, an intra-frequency measurement
modification is triggered in the following cases:
A change of the adjacent cell list may trigger a modification of intra-frequency

measurement to modify adjacent cell parameters after a soft handover.
After the best cell changes (Event 1D), a change of intra-frequency measurement
parameters will trigger a modification of intra-frequency measurement to update
handover parameters.
If a service is added or deleted, a change of intra-frequency measurement

parameters will trigger a modification of intra-frequency measurement to update
handover parameters.
4.1.2.3
Measurement Deletion
Upon receiving an exceptional intra-frequency measurement report (for example, the
measurement report belongs to a non-existent measurement task), or before making a
decision about the relocation triggered by a soft handover, the RNC will voluntarily
release the corresponding intra-frequency measurement. When the RNC sends a
MEASUREMENT CONGROL RELEASE message for a measurement ID, the time stamp
will be recorded. If the RNC receives a measurement report for the ID, the report will be
compared between the current time and recorded time. If the difference between the
current time and recorded time exceed the threshold TResndMeaCtrlRel (URncFunction)
configured, the MEASUREMENT CONTROL RELEASE message will be resent.
Otherwise, this measurement report is ignored.
4.1.2.4
Parameter Configuration Strategies
Intra-frequency event parameter configuration:
37
There are seven intra-frequency measurement events (1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F and
1J) in total. The number of events configured depends on the parameter
MeasEvtNum (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from
UIntraEcNoEvMeas. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is
obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeas), and the intra-frequency events configured
depends on the parameter MeaEvtId (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this
parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeas. If the measurement quantity is
RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeas). MeaEvtId is defined
through array, and the dimension of array is equal to MeasEvtNum, which is seven
at most.
Handover parameter configuration strategy in macro diversity:

All measurement parameters are cell-based. In macro diversity, the measurement
parameters configured in the best cell will be used as handover parameters. If the
best cell changes, the measurement parameters need to be updated at the same
time.
For inter-RNC handovers, if there is an SRNC cell in the active set, the
measurement parameters of the best cell in the SRNC will be used as handover
parameters, and if there is no SRNC cell in the active set, the measurement
parameters of the last SRNC cell in the active set will be used as handover
parameters.
Configuration of several sets of handover parameters:

The intra-frequency handover parameters can be separately configured based on
the measurement quantity, measurement report mode and service bearer type. In
this way, several sets of measurement parameters are necessitated for different
purposes. The categories are as follows:
Measurement quantity
IntraMeasQuan(UUtranCellFDD)
(CPICH EcNo or RSCP)
Measurement reporting mode
38
Periodical or event-triggered reporting. Only event-triggered reporting is

supported, and the following parameters related to periodical reporting are
invalid:
UIntraEcNoPrdMeas
(UIntraEcNoPrdMeas),
UIntraRscpPrdMeas
(UIntraRscpPrdMeas), PrdRptAmount (If the measurement quantity is EcNo,

this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement
quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpPrdMeas) and
PrdRptInterval (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is
obtained from UIntraEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this
parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpPrdMeas).
Service bearer type
(srvCategory (UIntraMeasSrvSpec))
RT RAB Including Voice
RT RAB Excluding Voice
Single NRT on DL DCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL E-DCH
All Multi-NRT RAB on DL DCH/UL DCH
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and only DCHs are Used in UL
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and E-DCH is Used in UL
Multi RAB Including CS and PS
Not Related to Service Type (Used for detected set measurement)
Notes:
(1). When concurrent services exist and include CS+PS services, the Multi RAB
Including CS and PS configuration is indexed.
(2). When concurrent services exist and include non-CS services, the RT RAB
Excluding Voice configuration is indexed.
39
(3). When the above principles are met simultaneously, the first one prevails.
To facilitate parameter modification and optimization, the intra-frequency parameters are
index-organized. The index quotations are listed as follows:
Figure 4-1
Intra-frequency Handover Index Quotations

UUtranCellFDD(UUtran
CellFDD)
ref1UIntraMeasProfile
UIntraMeasProfile(UIntraMeasProfile)
UIntraMeasSrvSpec(UIntraMeasSrvS
pec)
UIntraMeasNoSrvSpec(UIntraMeasNo
SrvSpec)
srvCategory
intraMeasQuan
intraMeasQuan
UIntraEcNoEvM
eas(UIntraEcNo
EvMeas)
UIntraRscpEvM
eas(UIntraRscp
EvMeas)
UIntraEcNoPrd
Meas(UIntraEc
NoPrdMeas)
UIntraRscpPrd
Meas(UIntraRsc
pPrdMeas)
UIntraEcNoEvM
easForD(UIntra
EcNoEvMeasFo
rD)
UIntraRscpEvM
easForD(UIntra
RscpEvMeasFo
rD)
intraMeasCfgNo
(UIntraEcNoEv
Meas)
intraMeasCfgNo
(UIntraRscpEvM
eas)
intraMeasCfgNo
(UIntraEcNoPrd
Meas)
intraMeasCfgNo
(UIntraRscpPrd
Meas)
intraMeasCfgNo
(UIntraEcNoEv
MeasForD)
intraMeasCfgNo
(UIntraEcNoEv
MeasForD)
Note: When a new cell is set up, the value of intialHoCelSelScene (UIntraMeasProfile)
(0:Outdoor Scene, 1:High-Mobility Outdoor Scene, 2:Indoor Scene, 3:Subway/tunnel
Scene)
is
determined
according
to
the
actual
cell
scene
(indicated
by
HoCelSelScene(UUtranCellFDD)), and the available intra-frequency measurement

profile corresponding to intialHoCelSelScene is configured for the cell.
Before
intra-frequency
profileId(UIntraMeasProfile)
handover
of
the
parameters
cell
is
are
found
obtained,
based
on
40
ref1UintraMeasProfile(UUtranCellFDD),
and
then,
in
UintraMeasProfile
configuration items, the next level managed object is obtained according to the
current measurement application type: For event-triggered measurements,
Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Related to Traffic Category Object
ID(UIntraMeasSrvSpec) is selected. For periodical measurements or detected set
tracing applications, Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Unrelated to
Traffic Category Object ID (UIntraMeasNoSrvSpec) is selected.
In
the
managed
object
decided
Intra-Frequency
above,
Measurement
Configuration No. (IntraMeasCfgNo) is found based on Traffic Category

(srvCategory(UIntraMeasSrvSpec)) and Measurement Quantity((intraMeasQuan).
Finally, the corresponding intra-frequency handover measurement parameters are
found. The details are as follows:
(1). For event-triggered measurements:
If the measurement quantity is EcNo, the measurement parameters are obtained
from the managed object UIntraEcNoEvMeas.
If the measurement quantity is RSCP, the measurement parameters are obtained
from the managed object UIntraRscpEvMeas.
(2). For periodical measurements:
from the managed object UIntraEcNoPrdMeas.
from the managed object UIntraRscpPrdMeas.
Note: Periodical reporting is not supported currently, so the measurement
parameters
related
to
the
managed
object
UIntraEcNoPrdMeas
or
UIntraRscpPrdMeas are invalid.

(3). For detected set measurements:
from the managed object UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD.
41

from the managed object UIntraRscpEvMeasForD.
Correspondence between other parameters that need to be filled into the

intra-frequency measurement control message
Measurement Quantity and Measurement Report Criteria are automatically filled by the
system based on IntraMeasCfgNote.
For the cells of the neighbor RNC, if the value of Primary CPICH Power Configuration
Tag (PcpichPwrPre(UExternalUtranCellFDD)) is TURE, the cell information of the
intra-freq measurement should include the Primary CPICH Power for this cell. Otherwise
the cell information of the intra-freq measurement should not include the Primary CPICH
Power for this cell.
4.1.3
Neighboring Cells Configuration

During the neighboring cells configuration, the adjacent cell list used for reselection in
non-CELL_DCH state and for handovers in CELL_DCH state can be configured
separately. During handovers, target cells are selected by neighboring cells configuration
state (StateMode (UUtranRelation)). When the UE is in macro diversity state, the
neighboring cell list is a combination of neighboring cell lists of each cell in the active set,
so the number of intra-frequency neighboring cells may exceed 32, which is the
maximum number specified by the protocol. If the number of intra-frequency neighboring
cells exceeds 32, some cells must be deleted to ensure that there are only 32
intra-frequency neighboring cells. With minimal impact on the UEs in the active set, these
dropped cells are those with poorer signal quality or remoter geographical location.
Therefore, each intra-frequency neighboring cell is configured with a priority.
4.1.3.1
Cell Priority Configuration

The OMCR configuration parameter MeasPrio (UUtranRelation) defines the priority of
adjacent cells with three values (0: High priority; 1: Medium priority; 2: Low priority). The
value of MeasPrio (UUtranRelation) must be set by the network planning engineer based
on the existing network conditions (for example, adjacent cell quality and geographical
location of adjacent cell). Figure 4-2 shows the cell priority configuration based on the
42
geographical location of adjacent cells. For example, for the configuration of cells
adjacent to the innermost gray cell, there are three layers of adjacent cells surrounding
the gray cell, and they are differentiated from one another with yellow (0: Top priority),
blue (1: Medium priority) and red (2: Low priority).
Figure 4-2
Source Cell
Priority 0
Priority 1
Priority 2
4.1.3.2
Strategy for Adjacent Cells Exceeding 32

As specified in the protocol, the maximum number of adjacent cells is 32 (including the
source cell). When the UE is in macro diversity state, the total number of intra-frequency
adjacent cells in the macro diversity may exceed 32, so some strategies are required to
control the number within 32, including:
Priority combination strategy
If a cell is adjacent to several cells in the active set, that is, the priority levels configured
for this cell may vary, the priority levels of this cell are combined and the highest priority
is taken as the priority of the cell.
Sorting strategy
If the total number of adjacent cells in the active set is 32, the system prioritizes them in
descending order and places the cells in excess of 32 into the adjacent cell reserve list,
43
which can buffer at most 64 truncated intra-frequency cells.

The priority levels of adjacent cells in the intra-frequency adjacent cell list will be updated
whenever Event 1A/1B/1C/1D is triggered. If Event 1B is triggered and the number of
adjacent cells is less than 32, the system selects cells from the reserve list in descending
order of priority and places them into the intra-frequency adjacent cell list. The number of
cells that can be selected: min (32 Number of existing cells in the intra-frequency
adjacent cell list, Number of cells in the reserve list).
4.2
Handling Mechanism for Periodical Reporting of

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement
The periodical reporting is that a report of intra-frequency measurement result is sent by
the UE periodically based on the periodical report interval ( PrdRptInterval (If the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoPrdMeas. If
the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpPrdMeas)
and the amount of periodical reports (PrdRptAmount (If the measurement quantity is EcNo,
this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement quantity is
RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpPrdMeas)) configured by RNC. The
RNC judges intra-frequency handover events in accordance with the intra-frequency
event rule defined in the protocol by referring to the cell quality periodically reported by
the UE. If several decision conditions are concurrently met, the RNC will process events
in the sequence of 1D, 1A, 1C and 1B. Currently, periodical reporting mode is not
supported.
A long interval set in periodical reporting mode may result in call drop due to handover
delay. Therefore, it is recommended to set the interval to a low value. However, setting a
short interval will increase the signaling load of radio interface and easily lead to
signaling congestion, so event-triggered reporting mode is generally preferred.
44
4.3
Intra-Frequency Handover Decision
4.3.1
Event 1A-Triggered Handover

Event 1A means the quality of a certain cell outside the active set ameliorates. Upon
receiving Event 1A, the RNC adds the corresponding target cell into the active set to
enhance the gain of macro diversity. When the cell meets the conditions in the following
formula, the UE reports Event 1A to the RNC:
NA
10 LogMNew CIONew W 10 Log Mi (1 W) 10 LogMBest (R1a H1a /2)
i1
The meanings of all parameters are described as follows:
R1a: Refers to the reporting range of Event 1A. It is used to control the extent of difficulty
in adding a cell into the active set (RptRange [MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (For
event-triggered measurements, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is
obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeas, if the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter
is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeas. For detected set measurements, if the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD,
if
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)).
H1a: Refers to the reporting hysteresis of Event 1A. It is used to control the extent of
difficulty in adding a cell into the active set (Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
(For event-triggered measurements, the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter
is obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeas, if the measurement quantity is RSCP, this
if
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
MNew: Refers to the measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell outside the active set.
CIONew: Refers to the offset of the cell outside the active set in relation to other cells
(CellIndivOffset (UUtranRelation)).
45
Mi: Refers to the mean measurement value of the cells other than the best cell in the
active set.
NA: Refers to the number of cells other than the best cell in the active set.
MBest: Refers to the measurement of the best cell in the active set.
W: Refers to the weight (W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (For event-triggered
measurements, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from
UIntraEcNoEvMeas., if the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained
from UIntraRscpEvMeas. For detected set measurements, if the measurement quantity
is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD, if the measurement
quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)) of the best
cell to the rest cells in the active set in evaluation standards.
From the formula, it can be concluded that the probability of triggering Event 1A can be
increased by either increasing R1a (Event 1A meets the reporting range conditions) or
decreasing H1a (Decision hysteresis range. Otherwise, probability of triggering Event 1A
can be reduced.
Event 1A supports event-triggered periodical reporting, that is, once Event 1A meets the
reporting range of quality standards, the UE reports Event 1A periodically
(EvtRptInterval[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (For event-triggered measurements, if the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeas, if
the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeas.
For detected set measurements, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is
obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD, if the measurement quantity is RSCP, this
parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)) until this event does not meet
reporting conditions or the reporting times reach the maximum allowed times
(EvtRptAmount[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (For event-triggered measurements, if the
parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)).
46
There is a restriction on the number of radio links in active set, so Event 1A will not be
reported once the number of cells in the active set reaches the threshold
(RptDeactThr[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT](For event-triggered measurements,, if the
4.3.2
Event 1B-Triggered Handover

Event 1B indicates the quality deterioration of a certain cell in the active set. Upon
receiving Event 1B, the RNC may delete the cell from the active set. When the cell meets
the conditions in the following formula, the UE reports Event 1B to the RNC:
NA
10 LogMOld CIOOld W 10 Log Mi (1 W) 10 LogMBest (R1b H1b /2)
i1
R1b: Refers to the reporting range of Event 1B. It is used to control the extent of difficulty
in dropping a cell from the active set (RptRange [MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (For
event-triggered measurements, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is
obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeas, if the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter
is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeas. For detected set measurements, if the
if
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
H1b Refers to the reporting hysteresis of Event 1B. It is used to control the extent of
difficulty in dropping a cell from the active set (Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
if
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
47
MOld: Refers to the measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell in the active set.
CIOOld: Refers to the offset of the cell in active set in relation to other cells
(CellIndividualOffset (UUtranCellFDD)).
Mi: Refers to the mean measurement value of the cells other than the best cell in the
active set.
NA: Refers to the number of cells other than the best cell in the active set.
MBest: Refers to the measurement of the best cell in the active set.
W: Refers to the weight (W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (For event-triggered
measurements, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from
UIntraEcNoEvMeas, if the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained
from UIntraRscpEvMeas. For detected set measurements, if the measurement quantity
is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD, if the measurement
quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)) of the best
cell to the rest cells in the active set in evaluation standards.
From the above formula, it can be concluded that the probability of triggering Event 1B
can be decreased by either increasing R1b (Event 1B meets the reporting range
conditions) or decreasing H1b (Decision hysteresis range). Otherwise, the probability of
triggering Event 1B can be increased.
4.3.3
Event 1C-Triggered Handover

Event 1C indicates that the quality of a cell in the non-active set is better than that of a
cell in the active set. Upon receiving Event 1C, the RNC may replace the cell in the active
set with a cell in the non-active set to obtain better gain of macro diversity. When the cell
meets the conditions in the following formula, the UE reports Event 1C to the RNC:
10 LogMNew CIONew 10 LogMInAS CIOInAS H1c /2

H1c Refers to the reporting hysteresis of Event 1C. It is used to control the extent of
difficulty in replacing a cell in the active set (Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
48

if
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
MNew: Refers to the measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell outside the active set.
MInAS: Refers to the cell with poorest quality in the active set.
CIONew: Refers to the offset of the to-be-evaluated cell outside the active set in relation to
other cells (CellIndivOffset (UUtranRelation)).
CIOInAS: Refers to the offset of cell with poorest quality in the active set in relation to other
cells (CellIndividualOffset (UUtranCellFDD)).
From the above formula, it can be concluded that the probability of triggering Event 1C
can be decreased by increasing H1c (decision hysteresis range). Otherwise, the
probability of triggering Event 1C can be increased.
Event 1C supports event-triggered periodical reporting, that is, once Event 1C meets the
reporting range of quality standards, the UE will report Event 1C periodically
(EvtRptInterval[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT](For event-triggered measurements,, if the
parameter is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)) until this event does not meet
reporting conditions or the reporting times reach the maximum allowed times
(EvtRptAmount[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (For event-triggered measurements, if the
49
To ensure the gain of macro diversity, the reporting of Event 1C is only allowed when the
number of cells in the active set reaches a certain threshold (RplcActThr
[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is
obtained from UIntraEcNoEvMeas. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter
is obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeas)).
4.3.4
Event 1D-Triggered Handover

Event 1D indicates that the quality of a cell inside or outside the current active set is
better than the best cell in the current active set, that is, the best cell changes in the
active set. The following operations can be triggered upon the reception of Event 1D:
A cell is added into the active set (The cell outside the active set reports Event 1D
and the number of links in the active set does not reach the maximum limit).
The cell with poor quality in the active set is replaced (The cell outside the active set
reports Event 1D but the number of links in the active set reaches the maximum
limit).
The serving cell changes (for HS-DSCH/E-DCH).
When the cell meets the conditions in the following formula, the UE reports Event 1D to
the RNC:
10 LogMNotBest CIONotBest 10 LogMBest CIOBest H1d /2

MNotBest: Refers to the measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell inside or outside the
active set.
CIONotBest: Refers to the offset of the to-be-evaluated cell inside the active set
(CellIndividualOffset (UUtranCellFDD)) or outside the active set (CellIndivOffset
(UUtranRelation)) in relation to other cells.
CIOBest: Refers to the offset of the to-be-evaluated cell in the active set in relation to other
cells (CellIndividualOffset (UUtranCellFDD)).
MBest: Refers to the measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell in the active set.
50
H1d: Refers to Event 1D reporting hysteresis (Hysteresis [MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]

if
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
From the above formula, it can be concluded that the probability of triggering Event 1D
can be decreased by increasing H1d (decision hysteresis range). Otherwise, the
probability of triggering Event 1D can be increased.
4.3.5
CIO Configuration Strategy

The Cell Individual Offset (CIO) defined by 3GPP is used to control the difficulty of event
triggering. The tendency of handover can be also controlled by the CIO in actual
scenarios.
The CIO principles of the target cell are described as follows.
If there is a neighboring relationship between the target cell and the best cell, the
CIO is CellIndivOffset (For a UTRAN cell, this parameter is obtained from
UUtranRelation. For a GSM cell, this parameter is obtained from UExternalGsmCell)
selected from the best cell. If there is not any neighboring relationship between the
target cell and the best cell, the CIO is the minimum absolute value of
CellIndivOffset selected from the cells in the active set. If there is not any
neighboring relationship between the target cell and the cells in the active set, the
CIO is set to zero.
If the target cell is the best cell, the CIO is CellIndividualOffset (UUtranCellFDD)
selected from the serving cell.
If the best cell changes, the RNC will inform UEs to update the CIO.
51
4.3.6
Time-To-Trigger Mechanism Used to Control Event Report

If a to-be-evaluated cell meets the reporting range or threshold of a certain event, the
condition must be met within a period of time ( TrigTime[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
measurement
quantity
is
EcNo,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD., if the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is

obtained from UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)) before the reporting of this event to avoid the
intra-frequency event misreport due to the fluctuation of radio quality. For example, if a
cell meets the reporting range of Event 1A, the UE only reports Event 1A only if the cell
quality
meets
this
reporting
range
condition
within
TrigTime[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT], see Figure 4-3.

Figure 4-3
Time-To-Trigger mechanism
Measurement
quantity
P CPICH 1
RptRange
[MAX_INTRA_
MEAS_EVENT]
P CPICH 2
P CPICH 3
TrigTime[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
Reporting
event 1A
4.3.7
Time
Criterion of Being in the Same Active Set Based on Cell Type

Before adding a cell into the active set, the current service and the ability of the target cell
should be judged. If the target cell supports the current service or channel (For R99 cells,
supporting the channel associated with HSDPA services also counts.), the cell is allowed
to join the active set.
52
1.
If the current service is a DCH service, R99, R5+R99, and R6+R5+R99 cells can be
in the same active set.
2.
If the current service is an HS/D service, R99, R5, R6+R5, R5+R99, and
R6+R5+R99 cells can be in the same active set.
3.
If the current service is an HS/E service, R6+R5 and R6+R5+R99 cells can be in the
same active set.
4.
4.3.8
If HS and DCH services both exist, the criterion is as that of HS services.
Processing of Intra-Frequency Events

Processing of Event 1A
Links are added into the active set if the number of links in the DCH active set is
less than 3. Event 1A will not be processed if the total number of links in the active
set reaches the maximum limit.
If a link to be added into the active set is rejected in Event 1A, the handover
punishment timer (5s) is initiated, so that Event 1A reported by this rejected cell will
not be processed until the timer expires.
If the cell reporting Event 1A is the target cell traced by the detected set, no link will
be added into the active set. For details, see Detected set Tracing.
If the measurement report contains several target cells, the cell with best quality
(EcNo) will be selected as the target cell to be added in the active set.
If the cell reporting Event 1A is the cell of the SRNC side, and the parallel softer
handover switch of Iub and Uu ParallelSoftHO is open, the RL ADD procedure of
the Iub interface and the ACTIVE SET UPDATA procedure of the Uu interface will
be processed in parallel.
Processing of Event 1B
The link of the related cell is deleted based on Event 1B reported by the UE.
53
If the measurement report contains several target cells, the cell with worst quality
(EcNo) will be selected as the target cell to be deleted from the active set.
Processing of Event 1C
The cell is replaced if the radio links in the active set are equal to 3.
If a link to be added into the active set is rejected in Event 1C, the handover
punishment timer is initiated, so that Event 1C reported by this rejected cell will not
be processed until the timer expires.
The parallel processing of the Iub and Uu interfaces when adding a radio link in
softer handover is the same as that of Event 1A.
Processing of Event 1D
If the cell triggering Event 1D is an intra-frequency adjacent cell outside the active
set, and if the criterion described in 4.3.14 Scenarios of Intra-Frequency Hard
Handover is fulfilled, the RNC will perform an intra-frequency hard handover.
If the cell triggering Event 1D is an intra-frequency adjacent cell outside the active
set, and if the DCH active set is full, Event 1D will be processed as Event 1C. If the
DCH active set is not full, Event 1D will be processed as Event 1A. If event 1A or 1C
fails due to admission control failure, the RNC will perform an intra-frequency hard
handover.
If the cell triggering Event 1D is inside the active set, the best cell in the active set
changes.
4.3.8.1
Intra-frequency Handover Optimization in Weak Coverage

When the UE adds a new link into macro diversity or the serving cell changes, if the link
quality is not good enough, the UE is easy to drop because of processing the reported
intra-frequency events. In response, the RNC executes Quality Judgement Strategy of
Target Cell, as described below.
For 1A, 1C events:
54
(1). EnhanceHoSwch (URncFunction) is set to 1: On.

(2). AddNRLSHOSwch (UCelInfoFDD) is set to 1: on.
(3). The UE reports Event 1A or Event 1C.
(4). The quality of the target cell: CPICH EcNo< IntraHoEcNoThrd (URncFunction) or
CPICH RSCP< IntraHoRscpThrd (URncFunction).
If these conditions are met, the RNC will not process Event 1A and Event 1C reported by
the UE.
For 1D event:
(2). CResPara5 (UCelInfoFDD) is set to 1: on.
(3). The UE reports Event 1D.
(4). The quality of the target cell: CPICH EcNo< IntraHoEcNoThrd (URncFunction) or
CPICH RSCP< IntraHoRscpThrd (URncFunction).
If these conditions are met, the RNC will not process Event 1D reported by the UE.
Moreover, during an intra-frequency handover, the timer TWAITACTSETUPCMP
(URncFunction) for waiting for the Active Set Update Complete message is initiated after
the Active Set Update message is sent from RNC to the UE. When the timer expires and
the Active Set Update Complete message is not received, if the conditions described
below are met, the RNC will still decide the active set update succeed. Otherwise, the
RNC will decide the update fails.
(2). The user plane confirms that the UE has received the Active Set Update message.
4.3.8.2
Special Events Handling via IUR for CS+PS

For CS+PS services via IUR, call drops may occur due to incompatibility of different
55
vendors equipment. In response, the SRNC executes Special Events Handling via IUR
for CS+PS if the following conditions are met:
(1). RncFeatSwitchBit15 is set to 0.
(2). Concurrent services exist and include CS+PS services, being indexed to the
configuration of Multi RAB Including CS and PS.
If these conditions are met, the SRNC will not process Event 1A/1C/1D of the DRNC's
cells.
4.3.8.3
Strategy for Soft Handover OD Switch Configuration in the Signaling Stage

In response to the incompatibility that may occur when equipment from different vendors
is interconnected via IUR, the RNC adds the following special strategy in the signaling
stage:
If the SRNC receives 1A/1B/1C/1D events from the DRNCs cells in the signaling stage,
the SRNC will not process these events when RncFeatSwitchBit16 is 0, and the SRNC
will process these events when RncFeatSwitchBit16 is 1.
4.3.8.4
Special Events Handling via IUR for CS

is interconnected via IUR, for CS services, the SRNC executes Special Events Handling
via IUR for CS if the following conditions are met:
(2). CsIntraEvtSwch (UCelInfoFDD) is set to 1.
(3). Only CS services, being indexed to the configuration of RT RAB Including Voice.
If these conditions are met, the SRNC will not process Event 1A/1C/1D of the DRNC's
cells.
56
4.3.9
Detected set Handover

The detected set handover is controlled through the parameter DetSetHoSwch
(UUtranCellFDD). If the detected set handover is enabled, and the number of adjacent
cells exceeds 32, the RNC needs to instruct the UE to submit the measurement report of
the detected set in the measurement control. If the target cell in the detected set event
reported by the UE is a cell in the adjacent cell reserve list described in 4.1.3.2 Cell
Dropping Strategy for Over 32 Adjacent Cells, the RNC processes the cell in the
detected set in the same way as it does in the monitored set, that is, making a handover
decision.
4.3.9.1
Related Measurement Procedure of Detected set Handover

(1). If the detected set handover (DetSetHoSwch (UUtranCellFDD)) of the best cell is
enabled and there are over 32 adjacent cells, a detected set measurement will be
initiated. The initiation strategy is changing 1A Triggering condition 2 into
Detected set cells and monitored set cells, and Reporting cell status into Report
all active set cells + cells within monitored set and/or detected set on used
frequency, that is, performing measurement reporting of active set, monitored set
and detected set concurrently by sharing the same set of handover measurement
parameters.
(2). If the detected set handover (DetSetHoSwch (UUtranCellFDD)) of the best cell is
disabled or there are less than 32 adjacent cells, the initiation strategy is changing
1A Triggering condition into Monitored set cells and Reporting cell status into
Report cells within active set and/or monitored set cells on used frequency, That is,
only reporting the monitored set instead of the detected set.
4.3.9.2
Related Parameter Configurations

The RNC only performs handovers for the detected set measurement reported by the
adjacent cells exceeding 32. The processing of the measurement report triggered by
these cells is actually consistent with that triggered by the monitored set. Therefore, the
detected set and monitored set share the same set of measurement configurations.
57
4.3.10
Detected Set Tracing

The detected set tracing is used in network planning and optimization to judge whether
there is any adjacent cell that is not configured based on the statistical report. The
purpose of detected set tracing measurement differs from that of handover measurement,
so the measurement parameters used for detected set tracing are separately configured
in the OMCR (The parameters of detected set tracing is irrelevant to service type, which
means all sorts of services will be indexed by Not Related to Service Type in service
type
(srvCategory
(UIntraMeasSrvSpec)), see
4.1.2.4
Parameter
Configuration
Strategies.).
4.3.10.1
Measurement Procedure of Detected Set Tracing

1.
The measurement of detected set tracing is controlled through the detected set
tracing task in the performance measurement of the OMCR. A detected set
measurement is started after a detected set tracing task is created and initiated if
the parameter NbrCellMonSupInd (ULogicalRnc) is 1. During the configuration of
the measurement control, Triggering condition 2 is set to Detected set cells, and
Reporting cell status is set to Report cells within detected set on used frequency.
2.
The measurement parameters of the detected set are indexed to the cell, and the
parameters of the best cell will be selected in macro diversity state. If the
parameters of the best cell are different from those used by the UE, the
measurement information needs to be modified through the measurement control
message.
3.
After the detected set tracing task stops, the detected set tracing is disabled and the
related measurement task is released.
4.3.11
Processing of the Rx-Tx Time Difference of a UE in Macro Diversity

When a UE is in macro diversity, the uplink transmitting time of the UE is not adjusted.
The initial downlink channels can be correctly demodulated, but the downlink receiving
time changes along with the movement of the UE or with the drifting of the clock between
Node Bs. Therefore, the downlink receiving time may fall out of the time window of the
UE transmitting time T0 148 chips, and consequently the UE cannot correctly
58
demodulate one or multiple downlink channels, causing the degradation of UE downlink

quality or even call drop. For this reason, the 3GPP protocols have defined the UE
internal measurement events 6F and 6G for UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement:
6F event: The UE Rx-Tx time difference for a link in the active set is greater than an
absolute threshold.
6G event: The UE Rx-Tx time difference for a link in the active set is less than an
absolute threshold.
The rlRefTimeAjtSw (ULogicalRnc) parameter controls the policy of the UE Rx-Tx
time difference in macro diversity. If the switch is on, the RNC removes the
corresponding link from macro diversity when the UE reports a 6F or 6G event
(indicating that the downlink receiving time falls out of the UE transmitting time
window). If the switch is off, the function is disabled.
4.3.11.1
Related Measurement Procedure

1.
When the radio link reference time adjustment switch of the best cell
(rlRefTimeAjtSw (ULogicalRnc)) is on and the number of links in macro diversity
changes from one to multiple, the 6F/6G measurement parameters will be issued to
the
UE.
Furthermore,
the
parameter
TxRxTDThres
[MAX_UE_INTER_MEAS_EVENT](URlEvtRttUeInt) indicates the UE Rx-Tx time

difference
reporting
threshold
in
chips
in
event
6F/6G.
MAX_UE_INTER_MEAS_EVENT is configured by MeasEvtNum (URlEvtRttUeInt).

The parameter TrigTime [MAX_UE_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] (URlEvtRttUeInt)
indicates the period of time during which the event conditions have to be satisfied
before a measurement report is sent.
2.
The internal measurement parameters (6F/6G) of the UE are configured per cell
according to the index, and are subject to the parameters of the best cell. When the
UE internal measurement parameters are obtained, profileId (UUeIntMeasProfile) of
the cell is found based on refUUeIntMeasProfile (UUtranCellFDD), and then
according to the current measurement purpose UE Rx-Tx Time Difference Event
Measurement for RL Timing Adjustment, the managed object URlEvtRttUeInt is
obtained from UUeIntMeasProfile configuration items. Finally, the internal
59
measurement parameters are obtained from URlEvtRttUeInt. For a UE on which the

internal measurement (6F/6F) function is enabled in macro diversity, if the 6F/6G
event parameters of the best cell are different from the parameters issued to the UE,
the parameter configuration of the UE will be modified through measurement
control.
The correspondence between other parameters that need to be filled in the UE internal
measurement control message and OMCR configuration is described as follows:
UE internal measurement configuration index
ueIntMCfgNo(URlEvtRttUeInt)
Measurement report transmission mode
MeasRptTrMod(URlEvtRttUeInt)
Filter coefficient
FilterCoeff(URlEvtRttUeInt)
UE internal event identity
MeaEvtId(URlEvtRttUeInt)
3.
When the number of links in macro diversity changes from multiple to one and the
internal measurement function (6F/6G) is enabled on the UE, a release of internal
measurement will be triggered on the UE.
4.3.12
IUB Transmission Bandwidth Limitation Strategy

When a network is constructed, there may be a shortage of Iub transmission resources.
An access of a high-rate UE may lead to inaccessibility of numbers of other users to the
network. To prevent some individual high-rate UEs from affecting the communication
quality in large scale, it is necessary to limit the maximum rate of these UEs in the cell.
For intra-RNC DCH users, the parameters RtMaxUlRateDch / RtMaxDlRateDch (for RT
services) and NrtMaxUlRateDch / NrtMaxDlRateDch (for NRT services) are used to limit
the maximum rates of uplink and downlink DCHs respectively. For intra-RNC E-DCH
users, the maximum rates are limited by the parameters RtMaxrateEdch (for RT services)
and NrtMaxRateEdch (for NRT services).
For inter-RNC DCH users, the parameters RtMaxUlRateDchD / RtMaxDlRateDchD (for
RT services) and NrtMaxUlRateDchD / NrtMaxDlRateDchD (for NRT services) are used
to limit the maximum rates of uplink and downlink DCHs respectively. For E-DCH users,
the maximum rates are limited by parameters RtMaxRateEdchD (for RT services) and
NrtMaxRateEdchD (for NRT services). If the related parameters are not configured in the
neighboring cells, the restriction decision does not take effect.
60
Processing of adding a radio link in active set
For DCH users, if the GBR of DCH users is higher than the rate limitation
RtMaxUlRateDch / RtMaxDlRateDch of the new neighboring cell, it does not add a radio
link. Otherwise, it adds a radio link.
For EDCH users, if the rate of E-DCH users is higher than the E-DCH rate limitation
RtMaxRateEdch / NrtMaxRateEdch of the new neighboring cell, it reduces E-DCH
Maximum Bitrate by radio link reconfiguration, and then adds the corresponding
neighboring cell into macro diversity.
Processing of deleting a radio link in active set
For DCH users, a radio link is deleted from macro diversity. If the UE rate is less than the
DCH rate limitation of the cells in macro diversity, the RNC will perform RB
reconfiguration.
For E-DCH users, a radio link is deleted from macro diversity. If the UE rate is less than
E-DCH rate limitation of the cells in macro diversity, the RNC will perform RL
reconfiguration to enhance E-DCH Maximum Bitrate.
4.3.13
Decision on Support-CS64k Traffic of Target Cell

For some special scenarios where accessing or handing over CS64K traffic is not
expected in a cell, the parameters Cs64kSwitch and AdjCs64Switch are used to control
whether a cell supports CS64k traffic in the SRNC and DRNC respectively. When CS64k
traffic is restricted in a cell, ingoing, outgoing and handover of CS64k traffic are
forbidden.
When a handover happens in intra-RNC cells and CS64k traffic is covered, if

Cs64kSwitch in the target cell is closed and the UE allows CS64k to fall back to
AMR12.2k, then CS64k falls back to AMR12.2k and the UE performs the related
handover. Otherwise, the UE does not perform any handover.
When a handover happens in inter-RNC cells and CS64k traffic is covered, if

AdjCs64kSwitch in the target cell is closed and the UE allows CS64k to fall back to
AMR12.2k, then CS64k falls back to AMR12.2k and the UE performs the related
61
handover. Otherwise, the UE does not perform any handover. If a DRNC cell
reported has no configuration relationship with SRNC cells, the cell supports CS64k
by default.
4.3.14
Scenarios of Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

When soft handover cannot be performed in intra-frequency adjacent cells for some
reasons, intra-frequency hard handover can guarantee service continuity. The scenarios
where a soft/softer handover is unavailable (An intra-frequency hard handover must be
used) include:
Adding a new link fails in a soft handover when a 1A or 1C event is triggered.
The intra-frequency measurement report excludes the OFF and TM of the target
cell.
The lur interface between RNCs is unavailable in the case of intra-frequency

handover.
The types of the target and source cells are different, for example, the UE is handed
over from a DCH-capable cell to an HSPA-capable cell.
The signal RB is carried on HS-DSCH in the active cell, while F-DPCH is not
supported in the adding target cell
The capability of the target cell is not consistent with that of the source cell,
including:
The UE uses transmit diversity in an active set cell, but the target cell does not
support transmit diversity.
The UE uses multi-user detection in an active set cell, but the target cell does not
support multi-user detection
The UE uses DTX-DRX in an active set cell, but the target cell does not support the
capability
Uplink 16QAM is configured but the target cell does not support it
A TTI 2ms service is set up in the source cell, but the target cell does not support
The transmission delay TimeDelay(UIubLink) reported during an intra-frequency
handover for the Node B where the neighboring cell of the current RNC resides is
62
inconsistent with the transmission delay of the cells in the current active set, or the
transmission
delay
ATimeDelay(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
reported
during
intra-frequency handover for the neighboring cell that is a DRNC cell is inconsistent
with the transmission delay of the cells in the current active set.
There are two synchronization modes for intra-frequency hard handover: Timing
re-initialised and Timing-maintained, which are controlled by the parameter
gRESPARA47.bit14 (URncFunction).
4.3.15
Disposal Strategy of Intra-Frequency Events in Buffer

If the RNC receives measurement events and discards them in unsteady state, it may
miss handover opportunities, and radio links with good signal quality may be not added
into the active set while radio links with poor signal quality may be still in the active set.
So it needs to cache measurement reports in buffer in unsteady state and then dispose
of such measurement reports while the RNC enters steady state. In unsteady state, the
RNC needs to combine the received measurement reports. The strategy is described as
follows:
Events Existing in Buffer
1A
If
1B
1C
1D
the
scrambling
code in the
new 1A event
is
identical
with that in
the
New
1A
measurement
old
event,
the
1A
then
old
event
report
replaced
1A
The 1A event
is cached.
The 1A event
is cached.
is
by
the new one.

Otherwise,
the new 1A
event
is
cached.
1B
The 1B event
The old 1B
event
is
1B event is
If
the
scrambling
63

1A
is cached.
1B
replaced
1C
by
1D
cached
code in the
the new one.
1B event is
identical with
the
existing
one, then the

1D event is
replaced
by
the 1B event.
Otherwise,
the 1B event
is cached.
If
the
replaced
scrambling
code in the
1C event is
identical with
1C
The old 1C
the
The 1C event
event
one in the 1D
is cached.
replaced
is
by
the new one.
existing
event,
then
the 1D event
is
replaced
by
the
1C
event.
Otherwise,
the 1C event
is cached.
1D
The 1D event
is cached.
If scrambling
If
code in the
scrambling
1D event is
code in the
identical with
1D event is
the
in
identical with
the 1B event,
the replaced
then the 1B
scrambling
event
code in the
one
replaced
is
by
1C
the
The old 1D
event
replaced
is
by
the new one.
event,
the 1D event.
then the 1C
Otherwise,
event
is
64

1A
1B
1C
1D
the 1D event
replaced
by
is cached.
the 1D event.
Otherwise,
the 1D event
is cached.
4.4
Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure
4.4.1
Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Adding a Radio Link)

Figure 4-4
Intra-RNC Soft Handover (Adding a Radio Link)

UE
Node B
Drift RNS
Drift
RNC
Serving
RNC
Decision to setup
new RL
RNSAP
NBAP
2. Radio Link Setup

Request
1. Radio Li nk Setup
Request
RNSAP
NBAP
Start RX
description
NBAP
3. Radio Link Setup

Response
NBAP
4. Radio Link Setup
Response
RNSAP
5. ALCAP Iub Bearer Setup
NBAP
6. Radio Link Restore

Indication
RN SAP
ALCAP Iur Bearer Setup
NBAP
RNSAP
7. Radio Link Restore

Indication
RNSAP
8. Downlink Synchronisation
DCH - FP
DCH - FP
DCH - FP
9. Uplink Synchronisation
DCH - FP
Start TX
description
10. DCCH : Active Set Update
RRC
RRC
[Radio Link Addition]
11. DCCH : Active Set Update Complete
RRC
RRC
65
4.4.2
Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Deleting a Radio Link)

Figure 4-5
Intra-RNC Soft Handover (Deleting a Radio Link)

UE
Node B
Drift RNS
Drift
RNC
Serving
RNC
Decision to delete
old RL
1. DCCH : Active Set Update

RRC
RRC
[Radio Link Deletion]
2. DCCH : Active Set Update Complete
RRC
RRC
RNSAP
NBAP
4. Radio Link Deletion

Request

Request
RNSAP
NBAP
Stop RX and TX
NBAP

Response
NBAP
RNSAP
7. ALCAP Iub Bearer Release

Response
RNSAP
ALCAP Iur Bearer Release
66
4.4.3
Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Swapping a Radio Link)

Figure 4-6
UE
Intra-RNC Soft Handover (Swapping a Radio Link)

N ode B
D rift R N S
N ode B
S ervin g R N S
D rift
RNC
S erving
RNC
D ecisio n to setup
new R L and
release o ld R L
RN SAP
NBAP
2 . R ad io L ink S etup R eq uest
1 . R ad io L ink S etup
R eq uest
RN SAP
NBAP
S tart R X
d escrip tio n
NBAP
3 . R ad io L ink S etup R esp o nse
NBAP
RN SAP
5 . A L C A P Iub D ata T ransp o rt B earer S etup

NBAP
6 . R ad io L ink R esto re Ind icatio n
4 . R ad io L ink S etup
R esp o nse
A L C A P Iur B earer S etup

NBAP
RN SAP
7 . R ad io L ink R esto re
Ind icatio n
8 . D o w nlink S ynchro nisatio n
D C H -F P
9 . U p link S ynchro nisatio n
D C H -F P
RN SAP
RN SAP
D C H -F P
D C H -F P
S tart T X
d escrip tio n
1 0 . D C C H : A ctive S et U p d ate C o m m and
RRC
RRC
[R a d io L in k A d d itio n & D eletio n ]
RRC
1 1 . D C C H : A ctive S et U p d ate C o m p lete
NBAP
1 2 . R ad io L ink D eletio n R eq uest
RRC
NBAP
S to p R X and T X
NBAP
1 3 . R ad io L ink R elease R esp o nse
NBAP
1 4 . A L C A P Iub D ata T ransp o rt B earer R elease
67
4.4.4
Intra-RNC Hard handover

Figure 4-7
UE
Intra-RNC Hard Handover
NODEB2
NODEB1
RNC
RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST

RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE
PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION

PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
RADIO LINK DELETION REQUEST
RADIO LINK DELETION RESPONSE
68
4.4.5
Inter-RNC Hard Handover Through lur Interface

Figure 4-8
Inter-RNC Hard Handover Through lur Interface
UE
Node B
Source
Node B
Target
RNC
Source
RNC
target
SRNC
1. Radio Link
Setup Request
RNSAP
2. Radio Link Setup Request
NBAP
NBAP
3. Radio Link Setup Response
NBAP
RNSAP
NBAP
4. ALCAP Iub Data Transport Bearer Setup

5. RL Setup
Response
RNSAP
RNSAP
6. ALCAP Iur Data

Transport Bearer Setup
7. DCCH : Physical Channel Reconfiguration
RRC
RRC
NBAP
8. Radio Link Failure Indication
NBAP
RNSAP
NBAP
9. Radio Link Failure Indication
10. Radio Link Restore Indication
RNSAP
NBAP
RNSAP
11. RL Restore
Indication
RNSAP
12. DCCH : Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete

RRC
RRC
RNS AP
NBAP
NBAP
14. Radio Link Deletion Request
15. Radio Link Deletion Response
13. Radio Link Deletion Request
RNSAP
NBAP
NBAP
16. ALCAP Iub Data Transport Bearer Release
RNSAP
17. Radio Link Deletion Response
RNSAP
18. ALCAP Iur Data

Transport Bearer Release
If the cells belonging to different RNCs are adjacent and the lur interface is available, the
SRNC performs an inter-RNC hard handover. An SRNC relocation is triggered after the
hard handover.
69
4.4.6
Inter-RNC Hard Handover Without lur Interface

Figure 4-9
UE
Inter-RNC Hard Handover Without lur Interface

N ode B
S o u rc e
N ode B
T a rg e t
RNC
S o u rc e
RANAP
RNC
T a rg e t
M S C /S G S N
1 . R e lo c a tio n R e q u ire d
RANAP
2 . R e lo c a tio n R e q u ire d
RANAP
RANAP
S G S N /M S C
RANAP
3 . R e lo c a tio n R e q u e st
RANAP
RANAP
RANAP
5 . A L C A P Iu D a ta
T ra n sp o rt B e a re r S e tu p
NBAP
NBAP
6 . R a d io L in k S e tu p R e q u e st
NBAP
7 . R a d io L in k S e tu p R e sp o n se
NBAP
8 . A L C A P Iu b D a ta T ra n sp o rt B e a re r S e tu p
A c k n o w le d g e
RANAP
RANAP
1 0 . R e lo c a tio n R e q u e st
A c k n o w le d g e
RANAP
RANAP
1 1 . R e lo c a tio n C o m m a n d
RRC
NBAP
RANAP
1 2 . R e lo c a tio n C o m m a n d
RANAP
1 3 . D C C H : P h ysic a l C h a n n e l R e c o n fig u ra tio n N o te 1
NBAP
1 5 . R e lo c a tio n
D e te c t
RANAP
1 6 . R e lo c a tio n D e te c t
RRC
1 7 . R a d io L in k F a ilu re In d ic a tio n
RANAP
RRC
1 4 . R a d io L in k R e sto re In d ic a tio n
RANAP
NBAP
RANAP
RANAP
RANAP
NBAP
1 8 . D C C H : P h ysic a l C h a n n e l R e c o n fig u ra tio n C o m p le te N o te 1
RRC
RANAP
1 9 . R e lo c a tio n
C o m p le te
RANAP
RANAP
RANAP
RANAP
2 0 . R e lo c a tio n C o m p le te
2 1 . Iu R e le a se C o m m a n d
2 2 . Iu R e le a se C o m m a n d
RANAP
RANAP
RANAP
2 3 . A L C A P Iu D a ta T ra n sp o rt B e a re r
R e le a se
RANAP
RANAP
2 4 . Iu R e le a se C o m p le te
2 5 . Iu R e le a se C o m p le te
RANAP
RANAP
If inter-frequency cells between RNCs are adjacent and the lur interface is unavailable,
the hard-handover-triggered SRNS relocation is performed. The procedure is described
as follows:
The SRNC sets up a radio link at the DRNC through an lu interface relocation, and then
reconfigure the UE to a cell of the DRNC through a relocation. Upon receiving the
reconfiguration response message from the UE, the DRNC informs the CN to complete
70
the relocation and changes into SRNC. The CN then releases the resources of the UE at
the original SRNC through the lu interface release command.
Inter-Frequency Handover Strategy

The inter-frequency handover is a feature in which the UE is handed over from one
frequency of UTRAN to another one. It can either be a handover based on the
inter-frequency measurement, or a blind handover based on ShareCover (Overlap or
Covers). The measurement-based handover cannot trigger a blind handover based on
shared coverage. The blind handover between cells with shared coverage can only be
triggered by such functions as load control and load balancing.
The prerequisite for measurement-based inter-frequency handovers is that the UE
performs a quality measurement of non-working frequencies. For an inter-frequency
measurement in CELL_DCH state, the UE needs to initiate compressed mode unless it
has double-receiver. Compressed mode has a great impact on both the resource
utilization (for example, downlink power and uplink interference) and UE (for example,
transmit power and battery consumption), so an inter-frequency measurement is only
initiated when the radio quality of the current serving carrier is poor, which can be
evaluated through four measurement quantities: Uplink BLER, UE uplink transmit power,
transmit power of downlink and inter-frequency measurement (quality measurement
performed by the UE for PCPICH). Upon receiving the inter-frequency measurement
results from the UE, the RNC makes a decision about inter-frequency handover, and
hands over the UE to the target frequency and cell carried in the measurement results.
The blind handover based on ShareCover (Overlap or Covers) is controlled through the
coverage indication (ShareCover UUtranRelation)) in the adjacent cell configuration
relation. If the radio quality of a cell is good, then that of another cell that has
ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation with it must also be good, which means
forecasting the radio quality of another cell that has ShareCover (Overlap or Covers)
relation with a cell based on the radio quality of this cell. Whether the ShareCover
(Overlap or Covers) relation exists among cells is determined by the network planner
based on cell coverage (Only those cells with completely the same coverage can be
called cells with shared coverage, and inter-frequency cells with shared coverage
generally share a site and antenna feeder. If a cell completely contains the coverage of
71
another cell, the relation between them is called Covers). The blind handover based on
ShareCover (Overlap or Covers) is primarily used in load control, load balancing and
handover based on moving speed.
In the load balancing mechanism, if the load of the target cell for access or
handover is too heavy, you can access or hand over the service into another less
loaded cell that has ShareCover (Overlap or Covers) relation with the target cell.
In the load control mechanism, if the load of the current cell is too heavy, you can
forcedly hand over partial services into another less loaded cell that has
ShareCover (Overlap or Covers) relation with the target cell.
In a handover based on the moving speed, when the UE changes from a low to a
high moving speed, the UE can be directly handed over from a micro cell into a
macro cell that contains this micro cell.
5.1
Inter-Frequency Measurement
When conducting an inter-frequency measurement, the UE needs to implement layer 3
filter for the measurement results to avoid measurement fluctuations, and then make
event decisions and reports by using filtered values. The layer 3 filter factor is FilterCoeff
(If the measurement is an event-triggered measurement and the measurement quantity
is EcNo, for Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For Event 2D/2F used for the GSM system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For inter-frequency measurement events used
for the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the
measurement is an event-triggered measurement and the measurement quantity is
RSCP, for Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For Event 2D/2F used for the GSM system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG. For inter-frequency measurement events used
for the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU. If the
measurement is a periodical measurement and the measurement quantity is EcNo, this
parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement quantity is RSCP,
this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpPrdMeas). For the inter-frequency
measurement formula, see Intra-frequency Measurement.
72
Carrier evaluation standards for inter-frequency measurements:
NA j
Qfrequencyj 10 LogMfrequency j Wj 10 Log Mi j (1 Wj ) 10 LogMBest j

i 1
Where,
Qfrequency j: Refers to the (virtual) active set quality of carrier j, that is, the measurement
result of carrier j (dB for Ec/No; dBm for RSCP).
Mfrequency j: Refers to the physical measurement value (ratio for Ec/No; mW for RSCP) of
the (virtual) active set of carrier j.
Mi j: Refers to the physical measurement value of cell i of carrier j.
NA j: Refers to the number of cells (excluding the best cell) in the (virtual) active set of
carrier j.
MBest j: Refers to the measurement result of the best cell in the (virtual) active set of
carrier j.
Wj: Refers to the weight (WNoUsed (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter
is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this
parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU) or Wused (If the measurement
quantity is EcNo, for Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For event 2D/2F used for the GSM system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For inter-frequency measurement
events
used
for
the
UTRAN
system,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, for Event 2D/2F used for
the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For event
2D/2F
used
for
the
GSM
system,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforG. For inter-frequency measurement events used for the UTRAN

system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU))of the best cell in the
(virtual) active set of carrier j during a carrier measurement.
73
5.1.1
Introduction to Inter-Frequency Measurement

The inter-frequency measurement contains radio quality measurement of both working
carrier frequency and non-working carrier frequency. It can be performed based on either
EcNo or RSCP or both measurement quantities, depending on the parameter
NonIntraMeasQuan (UUtranCellFDD). Only event-triggered reporting is supported. The
event-triggered reporting means the UE judges whether inter-frequency events are met
based on the quality measurement result of the non-working carrier frequency PCPICH.
If so, it reports inter-frequency events (including such information as event ID and the
target cell) to the RNC.
A series of inter-frequency measurement events are defined in 3GPP as the judgment
and trigger criteria for inter-frequency handovers.
The inter-frequency handover events are described as follows:
Event 2A: The best carrier frequency changes.
QNotBest QBest H2a /2

Where,
QNotBest: Refers to the measurement result of the current non-best carrier frequency.
QBest: Refers to the measurement result of the current best carrier frequency.
H2a: Refers to the handover decision hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU.
If
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of Event 2A.

Event 2B: The quality of working carrier frequency is lower than a threshold and that of
non-working carrier frequency is higher than a threshold.
QNon used TNon used 2b H2b /2 QUsed TUsed
2b
H2b /2
Where,
74
QNon used: Refers to the measurement result of the current non-working carrier frequency.
TNon used 2b: Refers to the absolute threshold (ThreshNoUsedFreq (If the measurement
quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of good-quality non-working carrier frequency in an Event 2B

decision.
H2b: Refers to the handover decision hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the
If
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of Event 2B.

QUsed: Refers to the measurement result of the current working carrier frequency.
TUsed 2b: Refers to the absolute threshold (ThreshUsedFreq (If the measurement quantity
is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the measurement
quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of
poor-quality working carrier frequency in an Event 2B decision.
Event 2C: The quality of non-working carrier frequency is higher than a threshold.
QNonused TNonused2c H2c /2

Where,
TNon used 2c: Refers to the absolute threshold (ThreshNoUsedFreq (If the measurement
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of good-quality non-working carrier frequency in an Event 2C

decision.
H2c: Refers to the handover decision hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the
If
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of Event 2C.
75
Event 2D: The quality of the working carrier frequency is lower than a threshold.
QUs ed TUs ed2d H2d/2

Where,
TUsed 2d: Refers to the absolute threshold (ThreshUsedFreq (If the measurement quantity
is EcNo, for Event 2D used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For Event 2D used for the GSM system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For Event 2D used for the UTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the measurement quantity is
RSCP, for Event 2D used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For Event 2D used for the GSM system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG. For Event 2D used for the UTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of poor-quality working carrier
frequency in an Event 2D decision.
H2d: Refers to the handover decision hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the
measurement quantity is EcNo, for Event 2D used for the EUTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For Event 2D used for the GSM
system, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For Event 2D used for
the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the
measurement quantity is RSCP, for Event 2D used for the EUTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For Event 2D used for the GSM
system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG. For Event 2D used for
the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of Event
2D.
Event 2E: The quality of non-working carrier frequency is lower than a threshold.
QNon used TNon used
2e
H2e /2
Where,
76
TNon used 2e: Refers to the absolute threshold (ThreshNoUsedFreq (If the measurement
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of good-quality non-working carrier frequency in an Event 2E

decision.
H2e: Refers to the handover decision hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the
If
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of Event 2E.

Event 2F: The quality of working carrier frequency is higher than a threshold.
QUsed TUsed 2f H2f /2

Where,
TUsed 2f: Refers to the absolute threshold (ThreshUsedFreq (If the measurement quantity
is EcNo, for Event 2F used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For Event 2F used for the GSM system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For Event 2F used for the UTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the measurement quantity is
RSCP, for Event 2F used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For Event 2F used for the GSM system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG. For Event 2F used for the UTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of poor-quality working carrier
frequency in an Event 2F decision.
H2f: Refers to the handover decision hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the
measurement quantity is EcNo, for Event 2F used for the EUTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For Event 2F used for the GSM
system, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For Event 2F used for
the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the
measurement quantity is RSCP, for Event 2F used for the EUTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For Event 2F used for the GSM
77
system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG. For Event 2F used for
the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of Event
2F.
If a carrier frequency meets the reporting range or threshold of a certain event, the
condition must be met within a period of time (TrigTime (If the measurement quantity is
EcNo, for Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For Event 2D/2F used for the GSM system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For inter-frequency measurement events used
for the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the
measurement quantity is RSCP, for Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For Event 2D/2F used for the GSM
system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG. For inter-frequency
measurement events used for the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) before the reporting of this event to avoid an inter-frequency
event misreport due to the fluctuation of radio quality.
5.1.2
Inter-Frequency Measurement Control Method

Among all inter-frequency measurement events, Event 2D and Event 2F only involve
measurements of working carrier frequencies, so compressed mode is not required
during a measurement and an extra overhead will not be brought to both the UE and the
RNC. Compressed mode can be enabled and disabled based on the definition of 2D/2F.
If there is any inter-frequency/Inter-RAT adjacent cell during a service setup, the RNC
will configure Event 2D, Event 2F and intra-frequency events to the UE. The following
measurement setup, modification and deletion apply to inter-frequency measurement
events other than Event 2D and Event 2F.
5.1.2.1
Measurement Setup
An inter-frequency measurement is only set up only when the inter-RAT measurement is
not initiated, and it can be triggered in either of the following scenarios:
1.
The radio quality of the current serving carrier frequency deteriorates and there are
inter-frequency adjacent cells that have no ShareCover (Covers) relation (judged
78
through ShareCover(UUtranRelation)) with the current serving cell and the UE

supports the radio frequency band of these neighboring cells.
2.
The UE meets the slow moving conditions and there is a micro cell with higher HCS
level in the coverage of the current cell (based on moving speed).
The Radio Quality Deterioration of Current Serving Carrier Frequency can be judged
through any of the following four indexes:
Uplink BLER: The uplink BLER value exceeds a certain threshold (1.25%) and the
Sirtarget value (real-time measurement result) reaches the maximum value of SIR
(ULMaxSIR) configured in the OMCR. The BLER is measured and judged by the
RNC.
Uplink transmit power of UE: The transmit power of the UE exceeds a certain
threshold (100%, in relation to the maximum transmit power of the UE). The uplink
transmit power is measured by the UE and reported to the RNC through the internal
measurement report 6A/6B. The threshold parameter of Event 6A and Event 6B
(txPowerThres(UHoEvtTPUeInt)) is a delta value relative to min(UE maximum
transmitted power, uplink DPCH maximum transmission power).
Downlink transmit power: The downlink transmit power exceeds a certain threshold
(90%, in relation to MaxDlDpchPwr of services). The downlink transmit power is
measured by the Node B and reported to the RNC through the dedicated Node B
measurement report.
5.1.2.2
The UE reports Event 2D.
If the inter-frequency measurement is enabled, an inter-frequency measurement
modification is triggered in the following cases:
If the inter-frequency measurement parameters and adjacent cells change after a

soft handover, the changed parameters and adjacent cells must be updated through
a measurement modification.
79
If the handover parameters change when a service is added or deleted, the

changed parameters must be updated through a measurement modification.
5.1.2.3
When the following inter-frequency measurement setup conditions are no longer met, the
corresponding inter-frequency measurement will be deleted (released).
There is no inter-frequency adjacent cell in the active set after a handover and
inter-frequency measurement is initiated.
There is an inter-frequency adjacent cell but it has ShareCover (Covers) relation

with a cell or an intra-frequency adjacent cell in the current active set, and an
inter-frequency measurement is initiated.
An inter-frequency measurement is initiated but the radio quality of working carrier

frequency becomes better. The standards for judging The Radio Quality of Working
Carrier Frequency Changes Better are described as follows:
The UE does not report Event 2D or reports Event 2F.
The uplink BLER does not exceed the poor quality threshold (1.25%) or the BLER
recovers below the normal quality threshold (CS64K: 0.1%; other services: 1%).
The UEs transmit power does not exceed inter-frequency measurement initiation
threshold (100%) or recovers below normal value (90%).
The downlink transmit power does not exceed inter-frequency measurement
initiation threshold (90%) or recovers below the normal value (80%).
An inter-frequency handover is completed.
An exception occurs, for example, receiving an exceptional inter-frequency

measurement report (for example, the measurement report belongs to a
non-existent measurement task on the network side).
When the RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONGROL RELEASE message for a

measurement ID, the time stamp is recorded. If the RNC receives the measurement
80
report for the ID, it compares the current time and the recorded time. If the difference
between the current time and the recorded time exceed the threshold TResndMeaCtrlRel
(URncFunction) configured, the MEASUREMENT CONTROL RELEASE will be resent.
Otherwise, this measurement report will be ignored.
5.1.2.4
Processing of Inter-Frequency Events

1.
Processing of Event 2A/2B/2C
If a measurement report contains several target cells, those with good quality
(RSCP) are preferentially selected as target cells. If there is any inter-frequency
adjacent cell that has ShareCover (Overlap or Covers) relation with the target cell,
inter-frequency load balancing is performed based on the cells load. (For details,
see ZTE UMTS Load Balance Feature Guide).
For CS users, an inter-frequency hard handover is performed.
For PS users, a hard handover tends to fail due to admission failure in the event of
heavy cell load because a majority of resources are occupied by PS services. The
following strategies are required:
If the current channel type is DCH and the channel assigned for the target cell
is also DCH after a handover, a handover attempt is made first according to
the current rate. If the handover fails, another handover attempt is made
according to the GBR of the current services or the minimum rate grade of
DRBC (for details, see ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide), to
improve the handover success rate.
If the current channel type is HS-DSCH/E-DCH or HS-DSCH/DCH, and DCH

after a handover, the handover is performed directly according to the GBR of
the current services or the minimum rate grade of DRBC (for details, see ZTE
UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature Description).
If the channel type is DCH before a handover and HS-DSCH/E-DCH or

HS-DSCH/DCH after it, the handover is admitted by the HS-DSCH/E-DCH or
HS-DSCH/DCH (for details, see ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide).
If the HS-DSCH/E-DCH or HS-DSCH/DCH admission fails, the handover can
81
also be implemented according to the minimum rate (GBR of services or

minimum rate grade of DRBC) of DCH.
In a cell, only one of Event 2A, Event 2B and Event 2C can be used to trigger an
inter-frequency handover. Which event is used depends on the inter-frequency
handover recommendation strategy parameter InterHoTactic (UUtranCellFDD).
If an inter-frequency handover fails, the penalty timer GresPara6, which is specific

to the UE, is started. The RNC will not process the reported inter-frequency
measurement reports before the timer expires, and will issue a new inter-frequency
measurement control message after the timer expires.
2.
Processing of Event 2D
A blind handover attempt is made if there is a ShareCover (UUtranRelation) (2:

Covers) relationship in the inter-frequency adjacent cells.
Compressed mode is initiated and an inter-frequency measurement 2A/2B/2C/2E is

issued if there is no ShareCover (UUtranRelation) (Covers) relation in
inter-frequency adjacent cells or a blind handover fails. For the initiation decision of
compressed mode, see Compressed Mode Enabling/Disabling.
3.
Processing of Event 2E
All non-working carrier frequencies report Event 2E, indicating that the radio quality
of all inter-frequency adjacent cells is poor and the 3G system quality deteriorates. If
there is any Inter-RAT adjacent cell that has cover relation (GsmShareCover
(UGsmRelation) value is 2 GSM neighboring cell covers the serving cell) with the
current serving cell, an inter-RAT blind handover is implemented.
All non-working carrier frequencies report Event 2E, indicating that the radio quality
of all inter-frequency adjacent cells is poor and the 3G system quality deteriorates. If
the serving cell does not have any inter-RAT neighboring cell with cover relation
(GsmShareCover (UGsmRelation) value is not 2 GSM neighboring cell covers the
serving cell), an inter-RAT measurement Event 3A/3C is issued.
4.
Processing of Event 2F
82
Compressed mode and inter-frequency measurement disabling can be triggered.

For details, see Compressed Mode Enabling/Disabling and Inter-Frequency
Measurement Control Method Measurement Deletion.
5.1.2.5
Minimum Quality Judgement Strategy in Inter-frequency Handover

For 2A, 2B, 2C events:
1.
CresPara6 (UCelInfoFDD) is set to 1: On.
2.
The UE reports Event 2A/2B/2C.
3.
The quality of the target cell: CPICH EcNo<=GresPara2 (URncFunction) or CPICH

RSCP<=GresPara5 (URncFunction).
If these conditions are met, the RNC will not process Event 2A/2B/2C reported by the
UE.
5.1.2.6
Processing of Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Events in Buffer

If the RNC receives a measurement report and does not process it, the RNC may miss
handover opportunities and even drop the call when the RNC processing other events
such as the radio bearer reconfiguration procedure. So, the RNC needs to buffer these
events and does not process them until the current event has been processed.
There are six inter-frequency measurement events and six inter-RAT measurement
events in the buffer at most.
For
event
2D/2F,
if
the
measurement
quantity
(NonIntraMeasQuan
(UUtranCellFDD)) is CPICH EcNo or CPICH RSCP, the RNC will only buffer the
measurement
events
NonIntraMeasQuan
with
the
same
(UUtranCellFDD).
measurement
If
the
quality
defined
measurement
by
quantity
(NonIntraMeasQuan (UUtranCellFDD)) is CPICH EcNo and CPICH RSCP, the

RNC will buffer the latest events with CPICH EcNo and CPICH RSCP measurement
quantity individually.
83
If Event 2A/2B/2C/2E or 3A/3C measurement event exists in the buffer and the
newly
reported
Event
2F
has
the
same
measurement
quantity
as
NonIntraMeasQuan (UUtranCellFDD), the RNC will delete the 2A/2B/2C/2E or

3A/3C and buffer Event 2F. Otherwise, the RNC will not process Event 2F.
If Event 2F with the same measurement quantity defined by NonIntraMeasQuan

(UUtranCellFDD) exists in the buffer, when Event 2A/2B/2C/2E or 3A/3C is reported,
the RNC will not process Event 2A/2B/2C/2E or 3A/3C. Otherwise, the RNC will
buffer these events.
After an intra-frequency and Intra-frequency hard handover, the RNC needs to

discard all measurement events in the buffer.
5.1.2.7
Parameter Configuration Strategies
Inter-frequency event parameter configuration

There are six inter-frequency measurement events (2a, 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E, and 2F) in
total. The number of events configured depends on the parameter MeasEvtNum (If
the measurement is an event-triggered measurement and the measurement
quantity is EcNo, for Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is
obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For Event 2D/2F used for the GSM system,
this parameter is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For inter-frequency
measurement events used for the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the measurement is an event-triggered measurement
and the measurement quantity is RSCP, for Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN
system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For Event 2D/2F
used for the GSM system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG.
For inter-frequency measurement events used for the UTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU), and the inter-frequency
events configured depends on the parameter meaEvtId (If the measurement is an
event-triggered measurement and the measurement quantity is EcNo, for Event
2D/2F used for the EUTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforE. For Event 2D/2F used for the GSM system, this parameter
is obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. For inter-frequency measurement events
used for the UTRAN system, this parameter is obtained from
84
UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the measurement is an event-triggered measurement

and the measurement quantity is RSCP, for Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN
system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforE. For Event 2D/2F
used for the GSM system, this parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG.
For inter-frequency measurement events used for the UTRAN system, this
parameter is obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforU). meaEvtId is defined through
array, and the dimension of array is equal to MeasEvtNum, which is six at most.
Handover parameter configuration strategy in macro diversity

All measurement parameters are cell-based. In macro diversity, the measurement
parameters configured in the best cell will be used as handover parameters. If the
best cell changes, the measurement parameters need to be updated at the same
time.
For inter-RNC handover, if there is an SRNC cell in the active set, the measurement
parameters of the best cell in the SRNC will be used as handover parameters, and if
there is no SRNC cell in the active set, the measurement parameters of the last
SRNC cell in the active set will be used as handover parameters.
Configuration of several sets of handover parameters

The inter-frequency handover parameters can be separately configured based on
measurement quantity, measurement reporting mode and service bearer type. In
this way, several sets of measurement parameters are necessary for different
purposes. The specific categories are described as follows:
Measurement quantity
NonIntraMeasQuan (UUtranCellFDD) (CPICH RSCP or EcNo or both)
Note:
When NonIntraMeasQuan (UUtranCellFDD) is configured to EcNo or RSCP,
only the 2D/2F events corresponding measurement quality are issued.
When NonIntraMeasQuan (UUtranCellFDD) is configured to EcNo and RSCP,
two categories of 2D/2F measurement events about CPICH EcNo and CPICH
85
RSCP are configured and one of 2D measurement events can trigger compressed
mode. After compressed mode is triggered, the inter-frequency event of the
corresponding measurement quantity will be issued according to that of 2D event.
For example, if the measurement quantity of triggering 2D event is CPICH EcNo,
only an inter-frequency event of CPICH EcNo will be issued.
Event-triggered reporting or periodical reporting
Service bearer type (srvCategory (UInterMeaSrvSpec))
Not Related to Service Type (Used for detected set measurement)
Note:
(1)
When concurrent services exist and include CS+PS services, the Multi RAB
(2)
When concurrent services exist and include non-CS services, the RT RAB
(3)
When the above principles are met simultaneously, the first one prevails.
86
To facilitate
parameter
modification
and
optimization,
the
inter-frequency
parameters are index-organized. The index quotations are listed as follows:
Figure 5-1
Inter-Frequency Handover Index Quotations

CellFDD)
refUInterMeasProfile
UInterMeasProfile(UInterMeasProfile)
UInterMeaSrvSpec(UInterMeaSrvSpe
c)
UInterMeasNoSrvSpec(UInterMeasNo
SrvSpec)
srvCategory
NonIntraMeasQuan
NonIntraMeasQuan
UInterEcNoEvM UInterRscpEvM
easforU(UInterE easforU(UInterR
cNoEvMeasforU scpEvMeasforU
)
)
UInterEcNoEvM UInterRscpEvM
easforG(UInterE easforG(UInterR
cNoEvMeasforG scpEvMeasforG
)
)
UInterEcNoEvM
easforG(UInterE
cNoEvMeasforE
)
UInterRscpEvM
easforG(UInterR
scpEvMeasforE)
UInterEcNoPrd
Meas(UInterEc
NoPrdMeas)
UInterEcNoPrd
Meas(UInterEc
NoPrdMeas)
InterMeasCfgNo InterMeasCfgNo
(UInterEcNoEv (UInteRscpEvM
easforU)
MeasforU)
InterMeasCfgNo InterMeasCfgNo
(UInterEcNoEv (UInteRscpEvM
MeasforG)
easforG)
InterMeasCfgNo
(UInterEcNoEv
MeasforE)
InterMeasCfgNo
(UInteRscpEvM
easforE)
interMeasCfgNo
(UInterEcNoPrd
Meas)
interMeasCfgNo
(UInterRscpPrd
Meas)
Note: When a new cell is set up, the value of intialHoCelSelScene (UInterMeasProfile)
Scene) is determined according to the actual cell scene (indicated by HoCelSelScene
(UUtranCellFDD)), and the available inter-frequency measurement profile corresponding
to intialHoCelSelScene is configured for the cell.
Before
inter-frequency
(UInterMeasProfile)
of
handover
the
cell
is
parameters
found
based
are
on
obtained,
profileId
refUinterMeasProfile
(UUtranCellFDD), and then, in UinterMeasProfile configuration items, the next level

managed object is obtained according to the current measurement application type:
For event-triggered measurements, Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration
Related to Traffic Category Object ID(UInterMeaSrvSpec) is selected. For
periodical measurements, Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Unrelated to
Traffic Category Object ID (UInterMeasNoSrvSpec) is selected.
87
In
the
managed
Configuration
No.
object
decided
above,
(InterMeasCfgNo)
is
Category(srvCategory(UInterMeaSrvSpec))
Inter-Frequency
found
based
and
Measurement
on
Traffic
Measurement
Quantity(NonintraMeasQuan). Finally, the corresponding inter-frequency handover

measurement parameters are found. The details are as follows:
(1). Event-triggered measurement
i.
Inter-frequency measurement events used for the UTRAN system

from the managed object UInterEcNoEvMeasforU.
from the managed object UInterRscpEvMeasforU.
ii.
Event 2D/2F used for the GSM system

from the managed object UInterEcNoEvMeasforG.
from the managed object UInterRscpEvMeasforG.
iii.
Event 2D/2F used for the EUTRAN system

from the managed object UInterEcNoEvMeasforE.
from the managed object UInterRscpEvMeasforE.
(2). Periodical measurement
from the managed object UInterEcNoPrdMeas.
from the managed object UInterRscpPrdMeas.
88
Correspondence between other parameters that need to be filled into the

inter-frequency measurement control message
Inter-Frequency measurement quantity and Inter-frequency measurement report
criteria are automatically filled by the system based on InterMeasCfgNote.
For the cells of the neighbor RNC, if the value of Primary CPICH Power
Configuration Tag (PcpichPwrPre (UExternalUtranCellFDD)) is TURE, the cell
information of the inter-freq measurement should include the Primary CPICH Power
for this cell. Otherwise the cell information of the inter-freq measurement should not
include the Primary CPICH Power for this cell.
Switch of inter-frequency handover based on measurement for different services

There are several switches for different services to control whether
measurement-based inter-frequency handovers can be performed. When such a
switch is open, it is allowed to perform inter-frequency handovers for the
corresponding service. Otherwise, the RNC forbids inter-frequency handovers for
the service by not activating the inter-frequency measurement. The switches for
different services are described as followed:
Service
Switch
AMR
amrIfHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
R99 RT
r99RtIfHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
R99 NRT
r99NrtIfHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
HSDPA
hsdpaIfHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
HSUPA
hsupaIfHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
Strategy of coupling between intelligent carrier power off/on and inter-frequency

handover
When the intelligent carrier power control is enabled, and the cell meets the
conditions of carrier power off, compressed mode must be initiated for
inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurements, no matter what IfOrRatHoSwch
(UCelInfoFDD) or
amrIfHoSw/r99RtIfHoSw/r99NrtIfHoSw/hsdpaIfHoSw/hsupaIfHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
is.
89
5.1.3

During the neighboring cells configuration, the adjacent cell list used for reselection in
non-CELL_DCH state and that used for handovers in CELL_DCH state can be
configured separately. During handovers, target cells are selected by neighboring cells
configuration state (StateMode (UUtranRelation)). When the UE is in macro diversity
state, the neighboring cell list is a combination of neighboring cell lists of each cell in the
active set, so the number of inter-frequency neighboring cells may exceed 32, which is
the maximum number specified by the protocol. If the number of inter-frequency
neighboring cells exceeds 32, some cells must be deleted to ensure that there are only
32 inter-frequency neighboring cells. With minimal impact on the UEs in the active set,
these dropped cells are those with poorer signal quality or remoter geographical location.
Therefore, each inter-frequency neighboring cell is configured with a priority.
5.1.3.1
Cell priority configuration

The OMCR configuration parameter MeasPrio (UUtranRelation) defines the priority of
adjacent cells with three values (0: High priority; 1: Medium priority; 2: Low priority). The
value of MeasPrio (UUtranRelation) must be set by the network planning engineer based
on the existing network conditions (for example, adjacent cell quality and geographical
location of adjacent cell). 0 shows the cell priority configuration based on the
geographical location of adjacent cells. For example, for the configuration of cells
adjacent to the innermost gray cell, there are three layers of adjacent cells surrounding
the gray cell, and they are differentiated from one another with yellow (0: Top priority),
blue (1: Medium priority) and red (2: Low priority).
90
Figure 5-2
Source Cell
Priority 0
Priority 1
Priority 2
5.1.3.2

As specified in the protocol, the maximum number of inter-frequency adjacent cells is 32.
When the UE is in macro diversity state, the total number of inter-frequency adjacent
cells in the macro diversity may exceed 32, so some strategies are required to control the
number within 32, including:
Priority combination strategy
If a cell is adjacent to several inter-frequency cells in the active set, that is, the priority
levels configured for this cell may vary, the priority levels of this cell are combined and
the highest priority level prevails.
Sorting strategy
If the total number of inter-frequency adjacent cells in the active set is 32, the system
prioritizes them in descending order and places the cells in excess of 32 into the
inter-frequency adjacent cell reserve list, which can buffer at most 8 truncated
inter-frequency cells.
The priority levels of adjacent cells in the inter-frequency adjacent cell list will be updated
whenever Event 1A/1B/1C/1D is triggered. If Event 1B is triggered and the number of
91
inter-frequency adjacent cells is less than 32, the system selects cells from the reserve
list in descending order of priority and places them into the inter-frequency adjacent cell
list. The number of cells that can be selected: min (32 Number of existing cells in the
inter-frequency adjacent cell list, Number of cells in the reserve list).
5.2
Handling Mechanism for Periodical Report of

Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover
Measurement
The periodical reporting is that a report of inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement result
is sent by the UE periodically based on the periodical report interval (PrdRptInterval (For
an inter-frequency measurement, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is
obtained from UInterEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this
parameter is obtained from UinterRscpPrdMeas. For an inter-RAT measurement, if the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoPrdMeas. If
the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpPrdMeas))
and the amount of periodical reports (PrdRptAmount (For an inter-frequency measurement,
if
the
measurement
quantity
is
EcNo,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained

from UInterRscpPrdMeas. For an inter-RAT measurement, if the measurement quantity
is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement
quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpPrdMeas)) configured by
RNC. The RNC judges inter-frequency/inter-RAT handover events in accordance with
the inter-frequency/inter-RAT event rule defined in the protocol by referring to the
inter-frequency/inter-RAT cell quality periodically reported by the UE. (For details on the
period algorithm, see 5.11 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Period Measurement
Algorithm)
A long interval set in periodical reporting mode may result in call drop due to handover
delay. Therefore, it is recommended to set the interval to a low value. However, setting a
short interval will increase the signaling load of radio interface and easily lead to
signaling congestion, so event-triggered reporting is generally preferred.
92
5.3
Downlink Coverage Based Inter-Frequency

Handover
Downlink coverage uses Events 2D and 2F as a criterion to evaluate the quality of
current working carrier frequency signals. For details on processing strategies of Events
2D and 2F, see Processing of Inter-Frequency Events.
A coupling relationship exists among the coverage-based handover, uplink BLER-based
handover, uplink transmit power-based handover, downlink transmit power-based
handover, and moving speed-based handover. For details on enabling/disabling of
compressed
mode
and
inter-frequency
measurement
setup/release,
see
Inter-Frequency Handover Strategy--> Coupling Processing of Different Handovers.
5.4
Uplink BLER Based Inter-Frequency Handover

The activation of uplink BLER-based inter-frequency handovers is controlled through the
parameters RncUlBlerHoSwch and UlBlerHoSwch (UUtranCellFDD).
This strategy only applies to the DCH.
When the values of RncUlBlerHoSwch and UlBlerHoSwch (UUtranCellFDD) are both
ON, the RNC periodically collects the statistics of uplink BLER. If the uplink BLER value
exceeds a certain threshold (1.25%) and the Sirtarget value (real-time measurement
result) reaches the maximum value of SIR (ULMaxSIR) configured in the OMCR, then
the outer loop power control is already invalid and the uplink quality worsens. In such a
case, the UE is handed over into its inter-frequency adjacent cell that has ShareCover
(Covers) relation with the current cell, or an inter-frequency measurement is initiated.
The processing strategy is the same as that of Event 2D. For details, see Event 2D
processing in Processing of Inter-Frequency Events.
93
5.5
Uplink Transmit Power Based Inter-Frequency

Handover
The activation of uplink transmit power-based inter-frequency handovers is controlled
through the parameters RncTxPwrHoSwch and UlPwrHoSwch (UUtranCellFDD).
When the values of RncTxPwrHoSwch and UlPwrHoSwch(UUtranCellFDD) are both
ON, the RNC sets up the internal measurement of UEs when a service is initially
established. The UE internal measurement mainly measures the UE transmission power
(TxP) by event report.
Before
obtaining
the
UEs
internal
measurement
parameters,
the
profileId
(UUeIntMeasProfile) of the cell is found based on refUUeIntMeasProfile(UUtranCellFDD).

Then, according to the current measurement purpose UE Transmitted Power Event
Measurement for Handover, the managed object UHoEvtTPUeInt is obtained from
UUeIntMeasProfile configuration items. Finally, UE Internal Measurement Configuration
Index (UeIntMCfgNo (UHoEvtTPUeInt)) and the following corresponding internal
measurement parameters are obtained from UHoEvtTPUeInt.
Measurement Report Transfer Mode
measRptTrMod(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
Filter Coefficient
filterCoeff(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
Maximum Event Number of UE Internal Measurement
measEvtNum(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
UE Internal Measurement Event Identity
meaEvtId(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
Time to Trigger(ms)
trigTime(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
When the transmit power of the UE meets these threshold requirements, the UE will
report the corresponding events. After receiving an Event 6A report (The uplink power of
the UE exceeds txPowerThres(UHoEvtTPUeInt)) or an Event 6B report (The uplink
power of the UE is less than txPowerThres(UHoEvtTPUeInt)), the RNC uses the same
processing strategy as that of 2D or 2F, respectively. For details, see the Events 2D and
2F processing strategies in Processing of Inter-Frequency Events.
94
5.6
Downlink Transmit Power Based Inter-Frequency

Handover
The activation of downlink transmit power-based inter-frequency handovers is controlled
through the parameters RncTxPwrHoSwch and DlPwrHoSwch (UUtranCellFDD).
The Node B periodically sends the dedicated measurement report of downlink transmit
power to the RNC.
When the values of RncTxPwrHoSwch and DlPwrHoSwch (UUtranCellFDD) are both
On, the RNC will judge the downlink code power (DTCP) mentioned in the dedicated
measurement report sent by the Node B.
Obtaining of the Node B dedicated measurement parameters: According to the current
measurement purpose Event A Report Parameters for TCP in Handover Control/
Event B Report Parameters for TCP in Handover Control, the following parameters used
for handover control are obtained from the sub-object UNbDedMeas of the object
UNbDedMeasProfile:
Dedicated Measurement Type
DedMeasType (UNbDedMeas)
Measurement Change Time /Measurement Hysteresis

EvtAbcdefTime (UNbDedMeas)
Time
Measurement Filter Coefficient
MeasFilterCoeff (UNbDedMeas)
Report Period
RptPrd(UNbDedMeas)
Choice Report Periodicity Scale
RptPrdUnit (UNbDedMeas)
Report Characteristics
RptType(UNbDedMeas)
Measurement Threshold of Event A/B for Transmitted

EvtAbTcpThrd(UNbDedMeas)
Code Power
NbDed Measure Configuration No
NbDMCfgNo(UNbDedMeas)
When the DTCP value reaches the threshold of Event A, it indicates that the downlink
power is very high. In such a case, the UE is handed over to its inter-frequency adjacent
95
cell that has ShareCover (Covers) relation with the current cell, or an inter-frequency
measurement is initiated. The processing strategy is the same as that of Event 2D. When
the DTCP value reaches the threshold of Event B, the processing strategy is the same as
that of Event 2F. For details, see Event 2D/2F processing in Processing of
Inter-Frequency Events
5.7
Load Control Based Handover

When the load (downlink carrier power (TCP) or total uplink receive wideband power
(RTWP)) of a cell reaches a high level, if the cell has some less-loaded inter-frequency
adjacent cells that have ShareCover (Overlap or Covers) relation with this cell (judged
through ShareCover(UUtranRelation)), the RNC will hand over some UEs with low
priority from this cell into its adjacent cells to reduce this cells load and ensure system
stability.
For details on load handover, see ZTE UMTS Overload Control Feature Guide.
5.8
Moving Speed Based Handover

In the Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS), Macro cells are used to carry the fast-moving
UEs and they have low HCS priority (HcsPrio (for the current cell, this parameter is
obtained from UUtranCellFDD. For neighboring UTRAN cells, this parameter is obtained
from UExternalUtranCellFDD. For neighboring GSM cells, this parameter is obtained
from UExternalGsmCell)). Micro cells are used to carry the slow-moving UEs and they
have high HCS priority (HcsPrio).
The purpose of moving speed-based handovers is to hand over the fast-moving and
slow-moving UEs into Macro and Micro cells, respectively. The handover between Macro
and Micro cells requires an algorithm for judging the moving speeds of UEs. Whether to
process the handover judgement based on moving speed depends on the parameter
HcsSupportInd(URncFunction).
The number of best cell changes per unit time is taken as a criterion for judging the
moving speed of UEs. The more times the best cell changes per unit time, the faster the
moving speed. The number of best cell changes is based on the number of Event 1D
96
reports.
5.9
Coupling Processing of Different Handovers

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered by the following:
Load control
Downlink coverage events
Uplink transmit power
Uplink BLER
Downlink transmit power
Moving speed of UE
The load control-based handover aims to quickly reduce system loads and ensure
system stability, and it has the top priority. The handovers based on downlink coverage
events, uplink transmit power, uplink BLER or downlink transmit power aim to guarantee
the call QoS and user experience, and they have lower priority. The moving speed-based
handover in the HSC is used to appropriately allocate traffic for different cells, make full
use of system resources and enhance system performance. The moving speed-based
handover is a system optimization function and has the lowest priority.
The handover with top priority will shield the handovers with comparatively lower priority.
For example, if a load control-based handover occurs in a cell, the RNC can no longer
hand over or access new services into the cell. In the case of a poor carrier quality, the
RNC needs to hand over the UE into the cell with good quality through radio quality
measurement, without taking account of the moving speed of UE.
97
5.10
Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurement Choice

When a cell has both neighboring inter-frequency and neighboring inter-RAT cells,
IfOrRatHoSwch (UCelInfoFDD) is used to indicate the priority of inter-frequency and
inter-RAT handovers.
IfOrRatHoSwch indicates Turn off Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover.

Neither inter-frequency measurement nor inter-RAT measurement will be issued by
the RNC.
IfOrRatHoSwch indicates Only Inter Frequency.
If
inter-frequency
neighboring
cells
exist,
the
parameters
of
inter-frequency 2D/2F event are initially issued (If the measurement

quantity
is
EcNo,
the
parameters
are
obtained
from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforU. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, the

parameters
are
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU).
When
compressed mode is activated, only inter-frequency measurements are

issued by the RNC.
If no inter-frequency neighboring cell exists, no inter-frequency

measurement is issued by the RNC.
IfOrRatHoSwch indicates Only Inter RAT.
If both GSM and EUTRAN neighboring cells exist, according to

ChoStraMulRatHo(UCelInfoFDD), the parameters of inter-RAT 2D/2F
events are initially issued (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, the
parameters of EUTRAN inter-RAT 2D/2F events are obtained from
UInterEcNoEvMeasforE, and the parameters of GSM inter-RAT 2D/2F
events are obtained from UInterEcNoEvMeasforG. If the measurement
quantity is RSCP, the parameters of EUTRAN inter-RAT 2D/2F events
are obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforE, and the parameters of GSM
inter-RAT 2D/2F events are obtained from UInterRscpEvMeasforG).
When compressed mode is activated, only RATx measurements
according to ChoStraMulRatHo are issued by the RNC.
98
If only GSM or EUTRAN neighboring cells exist, the parameters of GSM

inter-RAT 2D/2F events or EUTRAN inter-RAT 2D/2F events are initially
issued. When compressed mode is activated, only GSM or EUTRAN
measurements are issued by RNC.
If no inter-RAT neighboring cell exists, no inter-RAT measurement will be

issued by the RNC.
IfOrRatHoSwch indicates Inter Frequency Is Prior to Inter RAT.
If Only inter-frequency neighboring cells exist, the parameters of

inter-frequency 2D/2F events are initially issued. When compressed
mode is activated, inter-frequency measurements are issued by the RNC.
If only both GSM and EUTRAN neighboring cells exist, the parameters of
inter-RAT 2D/2F events are initially issued. When compressed mode is
activated, only RATx measurements according to ChoStraMulRatHo
(UCelInfoFDD) are issued by the RNC.
If only GSM or EUTRAN neighboring cells exist, the parameters of GSM

inter-RAT 2D/2F events or EUTRAN inter-RAT 2D/2F events are initially
issued. When compressed mode is activated, GSM or EUTRAN
measurements are issued by the RNC.
If both inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells exist, the RNC will
initially issue the parameters of inter-frequency 2D/2F events, and then
configure the inter-frequency measurement first when compressed mode
is activated and start the timer T4StpIfMeaActRat (URncFunction), when
a 2E event is reported or T4StpIfMeaActRat (URncFunction) expires, the
RNC will reconfigure the inter-frequency measurement to inter-RAT
measurement.
99
5.11
Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Period Measurement

Algorithm
Inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement can use event-triggered reporting method
or periodical reporting method, which is controlled by the RNC level parameters
InterHoMth and IntRatHoMth. When InterHoMth and IntRatHoMth are both 1: Event
Method, the handover strategy corresponding to the event-triggered measurement is
used (For details, see 5.1.2.4 Processing of Inter-Frequency Events and 5.10
Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurement Choice). Otherwise, the inter-frequency
and inter-RAT period measurement algorithm described below is used.
5.11.1
Period Measurement Configuration
InterHoMth is 0: Periodical Method, IntRatHoMth is 1: Event Method
The RNC issues period measurement configuration for inter-frequency measurement,

and event measurement configuration for inter-RAT measurement. Inter-frequency and
inter-RAT compressed modes are still activated separately. (For details about issuing
inter-frequency measurements or inter-RAT measurements, see 5.10 Inter-frequency
and Inter-RAT Measurement Choice)
InterHoMth is 1: Event Method, IntRatHoMth is 0: Periodical Method
The RNC issues event measurement configuration for inter-frequency measurement,

and period measurement configuration for inter-RAT measurement. Inter-frequency and
inter-RAT compressed modes are still activated separately. (For details about issuing
inter-frequency measurements or inter-RAT measurements, see 5.10 Inter-frequency
and Inter-RAT Measurement Choice)
InterHoMth is 0: Periodical Method, IntRatHoMth is 0: Periodical Method
IfOrRatHoSwch is Only Inter Frequency or Only Inter RAT
The RNC issues period measurement configuration for both inter-frequency and
inter-RAT measurements. (For details about issuing inter-frequency measurements or
100
inter-RAT measurements, see 5.10 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurement

Choice)
IfOrRatHoSwch is Inter Frequency Is Prior to Inter RAT
Inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover are allowed.

a)
When compressed mode is initiated by Event 2D, BLER or uplink/downlink transmit

power, the RNC issues inter-frequency and inter-RAT period measurement
configurations and activates the corresponding compressed modes simultaneously.
b)
When compressed mode is initiated by measurement-based balancing or moving

speed-based inter-frequency handover, if the current frequency quality is good, only
inter-frequency period measurement configuration is issued and the corresponding
compressed mode is activated. Otherwise, the same strategy described in a) is
performed.
c)
When compressed mode is initiated by the value of service handover IE, if the
current frequency quality is good, only inter-RAT period measurement configuration
is issued and the corresponding compressed mode is activated. Otherwise, the
same strategy described in a) is performed.
Note:
1)
When the period measurement algorithm is used, Event 2D/2F is still reported by
using the event-triggered method.
2)
When the measurement quantity is CPICH EcNo+RSCP, the period measurement

configuration corresponding to CPICH RSCP is selected.
3)
When IntRatHoMth is 0: Periodical Method, only two sets of compressed modes

(GSM carrier RSSI Measurement, GSM Initial BSIC Identification) are configured for
GSM; and inter-frequency and inter-RAT compressed modes are configured
simultaneously regardless of CompMdCfgStra.
101
5.11.2
Processing of Period Measurement Report

For one neighbor cells period measurement report reported by the UE, the RNC will
judge it in accordance with the inter-frequency/inter-RAT event rule. If an event (M) is
met, the cell-specific timer PeriodTriggerTime (UCelInfoFDD) is initiated and Event M is
recorded. Event M will be exported as the final event, if the neighboring cells periodical
measurement reports keep meeting Event M until the timer expires. Follow-up handovers
are still processed based on the existing handover strategy for event-triggered reporting.
Judgment criterion of periodical measurement report
(1). For inter-frequency measurements, the target cell is judged according to the Event
2C triggering rule.
QTarget_Freq_Cell+ CIOTarget_Freq_Cell>= TTarget_Freq_Cell+H/2
Where:
QTarget_Freq_Cell: Refers to the quality of the target carrier frequency.
CIOTarget_Freq_Cell: Refers to the cell individual offset of the target carrier frequency
especially defined for periodical measurement, whose value isCellIndivOffset
(UUtranRelation).
TTarget_Freq_Cell: Refers to the absolute threshold (ThreshNoUsedFreq (If the measurement
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of good quality non-working carrier frequency in an Event 2C

decision.
H: Refers to the handover decision hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the
If
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UInterRscpEvMeasforU)) of Event 2C.

(2). For inter-RAT measurements, the target cell is judged according to the Event 3C
triggering rule.
QTarget_Rat_Cell+ CIOTarget_Rat_Cell>= TTarget_Rat_Cell+H/2
102
Where:
QTarget_Rat_Cell: Refers to the quality of the target system cell.
CIOTarget_Rat_Cell: Refers to the cell individual offset of the target system cell
(CellIndivOffset (UExternalGsmCell)).
TTarget_Rat_Cell: Refers to the absolute threshold of other systems (ThreshSys (for
E-UTRAN cell, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from
URatEcNoEvMeasforE. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained
from URatRscpEvMeasforE; for GSM cell, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this
parameter is obtained from URatEcNoEvMeasforG. If the measurement quantity is
RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG));
H: Refers to the hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (For E-UTRAN cells, if the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoEvMeasforE.
If
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
URatRscpEvMeasforE. For GSM cells, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this

RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG)) for a 3C event decision.
Note:
1)
When NonIntraMeasQuan is CPICH EcNo+ CPICH RSCP, period measurement

results corresponding to CPICH EcNo and CPICH RSCP must meet Event 2C or
3C.
5.12
Inter-Frequency Handover Procedure

Inter-frequency handovers are all hard handovers, and their procedures are identical with
intra-frequency hard handovers.
103
Inter-RNC Mobility
6.1
SRNS Relocation
SRNS relocation can be categorized into relocation of UE not involved (soft
handover-triggering) and relocation of UE involved (hard handover-triggering),
depending on UE relevance.
Relocation of UE not involved
It belongs to the soft handover relocation, and the UE can use radio resources in the
DRNC and connect with the CN through the SRNC. The triggering conditions are
described as follows:
There is an Iur interface between RNCs.
The switch of relocation of UE not involved is open. It is differentiated by CS

service and PS service, RncFeatSwitchBit10 is for CS service and
RncFeatSwitchBit11 for PS service.
When all radio
links
are
handed
over
to
the DRNC,
the
timer
(CsReDelayTimer(UIurLink) is activated and PsReDelayTImer(UIurLink) are

configured according to CS service and PS service respectively, the timer of
CS service is considered for the multi-RAB service) and a relocation is
performed when the corresponding timer expires.
Relocation of UE involved
It belongs to the hard handover relocation. The triggering conditions are described as
follows:
For CS services, the switch of relocation RncFeatSwitchBit0 is open.
For PS services, the switch of relocation RncFeatSwitchBit19 is open.
For CS and PS combined services, the switch of relocation RncFeatSwitchBit0

is open.
104
Special relocation processing of CS+PS services
If the UE has CS and PS services simultaneously and the DRNC of network vendor does
not support PS relocation, the PS services will be released before an SRNC relocation
with hard handover is performed when the parameter RncFeatSwitchBit4 is set to 1.
The CS service will begin relocation as soon as the PS service is released. As a result,
the CS service will be kept, but the PS service will be reestablished by the UE
automatically.
6.1.1
Relocation Triggered by Soft Handover

Figure 6-1
Relocation Triggered by Soft Handover
Source
RNC
Target
RNC
SGSN
1.Relocation Required
2.Relocation Request
3.Relocation Request Ack
4.Relocation Command
5.Relocation Commit
6.Relocation Detect
7.UTRAN Mobility
Information
8.UTRAN Mobility
Information Confirm
UE
9.Relocation Complete
10.Iu Release Command
11.Iu Release Complete
Procedure description:
1.
Upon detecting that all links already exist in a DRNC, the SRNC initiates the
relocation procedure and sends a Relocation Required message to the CN. If the
SRNC connects with CS and PS domains, it needs to send the Relocation
Required message to the CS and PS domains. When the SRNC sends the
Relocation Required message, it starts the timer Trelocprep(UIuCnst). Upon
receiving the Relocation Command message, the SRNC stops the timer and
terminates the Relocation Preparation procedure. If there is no response from the
105
CN to the Relocation Required message before the timer Trelocprep(UIuCnst)

expires, the SRNC cancels the Relocation Preparation procedure by initiating the
Relocation Cancel procedure with the cause Trelocprep expiry.
2.
The CN sends a Relocation Request message to the DRNC, carrying the RAB
SETUP IE.
3.
After the RAB of DRNC is established successfully, the DRNC sends a Relocation
Request Ack message to the CN.
4.
The CN sends a Relocation Command message to the SRNC, requiring the

SRNC to start a relocation. Upon receiving the Relocation Command message, the
SRNC stops the timer Trelocprep(UIuCnst), starts the timer Trelocoverall(UIuCnst)
and terminates the Relocation Preparation procedure. If the Iu Release procedure is
not
initiated
towards
the
SRNC
from
the
CN
before
the
expiry
of
Trelocoverall(UIuCnst), the SRNC initiates the Iu Release Request procedure

towards the CN with cause Trelocoverall expiry.
5.
The SRNC sends a Relocation Commit message to the DRNC through the lur
interface.
6.
The DRNC sends a Relocation Detect message to the CN and is converted into a
new SRNC through role exchange.
7.
The new SRNC sends a UTRAN Mobility Information message to the UE to

reallocate U-RNTI.
8.
Upon relocating U-RNTI, the UE sends a UTRAN Mobility Information Confirm

message to the new SRNC.
9.
The new SRNC sends a Relocation Complete message to inform the CN of the
successful relocation.
10. Upon receiving the message from the new SRNC, the CN sends an Iu Release
Command message to the original SRNC to release all the resources in the original
SRNC.
106
11. Upon releasing the lu resource, the original SRNC sends an Iu Release Complete
message to the CN.
There may be some exceptional procedures during a relocation.
Relocation failure caused by UTRAN Mobility Information message transmission

failure
The DRNC fails to initiate the UTRAN Mobility Information Configuration procedure
because the procedure times out or the UE fails to return a UTRAN mobility
message. In such a case, the DRNC does not send a Relocation Complete
message to the CN, but sends an Iu Release Request message to the CN to
release the resources on the DRNC side.
Where procedure timeout means: DRNC initiates the timer (400ms) after sending
UTRAN Mobility Information (UMI) message to UE, but cannot receive the UMI
confirm message from UE until the timer expires, then DRNC will resend the UMI
message, repeat the process. When the DRNC sends the UMI message for the
fourth time, and the UMI confirm message is not received when the timer expires,
this case is regarded as procedure timeout.
Note:
The sent timing of Relocation Detect can be controlled by the parameter

GResPara48(bit11). When GResPara48(bit11) is set to 0, the DRNC will send
Relocation Detect until UTRAN Mobility Information Confirm is received from the UE.
This is different from the above procedures.
Whether to initialize the RNC data forwarding function during a relocation can be
controlled
by
the
parameter
RncFeatSwitchBit25
(UIurLink).
When
RncFeatSwitchBit25 (UIurLink) is On, the RNC will enable this function to

decrease or avoid the data loss in the process of sending UMI.
107
6.1.2
Relocation Triggered by Hard Handover

Figure 6-2
Relocation Triggered by Hard Handover

Source
RNC
Target
RNC
SGSN
1.Relocation Required
2.Relocation Request
3.Relocation Request Ack
5.Physical Channel
Reconfiguration
4.Relocation Command
UE
6.UE detected by target RNC
7.Relocation Detect
8.Physical Channel
Reconfiguration Complete
UE
9.Relocation Complete
10.Iu Release Command
11.Iu Release Complete
1
The SRNC initiates a Relocation Required message to the CN.
Upon receiving the message, the CN sends a Relocation Request message to the
DRNC. When the SRNC sends the Relocation Required message, it starts the timer
Trelocprep(UIuCnst). Upon receiving the Relocation Command message, the
SRNC stops the timer and terminates the Relocation Preparation procedure. If there
is no response from the CN to the Relocation Required message before the timer
Trelocprep(UIuCnst) expires, the SRNC cancels the Relocation Preparation
procedure by initiating the Relocation Cancel procedure with the Cause Trelocprep
expiry.
After the bearer on the lu interface and the radio link are established, the DRNC
returns a Relocation Request Ack message to inform the CN that the DRNC is
ready.
The CN sends a Relocation Command message to the SRNC, requiring the SRNC
to start a relocation.
108
The SRNC sends a Physical Channel Reconfiguration message to the UE,

requiring the UE to perform a hard handover. Upon receiving the Relocation
Command message, the SRNC stops the timer Trelocprep(UIuCnst), starts the
timer Trelocoverall(UIuCnst) and terminates the Relocation Preparation procedure.
If the Iu Release procedure is not initiated towards the SRNC from the CN before
the expiry of Trelocoverall(UIuCnst), the SRNC initiates the Iu Release Request
procedure towards the CN with cause Trelocoverall expiry.
The DRNC initiates a UE Detect message to imply that the DRNC already detects
the UE.
Upon detecting the UE, the DRNC sends a Relocation Detect message to the CN,
and then the DRNC is converted into a new SRNC through role exchange.
The UE returns a Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message to inform

the new SRNC of successful hard handover.
Upon receiving the message, the new SRNC sends a Relocation Complete
message to the CN.
10 Upon receiving the message from the new SRNC, the CN sends a Iu Release
Command message to the original SRNC to release all the resources in the original
SRNC.
11
Upon releasing the lu resource, the original SRNC sends a Iu Release Complete
message to the CN.
There may be some exceptional procedures during a relocation.
Relocation failure caused by radio bearer (RB) reconfiguration failure

Upon receiving the RB reconfiguration failure message, the SRNC will send a
relocation cancellation message to the CN and the CN releases the resources on
the DRNC side through the lu release procedure.
109
6.2
DSCR
6.2.1
R99 DSCR
Like relocation, R99 DSCR is categorized into hard handover DSCR and soft handover
DSCR. The triggering conditions of R99 DSCR are described as follows.
Soft handover DSCR

It means that all radio links are handed over to the DRNC and the relocation is not
performed. The DSCR will be triggered when all the following conditions are met:
The switch of soft handover DSCR RncFeatSwitchBit7 is open.
All radio links are on the DRNC side.
No CS service is included.
Hard handover DSCR

The DSCR will be triggered if all the following conditions are met when the
relocation is output in a hard handover.
6.2.2
The switch of hard handover DSCR RncFeatSwitchBit4 is open.
The hard handover is needed according to the decision.
No CS service is included.
HSPA DSCR
is interconnected via IUR, the RNC introduces HSPA DSCR for HSPA S/I/B services. If
the switch RncFeatSwitchBit15 is 0, the RNC will not process 1A/1C events of the
DRNC's cells. When Event 1D of the DRNC's cells is reported, the RNC will perform a
hard handover DSCR. Otherwise, HSPA DSCR is the same as R99 DSCR.
110
6.2.3
Common Status DSCR

To avoid the UE staying in common status continuously without any chance for
transferring large amount of data, the following strategy is introduced:
When the UE fails to transfer from common status to Cell_DCH status with the cause of
invalid configuration, if dscrInCmnToDedSwch is 1: On, the RNC executes the DSCR
procedure, making the UE enter IDLE status and reestablish an RRC connection.
6.3
Coupling between relocation and DSCR

The DSCR is performed first when the conditions of relocation and DSCR are met
simultaneously.
DSCR and hard handover relocation
If there are only PS services, a DSCR is performed when the conditions of

relocation and DSCR are met simultaneously.
If there exists CS services, a relocation is performed.
DSCR and soft handover relocation
If there are only PS services, when the conditions of DSCR are met, a DSCR
is performed.
If there is only CS service, a relocation is performed.
For multi-RAB services, if DSCR conditions of PS service are met, then a

DSCR is performed after CS service is released.
6.4
Special Handling Strategy of IUR
6.4.1
Special Events Processing via IUR for PS0/0

In response to the incompatibility that may occur when IUR exists between different
vendors, for PS0/0 service, the SRNC executes Special Events Handling via IUR for
111
PS0/0 if the following conditions are met:

(2). PS0/0 service exists currently.
If these conditions are met, the SRNC will not process Event 1A/1C/1D or 2A/2B/2C of
the DRNC's cells, and releases PS0/0 service and deals with the follow-up reported
events.
6.4.2
Special inter-frequency handover strategy via IUR for HSPA

When the current services of the UE include HSPA services, but the configuration of Iur
does not support the HSPA process, an inter-frequency handover via IUR needs to be
performed (not support Relocation UE involved or Hard handover DSCR):
If RNCFEATSWITCHBit24 (UIurLink) is set to 0: Not support HSPA fallback procedure
for inter-frequency handover via IUR, an inter-frequency handover is performed together
with an HSPA transfer to DCH.
If RNCFEATSWITCHBit24 (UIurLink) is set to 1: Support HSPA fallback procedure for
inter-frequency handover via IUR, an inter-frequency handover is performed after HSPA
is fallen back to DCH.
GSM Inter-RAT Handover Policy

Inter-RAT handover is the procedure which an UE handovers from one radio access
system to another, and specifically, from a UTRAN access system to an RATx system.
Inter-RAT handover can be a measurement-based handover between systems or a blind
handover based on GsmShareCover(Overlap or Covers).
The prerequisite of measured-based inter-RAT handover is that the UE measures the
quality of the Inter-RAT neighboring cells. In WCDMA system, for Inter-RAT
measurements in CELL_DCH state, the UE must enable compressed mode for
Inter-RAT measurements unless it has dual receivers. In addition, regarding the
influence of compressed mode on the system and UE, an inter-RAT measurement is
112
enabled only when the current UTRAN system has poor radio quality. The radio quality of
the current UTRAN system can be measured by four indicators, namely, uplink BLER,
uplink transmit power of the UE, downlink transmit power, and inter-frequency
measurement (quality measurement on the PCPICH by the UE). When receiving the
inter-RAT measurement result reported by the UE, the RNC makes an inter-RAT
handover decision and handovers the UE to the target cell specified in the measurement
result.
7.1
Inter-RAT Measurement
To avoid measurement fluctuations, the UE must perform layer 3 filtering on the
measurement result, and then use the filtered value for event decision and reporting. The
FilterCoeff (If the measurement is an event-triggered measurement and the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoEvMeasforG.
If the measurement is an event-triggered measurement and the measurement quantity is
RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG. For a periodical
measurement, if the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from
URatEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained
from URatRscpPrdMeas) is used as the layer 3 filtering factor for intra-system
measurements, and the GsmFilterCoeff(For an event-triggered measurement, if the
measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoEvMeasforG.
If
the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
URatRscpEvMeasforG. For a periodical measurement, if the measurement quantity is

EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoPrdMeas. If the measurement quantity
is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpPrdMeas) is used for GSM system
measurements. The principles are the same as the formula for co-frequency
measurement.
NA
QUTRAN 10 LogMUTRAN W 10 Log Mi (1 W) 10 LogMBest
i1
Where:
QUTRAN indicates the measurement result of the currently used UTRAN frequency (dB for
Ec/No; dBm for RSCP).
113
MUTRAN indicates the measured physical value of the currently used UTRAN frequency
(ratio for Ec/No; mV for RSCP).
Mi indicates the measured physical value of cell I in the current active set.
NA indicates the number of the cells (excluding best cells) in the active set.
MBest indicates the measurement result of the best cells in the active set.
W (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from
URatEcNoEvMeasforG. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained
from URatRscpEvMeasforG) indicates the weight of the best cells in the active set in the
frequency quality evaluation of the currently used UTRAN.
7.1.1
Overview of Inter-RAT Measurement

Inter-RAT measurement is intended to measure inter-RAT cells. In an Inter-RAT
measurement, the measurement quantity of the UTRAN network can be triggered by the
measurement quantity of EcNo or RSCP, or both. Which parameter is used is controlled
by the NonIntraMeasQuan(UUtranCellFDD) parameter. The measurement quantity of
Inter-RAT measurement depends on the systems to be measured. For the GERAN, the
measurement quantity is RSSI.
3GPP defies a series of Inter-RAT measurement events. An UE reports the
corresponding events when the defined conditions are met.
3A: The currently used UTRAN carrier quality is lower than a threshold, and the quality of
other radio systems is higher than a threshold. It is used for decision of Inter-RAT
handover.
Q Used TUsed H3a /2
and
MOther
RAT
CIOOther RAT TOther
RAT
H3a /2
Where:
QUsed indicates the estimated quality of the used frequency of the UTRAN.
TUsed indicates the absolute threshold (Thresh (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this
114
RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG)) of the currently used

frequency difference.
H3a is the hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this
RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG)) for a 3A event decision.
MOther RAT is the quality measurement result of other systems.
CIOOther RAT is the quality offset of other system cells (CellIndivOffset(UExternalGsmCell).
TOther RAT is the absolute threshold of other systems (ThreshSys (If the measurement
quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoEvMeasforG. If the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
URatRscpEvMeasforG)).l
3C: The quality of other radio systems is higher than a threshold. It can be used for a
inter-RAT handover decision.
MOther
RAT
CIOOther
RAT
TOther
RAT
H3c /2
Where:
MOther RAT is the quality measurement result of other systems.
CIOOther RAT is the quality offset of other system cells (CellIndivOffset(UExternalGsmCell).
TOther RAT is the absolute threshold of other systems (ThreshSys (If the measurement
quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoEvMeasforG. If the
measurement
quantity
is
RSCP,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
URatRscpEvMeasforG)).
H3c is the hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this
RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG)) for a 3C event decision.
During an inter-RAT event decision, the carrier must keep meeting the reporting scope or
threshold of an event for a certain period of time (TrigTime (If the measurement quantity
115
is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from URatEcNoEvMeasforG. If the measurement

quantity is RSCP, this parameter is obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG)) before it can
be reported as this event. In this way, improper reporting of Inter-RAT events resulting
from carrier quality fluctuation can be avoided.
7.1.2
Control Methods for Inter-RAT Measurement
7.1.2.1
Measurement Setup
The principles for setting up an inter-RAT measurement (service-based Inter-RAT
handover) depend on the value of the service handover IE in the RAB assignment
request message.
When the value of the service handover IE is Handover to GSM should be

performed, it indicates that the RAB should switch to the GSM system as soon as
possible. During the service setup or intra-system handover of such a service, if the
serving cell has a GSM neighboring cell and the inter-frequency measurement is not
enabled after the service setup or handover is successful, the RNC enables the
inter-RAT measurement immediately. (Note: The startup policy of service-based
inter-RAT measurements is not checked in the following scenarios:
i.
A soft handover succeeds.
ii.
Incoming compressed mode relocation of soft handovers is enabled.
When the value of the service handover IE is Handover to GSM should not be
performed, it indicates that the RAB can switch to the GSM only when it exceeds
the bearing capability of the UMTS. For such a service, the RNC enables the
inter-RAT measurement only when the quality of the UMTS system is poor. The
specific scenarios are described as follows:
The current working carrier is in poor quality (the measurement method is

described in 5.3 Downlink Coverage Based Inter-Frequency Handover), but
the conditions for enabling inter-frequency measurements (that is, the
inter-frequency neighboring cell is not configured) or for inter-frequency blind
handover are not met. In this case, if the inter-RAT measurement is not
116
enabled or the conditions for inter-RAT blind handover are met but the blind
handover fails, an inter-RAT measurement is set up.
The inter-frequency measurement is enabled, and all non-working carriers

trigger 2E events. In this case, if the conditions for inter-RAT blind handovers
are not met and inter-RAT neighboring cells exist, or the conditions for
inter-RAT blind handovers are met, but the blind handover fails, the
inter-frequency measurement is disabled, and an inter-RAT measurement is
set up.
When the value of the service handover IE is Handover to GSM shall not be
performed, it indicates that the service cannot be switched to the GSM. For such a
service, the RNC does not enable the inter-RAT measurement or trigger a handover
to GSM.
The parameter srvBasedHoInd(ULogicalRnc) indicates whether the RNC supports

handovers based on service and ServHoSwch(UCelInfoFDD) is used to control
whether a cell open the function. For UEs in macro diversity state,
ServHoSwch(UCelInfoFDD) in the best cell is taken. If the best cell changes,
parameter configuration must be updated.
Service handover strategy controlled by RNC

When IE service handover is not included in RAB Assignment Request, the RNC
can
perform
the
service
handover
strategy
by
using
the
parameter
srvHoIndAmr/srvHoIndCs64/srvHoIndPsNRT/srvHoIndPsRT(USrvBasedHo):
If the parameter is set to Ignore service handover IE, the RNC will ignore
service handover IE in requested RAB, and perform the strategy according to
the value of amrSrvHoStra/cs64SrvHoStra/psRtSrvHoStra/psNrtSrvHoStra
(USrvBasedHo). If the parameter is set to Apply service handover IE and
service handover is not included in the requested RAB, the RNC will also
perform the corresponding service handover strategy according to the value of
amrSrvHoStra/cs64SrvHoStra/psRtSrvHoStra/psNrtSrvHoStra
(USrvBasedHo). Otherwise, the RNC will perform the strategy based on the
value of service handover IE in the requested RAB.
117
Four service types (AMR/CS64/PS RT/PS NRT) are classified in this strategy
and the RNC performs service handovers according to the parameter
amrSrvHoStra/cs64SrvHoStra/psRtSrvHoStra/psNrtSrvHoStra(USrvBasedHo.
For multi-RAB services, srvHoComStra(USrvBasedHo) is used to control the

combination of service handover values. For example, if the service handover value
of AMR is Handover to GSM should be performed, and the value of PS RT service
is Handover to GSM should not be performed, the priority of Handover to GSM
should not be performed can be set to at a higher level than Handover to GSM
should be perform. When AMR and PS RT services are set up simultaneously, the
WCDMA carries the services. Only after the PS RT service is released, the CS
voice service can be handed over to the GSM based on the service handover value.
7.1.2.2
After the inter-RAT measurement is enabled, the measurement is changed in the
following cases:
After a soft handover, if the inter-RAT measurement parameters and inter-RAT

neighboring cells are changed, the inter-RAT measurement parameters and
inter-RAT neighboring cell list are updated by means of measurement modification.
When a service is added or deleted, if the handover parameters for a single service
or concurrent services are different, the inter-RAT measurement parameters must
be updated by means of measurement modification.
7.1.2.3
Before the hard handover, inter-RAT measurement is enabled. Terminate the

inter-RAT measurement.
After soft handover, inter-RAT measurement is terminated in any of the following

cases:
The cell in the active set does not have inter-RAT neighboring cells.
118
The inter-RAT neighboring cells and the cells in the current active set are
neighboring cells with GsmShareCover(Covers).
The inter-RAT neighboring cells and the intra-frequency neighboring cells of

the
cells
in
the
current
active
set
are
neighboring
cells
with
GsmShareCover(Covers).
When the service handover value of the service is Handover to GSM should not be
performed and the quality of the working carries becomes better (the measurement
method is the same as that described in 5.1.2.3 Measurement Deletion),
compressed mode is closed, and the GSM measurement is terminated.
In the case of exceptions, for example, an exceptional report of the inter-RAT

measurement task (for example, an unavailable measurement task is received from
the network side), the corresponding inter-RAT measurement is released.
When the RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONGROL RELEASE message for a

measurement ID, the time stamp is recorded. If the RNC receives the measurement
report for the ID, it compares the current time and the recorded time. If the difference
between
the
current
time
and
TResndMeaCtrlRel(URncFunction)
the
recorded
configured,
the
time
exceed
the
MEASUREMENT
threshold
CONTROL
RELEASE will be resent. Otherwise, this measurement report will be ignored.
7.1.2.4
Processing of Inter-RAT Events
Processing of 3A/3C events
1)
In a cell, inter-RAT handovers can only be triggered by 3A or 3C events, which is

controlled by the inter-RAT handover tactic RatHoTactic(UUtranCellFDD).
2)
For GSM handover, when the inter-RAT handover fails, the penalty timer
HoToGsmPenTimer, which is specific to the UE, is started. The RNC will not
process the reported inter-RAT measurement reports before the timer expires, and
will issue new inter-RAT measurement control messages after the timer expires.
When PS service exists, if the UE supports inter-RAT PS service handover and the
parameters psInterSysHoSuppInd(ULogicalRnc) and BSCPSFeatSwitch(UIurgLink)
in the OMCR indicates that the RNC and adjacent BSCs support PS service
119
handover respectively, the HANDOVER FROM COMMAND process is used (See

CS Service Handover from 3G System to 2G System process). Otherwise, the cell
reselection process of PS service handover is used (See PS Service Reselection in
3G to 2G Handover process). In the cell reselection of PS service handover
process, the inter-RAT cell reselection time can be decreased by the NACC, which
means that system information of the target GERAN cell is carried in the CELL
CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN message sent from the RNC to the UE, assisting
the UE in the inter-RAT cell reselection process. The NaccSuppInd(ULogicalRnc)
parameter indicates that whether the RNC supports the NACC function.
GeranCellInd(UExternalGsmCell) indicates whether a GSM cell is a GERAN cell.
When CS service and PS service exist simultaneity, if the UE supports inter-RAT
DTM
handover
and
the
parameters
DtmSuppInd(ULogicalRnc)
and
BSCDTMFeatSwitch(UIurgLink) in the OMCR indicates that the RNC and adjacent

BSCs support DTM handover, the HANDOVER FROM COMMAND process is used
to hand over concurrent services to the 2G system. Otherwise, PS services are
suspended firstly, and then CS service is handed over to the 2G system and PS
services are handed over to the 2G system in sequence.
Note: When the IE inter-rat cell info indication is filled into the measurement control
message, if the value of IE inter-rat cell info indication in the inter-RAT measurement
report reported by the UE is different from that filled in the measurement control message,
this measurement report will not be processed when RatCelInfoSwch is 0, but be
processed when RatCelInfoSwch is 1.
7.1.2.5
Policy for Setting Inter-RAT Measurement Parameters
Policy for setting Inter-RAT event parameters

There are four inter-RAT measurement events (3A, 3B, 3C, 3D). The EventNum (If
the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter is obtained from
URatEcNoEvMeasforG. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this parameter is
obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG) parameter controls the number of the events
to be configured. The EventId (If the measurement quantity is EcNo, this parameter
is obtained from URatEcNoEvMeasforG. If the measurement quantity is RSCP, this
parameter is obtained from URatRscpEvMeasforG) parameter controls the specific
120
events to be configured. The EventId parameter is defined through array, and the
dimensions of array are equal to EventNum, which is 4 at most.
Handover parameter configuration strategy in macro diversity:

Measurement parameters are based on cells. Therefore, in the case of macro
diversity, the measurement parameters configured for the best cell are used as
handover parameters. If the best cell changes, the measurement parameters must
be updated.
For inter-RNC handover, if an SRNC cell exists in the active set, the measurement
parameters of the best cell in the SRNC will be used as handover parameters. If
there is no SRNC cell in the active set, the measurement parameters of the last
SRNC cell in the active set will be used as handover parameters.
Setting of multiple sets of handover parameters

inter-RAT handover parameters can be configured separately according to the
measurement quantity, measurement reporting mode, and service bearer type. In
this way, multiple sets of measurement parameters are required for different
purposes. The classification is as follows:
Measurement quantity of the UTRAN
NonIntraMeasQuan(UUtranCellFDD)
(CPICH RSCP or EcNo or both
of them)
Note:
When NonIntraMeasQuan is configured as EcNo or RSCP, only the 2D/2F
events corresponding to the measurement quality are issued.
When NonIntraMeasQuan is configured to EcNo and RSCP, two categories of
2D/2F measurement events about CPICH EcNo and CPICH RSCP are configured
and one of 2D measurement events can trigger compressed mode. After
compressed mode is triggered, inter-RAT events of corresponding measurement
quantity will be issued according to that of 2D event. For example, if the
measurement quantity of triggering 2D event is CPICH Ec/No, only inter-RAT events
121
of CPICH EcNo will be issued.

Event report or periodically report
Service bearer type
(srvCategory (URatMeasSrvSpec))
Not Related to Service Type (used for detect set measurement)

Note:
(1). When concurrent services exist and include CS+PS services, the Multi RAB
(2). When concurrent services exist and include non-CS services, the RT RAB
(3). When the above principles are met simultaneously, the first one prevails.
For ease of parameter modification and optimization, inter-RAT handover parameters
are arranged by indexes. The indexing relations are shown in the figure below.
122
Figure 7-1
Indexing relations for inter-RAT handover
CellFDD)
refURatMeasProfile
URatMeasProfile(URatMeasProfile)
URatMeasNoSrvSpec(URatMeasNoS
rvSpec)
URatMeasSrvSpec(URatMeaSrvSpec)
srvCategory
NonIntraMeasQuan
NonIntraMeasQuan
URatEcNoEvMe URatRscpEvMe
asforG(URatEc asforG(URatRsc
NoEvMeasforG) pEvMeasforG)
URatEcNoPrdM
eas(URatEcNoP
rdMeas)
URatEcNoPrdM
eas(URatRscpP
rdMeas)
InterRatCfgNo(
URatRscpEvMe
asforG)
InterRatCfgNo(
URatEcNoPrdM
eas)
InterRatCfgNo(
URatRscpPrdM
eas)
InterRatCfgNo(
URatEcNoEvMe
asforG)
Note: When a new cell is set up, the value of intialHoCelSelScene(URatMeasProfile)

Scene)
is
determined
according
to
the
actual
cell
scene
(indicated
by
HoCelSelScene(UUtranCellFDD)), and the available inter-RAT measurement profile

corresponding to intialHoCelSelScene is configured for the cell.
Before inter-RAT handover parameters are obtained, profileId(URatMeasProfile) of

the cell is found based on refURatMeasProfile(UUtranCellFDD), and then, in
URatMeasProfile configuration items, the next level managed object is obtained
according to the current measurement application type: For event-triggered
measurements, Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Related to Traffic Category
Object ID (URatMeasSrvSpec) is selected. For periodical measurement, Inter-RAT
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
to
Traffic
Category
Object
ID
(URatMeasNoSrvSpec) is selected.
123
In the managed object decided above, Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration No.

(InterRatCfgNo)
is
found
based
Category(srvCategory(URatMeasSrvSpec))
and
Traffic
on
Measurement
Quantity(NonintraMeasQuan). Finally, the corresponding inter-RAT handover

measurement parameters are found. The details are as follows:
(1). For event-triggered measurements:
from the managed object URatEcNoEvMeasforG.
from the managed object URatRscpEvMeasforG.
(2). For periodical measurements:
from the managed object URatEcNoPrdMeas.
from the managed object URatRscpPrdMeas.
The relations between the other parameters to be entered in the inter-RAT

measurement control message and the OMCR parameters are as follows:
Measurement report transmission mode

GSM BSIC acknowledgement indication for
inter-RAT measurement
UTRAN
quality
estimation
indication
GSM cell RSSI reporting indication
reporting
MeasRptTrMod
BSICVeriReq
UtranEstQual
GsmCarrRSSIInd
Note: The Measured Quantity for UTRAN quality estimation in Inter-RAT

measurement and Measurement Report Criteria are automatically entered based
on InterRatCfgNote. The values of these parameters are for maintenance
personnels reference.
Switch of inter-RAT handover based on measurement for different services
124
There are several switches for different services to control whether different
measurement-based RATx handovers can be performed. When such a switch is
open, it is allowed to perform RATx handovers for the corresponding service.
Otherwise, the RNC forbids inter-RAT handovers for the service by not activating
the inter-RAT measurement. The switches for different services are described as
followed:
Service
7.1.3
Switch
AMR
amrRatHoSw(ULogicalRnc)
R99 RT
r99RtRatHoSw(ULogicalRnc)
R99 NRT
r99NrtRatHoSw(ULogicalRnc)
HSDPA
hsdpaRatHoSw(ULogicalRnc)
HSUPA
hsupaRatHoSw(ULogicalRnc)

During the 2G neighboring cells configuration, the neighboring cell list used for
reselection in non-CELL_DCH state and for handover in CELL_DCH state can be
configured separately. During handovers, target cells are selected by neighboring cells
configuration state (GsmStateMode(UGsmRelation)). When the UE is in macro diversity
state, the neighboring cell list is a combination of neighboring cell lists of each cells
active set, so the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells may exceed 32, which is the
maximum number specified by the protocol. If the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells
exceeds 32, some cells must be deleted to ensure that there are only 32 inter-RAT
neighboring cells. With minimal impact on the UEs in the active set, these dropped cells
are those with poorer signal quality or remoter geographical location. Therefore, each
inter-RAT neighboring cell is configured with a priority.
7.1.3.1

The MeasPrio(UGsmRelation) parameter defines the priority of an 2G neighboring cell
with three values: 0 (high), 1 (medium), or 2 (low). The value can be determined by
network planning engineers according to the existing network conditions, for example,
the quality and geographic location of the inter-RAT neighboring cell. The value 0 shows
the priority settings of inter-RAT neighboring cells based on geographic locations. The
gray cell in the center of the following figure is the source cell. It has three layers of
125
inter-RAT neighboring cells, marked respectively in yellow, blue, and red. The inter-RAT
neighboring cells in yellow have the highest priority level, namely, 0. Those in blue have
the secondary highest priority level, namely, 1. Those in red have the lowest priority level,
namely, 2.
Figure 7-2
Priority Settings of Cells
Source Cell
Priority 0
Priority 1
Priority 2
7.1.3.2

The related standards stipulate that the maximum number of 2G neighboring cells is 32.
When an UE is in macro diversity state, the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells of
multiple cells in the macro diversity may exceed this limit. Therefore, a specific policy is
needed to delete neighboring cells. The policy involves combination, selection, and
deletion of the neighboring cells with the same priority.
Priority combination
If a cell is a common neighboring cell of multiple cells in the active set, it may be
configured with different priority levels in different cells. In this case, the multiple priority
levels of this cell must be combined, using the highest priority level as the priority of this
cell.
Neighboring cell list update and deletion in the case of more than 32 neighboring
cells
126
If the inter-RAT neighboring cell list of an active list contains more than 32 cells, the cells
are sorted in descending order based on priority. The first 32 cells remain unchanged,
and all other cells are put into the reserved inter-RAT neighboring cell list, which can
buffer at most 8 truncated inter-RAT cells.
Each time when the 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D event is triggered, the priority levels of the
neighboring cells in the inter-RAT neighboring cell list are updated. If there are less than
32 cells in the inter-RAT neighboring cell list after the 1B event is triggered, the cells with
the highest priority in the reserved inter-RAT neighboring cell list are put into the
inter-RAT neighboring cell list. The number of the cells from the reserved inter-RAT
neighboring cell list equals: min(32 number of existing cells in the inter-RAT
neighboring cell list).
7.2
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage

Downlink coverage uses 2D and 2F events as the criterions for evaluating the signal
quality of the current frequency.
For GSM handovers, the RNC transmits the 2D ad 2F event configuration to the UE
when the service is set up. If the UE reports a 2D event, that is, the current carrier is in
poor signal quality, and no inter-frequency neighboring cells exist, or the UE reports a 2E
event after inter-frequency measurement is started (that is, the signal quality of the
measured inter-frequency neighboring cell is also poor), the RNC tries to initiate an
inter-RAT
blind
handover
first
if
inter-RAT
neighboring
cells
with
GsmShareCover(UGsmRelation)( Covers) exist. If inter-RAT neighboring cells exist but

have no GsmShareCover(Covers) relation, or the blind handover fails, the RNC needs to
configure and start an inter-RAT measurement 3A or 3C event to the UE, and then
performs the corresponding decision process for inter-RAT handover according to the 3A,
or 3C event subsequently reported by the UE.
7.3
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink BLER

The RncUlBlerHoSwch and UlBlerHoSwch(UUtranCellFDD) parameters control the
enabling of uplink BLER based handovers.
127
This policy is specific to DCHs.

When the values of RncUlBlerHoSwch and UlBlerHoSwch(UUtranCellFDD) are both
ON, the RNC periodically measures the uplink BLER. If the measured uplink BLER is
higher than a certain threshold (1.25%), and the real-time measured value (Sirtarget)
reaches the maximum value of the BAM (ULMaxSIR), the RNC triggers the inter-RAT
measurement or handover policy. The process is the same as that for inter-RAT
handover based on downlink coverage.
7.4
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink Transmit

Power
The RncTxPwrHoSwch and UlPwrHoSwch(UUtranCellFDD) parameters control the
enabling of inter-frequency handovers based on uplink transmit power.
Handover Based on Uplink Transmit Power is used only for traffic carried on DCHs.
When the values of RncTxPwrHoSwch and UlPwrHoSwch(UUtranCellFDD) are both
ON, the RNC sets up a UE internal measurement while services are initially established.
The UE internal measurement mainly measures the UE transmission power (TxP) by
event report.
Before UE internal measurement parameters are obtained, profileId(UUeIntMeasProfile)
of the cell is found based on refUUeIntMeasProfile(UUtranCellFDD). Then, according to
the current measurement purpose UE Transmitted Power Event Measurement for
Handover, the managed object UHoEvtTPUeInt is obtained from UUeIntMeasProfile
configuration
items.
Finally,
UE
Index(UeIntMCfgNo(UHoEvtTPUeInt))
and
Internal
the
Measurement
following
Configuration
corresponding
internal
measurement parameters are obtained from UHoEvtTPUeInt.

measRptTrMod(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
Filter Coefficient
measEvtNum(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
128
Time to Trigger(ms)
When the transmit power of the UE meets the above threshold requirements, the UE
reports the corresponding events. After receiving an Event 6A report (Uplink power of UE
exceeds txPowerThres(UHoEvtTPUeInt)) or an Event 6B report (Uplink power of UE is
less than txPowerThres(UHoEvtTPUeInt)), the RNC uses the same processing strategy
as that of 2D or 2F, respectively. For details, see the Events 2D and 2F processing
strategies in Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage.
7.5
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Transmit

Power
The RncTxPwrHoSwch and DlPwrHoSwch(UUtranCellFDD) parameters control the
enabling of inter-frequency handovers based on downlink transmit power.
This policy is specific to DCHs.
When the values of RncTxPwrHoSwch and DlPwrHoSwch(UUtranCellFDD) are both
On, the RNC will check the DTCP in the Node B dedicated measurement report.
Obtaining of the Node B dedicated measurement parameters: According to the current
measurement purpose Event A Report Parameters for TCP in Handover Control/
Event B Report Parameters for TCP in Handover Control, the following parameters used
for handover control are obtained from the sub-object UNbDedMeas of the object
UNbDedMeasProfile:
Measurement
Change
Time
DedMeasType (UNbDedMeas)
/Measurement
EvtAbcdefTime (UNbDedMeas)
Hysteresis Time
MeasFilterCoeff (UNbDedMeas)
Report Period
RptPrd(UNbDedMeas)
RptPrdUnit (UNbDedMeas)
RptType(UNbDedMeas)
129
Measurement Threshold of Event A/B for Transmitted

EvtAbTcpThrd(UNbDedMeas)
Code Power
NbDMCfgNo(UNbDedMeas)
If the DTCP reaches the threshold of Event A, it indicates the downlink power is very high,
the processing strategy is the same as that of Event 2D. If the DTCP reaches the
threshold of Event B, the processing strategy is the same as that of Event 2F. For details,
see inter-RAT handover based on downlink coverage.
7.6
Handover Based on Load Control

The RNC selects some users with lower priority levels in the cell and switches them to
the neighboring cells with GsmShareCover (Overlap or Covers) blindly in case of the
following conditions:
When the load (transmitted carrier power (TCP) or received total wideband power
(RTWP)) of a cell is rather high.
If the current neighboring cell does not have any inter-frequency neighboring cell
with ShareCover (Overlap or Covers), but has inter-RAT neighboring cells with
GsmShareCover (Overlap or Covers), the RNC selects some users with lower
priority levels in the cell and switches them to the neighboring cells with
GsmShareCover (Overlap or Covers) blindly.
In this way, the system load can be reduced quickly and the system reliability can be
guaranteed. For details about the inter-system handover based on load, refer to the ZTE
UMTS Load Balance Feature Guide.
7.7
UMTS->GSM Handover Based on Board Power Off

No matter whether the board power is off or board property is changed, services and
users in the corresponding board will be all dropped off, which will influence user
experience. Therefore, the waiting timer is set to control the time of turning off power
when the board power is off.
130
Whether a board is powered off is indicated by a notification flag (the flag for UE based
on saving energy or property changed, for details see ZTE UMTS Intelligent Carrier
Power Control Feature Guide).
When the notification flag is True, the timer BoardPwrOffHoTmr(URncFunction) is
started. For CS services, if there are 2G neighboring cells and all the relative inter-RAT
switches are open, Event 3C will be used in inter-RAT measurements to make the
service handovers to 2G network as soon as possible. For the other CS services that do
not meet the conditions of inter-RAT handovers, are released immediately. For PS
services, a DSCR is directly performed. After the timer expires, all the services in the
system will be released.
7.8
Inter-RAT Handover based on GSM Load

After IUR-G is introduced, the UMTS can acquire the load conditions in the GSM when
IurgFeatSwitch(UIurgLink) indicates that adjacent BSCs support the Iur-g signaling
procedure, so inter-RAT handover based on GSM load is taken into consideration to
avoid admission failure in the GSM because of overload in the GSM system. This
function is controlled by the parameter LdBsIntSysHOInd(ULogicalRnc).
7.8.1
Acquirement and Update of GSM Load Condition

3GPP defines three categories of GSM load in IUR-G: Load Value, RT Load, and NRT
Load. Load Value is about total load condition in cell, while RT Load for RT service load
and NRT Load for NRT service load.
GSM overload cell saving and update strategy
Defining the RT overload cell list and GSM overload cell list, the RNC saves and updates
the two lists in time, and sets up the overload valid timer CellLdInfoVldTim
(URncFunction). When the duration of a cells overload information before an update
exceeds
CellLdInfoVldTim(URncFunction),
the
cell
will
be
deleted
from
the
corresponding overload cell list.

When the reported downlink RT Load in a GSM cell is not less than GsmDlRTLdThrd
(UExternalGsmCell) or the reported uplink RT Load in a GSM cell is not less than
131
GsmUlRtLdThrd (UExternalGsmCell), it means that the load in the GSM cell is heavy and
RT services cannot be accessed. The cell will be kept in the RT overload cell list. If the
reported uplink/downlink RT Load is smaller than the corresponding threshold in a cell
and the cell exists in the RT overload cell list, the cell will be deleted from the RT
overload cell list.
When the reported downlink load in a GSM cell is not less than GsmDlLdThrd
(UExternalGsmCell) or the reported uplink load in a GSM cell is not less than
GsmUlLdThrd (UExternalGsmCell), it means that any service cannot be accessed, and
the cell will be kept in the GSM overload cell list. If the reported uplink/downlink load is
smaller than the corresponding threshold in a cell and the cell exists in the GSM overload
cell list, the cell will be deleted from the GSM overload cell list.
For RT services, if the RT Load is reported, it is used to decide the load conditions of the
GSM cell. Otherwise, the Load Value is used to decide the conditions. For NRT services,
the Load Value is used to decide the load conditions of the GSM cell.
7.8.2
Inter-RAT Handover based on GSM Load Process

Under the following scenarios, the target cell list for handovers is selected. If a target cell
is included in the overload cell list, it is considered that the GSM cell is overloaded and
the handover to the cell is not triggered. Another cell in the candidate cells list will be
selected instead. If all cells in the candidate cells list do not satisfy the handover
conditions, the corresponding handover is not performed.
Inter-RAT handover based on quality of downlink coverage, uplink BLER, and

uplink/downlink transmit power.
Inter-RAT handover based on load control.
Inter-RAT handover based on load balance.
Note: For RT services, if the GSM reports RT information, the overload-cell list stands for
the RT overload-cell list. Otherwise, if the GSM does not report RT information, the
overload cell list stands for the GSM overload-cell list. For NRT services, the
overload-cell list means the GSM overload-cell list.
132
7.9
Special UMTS->GSM Handover Strategy based on

the Indoor Neighboring Cell
For a 3G cell within the present network, when the indoor neighboring cells exist, if the
processing strategy for ordinary 2G neighboring cells is still used, call drops may occur
before a handover can be performed. Therefore, for different 2G neighboring cells of the
one 3G cell, different 2D triggering thresholds are configured and different inter-RAT
measurement events are issued. In this way, timely handovers can be performed
immediately in response to the signal changes of indoor cells whenever an indoor cell
that meets the conditions exists.
If the following conditions are met, the special UMTS->GSM handover strategy should be
performed, which means issuing two sets of 3A/3C events simultaneously. Only 3A event
is processed by ordinary 2G neighboring cells, and 3C/3A events are both processed by
indoor 2G neighboring cells.
(1) RatHoTactic is 0: determined by algorithm.

(2) There is at least one GSM neighboring cell whose IndoorCellInd is 1: indoor
cell.
(3) The value of service handover is not handover to GSM should be performed.
7.10
Coupling for Different Handover Causes

As described above, the causes of 2G handovers include the following:
Handover based on load control
Handover based on downlink coverage/quality event
Handover based on uplink transmit power
Handover based on uplink BLER
Handover based on downlink transmit power
133
Handovers based on load control aim to reduce the system load quickly to ensure
system stability. Therefore, handovers based on load control has the highest priority. The
handover triggered by radio quality causes such as downlink coverage event, uplink
transmit power, uplink BLER, and downlink transmit power aim to ensure the QoS and
user experience. Handovers of this kind have the second highest priority.
The handover of higher priority shields the handover of lower priority, for example, a cell
handed over based on load control cannot admit new services.
7.11
Inter-RAT Handover Process
7.11.1
CS Service Handover from 3G System to 2G System

Figure 7-3
UE
3G to 2G CS Service Handover
NODE B
RNC
CN
BSC
RELOCATION REQUIRED
HANDOVER REQUEST
HANDOVER REQUEST ACK
RELOCATION COMMAND
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND
HANDOVER DETECT
HANDOVER COMPLETE
HANDOVER COMPLETE
IU RELEASE COMMAND

IU RELEASE COMPLETE
134
Figure 7-4
UE
3G to 2G CS Service Handover Procedure via IUR-G
NODE B
RNC
CN
BSC
1 MEASUREMENT REPORT
2 ENHANCED RELOCATION
RESOURCE REQUEST
3 ENHANCED RELOCATION
RESOURCE RESPONSE
5 HANDOVER FROM
UTRAN COMMAND
4 RELOCATION REQUIRED
6 HANDOVER REQUEST
7 HANDOVER
REQUEST ACK
8 RELOCATION COMMAND
9 RELOCATION COMMIT
10 HANDOVER ACCESS
11 HANDOVER DETECT
12HANDOVER COMPLETE
13 HANDOVER COMPLETE
14 IU RELEASE COMMAND
15 IU RELEASE COMPLETE
When the UTRAN and GSM equipment is provided by ZTE, 3G to 2G CS service

handovers can be processed via IUR-G, which is added with this procedure. The
135
procedure is the part of the previous CN procedure between the RNC and the BSC to
reserve resources in advance. The procedure is described as follows:
1
Upon receiving the measurement report of the UE, the RNC decides to handover
the UE to a GSM cell.
The RNC sends an ENHANCED RELOCATION RESOURCE REQUEST message

to the BSC, requiring resources for the UE.
Upon receiving the message, the BSC reserves resources in advance for the UE
and sends an ENHANCED RELOCATION RESOURCE RESPONSE message to
the RNC.
Upon receiving the message, the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUIRED

message to the CN and sends HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND to the UE,
requiring the UE to perform a hard handover.
Described in step 4.
Upon receiving the message RELOCATION REQUIRED, the CN sends a

HANDOVER REQUEST message to BSC.
After the resources are established, the BSC sends a HANDOVER REQUEST ACK
message to CN.
Upon receiving the message HANDOVER REQUEST ACK, the CN sends a

RELOCATION COMMAND message to the RNC.
Upon receiving the message RELOCATION COMMAND, the RNC sends a

RELOCATION COMMIT message to the BSC.
10 Upon receiving the message HANDOVER ACCESS from the UE, if the BSC has
already received the message RELOCATION COMMIT from the CN, the BSC will
send a HANDOVER DETECT to the CN. Otherwise, the BSC will not send
HANDOVER DETECT to the CN until receiving the message RELOCATION
COMMIT from the CN.
11
Described in step 4.
136
12 The UE returns HANDOVER COMPLETE to the BSC to inform the BSC that the
handover is finished.
13 After receiving HANDOVER COMPLETE from the UE, the BSC sends a
HANDOVER COMPLETE message to the CN.
14 Upon receiving the message HANDOVER COMPLETE, the CN sends an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message to the RNC to release all the Iu resources.
15 Upon releasing the lu resources, the RNC returns IU RELEASE COMPLETE to the
CN.
Note: In the process of a 3G->2G CS service handover, the parameter rxlevNecellInd
(URncInfo)
is
used to
control
whether
to fill the IE
RXLEV-NECELL
in
oldBSS_ToNewBSS of the RELOCATION REQUIRED message. When rxlevNecellInd

(URncInfo) is 1:On, the IE is filled to allow the GSM to select suitable frequency.
7.11.2
PS Service Reselection in 3G to 2G Handover

If UE doesnt support inter-RAT PS service handover or adjacent BSC doesnt support
PS service handover, handover of PS domain from the UTRAN to the GSM can be
classified into the following cases:
The UE actively initiates the PS service reselection.
The UE selects a GPRS cell to dwell through the cell reselection process, sets up a
connection with the target cell, and then initiates route area update. This case applies to
an UE in CELL_FACH or URA_PCH state.
137
Figure 7-5
PS service reselection initiated by an UE in the case of 3G to 2G handover
UE
S erving
RNC
CN
1 . C ell R eselectio n
trig g ered
RANAP
RANAP
2 . Iu R elease C o m m and
2 . Iu R elease C o m p lete
RANAP
RANAP
The RNC actively initiates PS service reselection.
The RNC decides to switch the UE to another RAT cell according to handover decision
results. This case applies to an UE in CELL_DCH state. The RNC sends a handover
command CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN to the UE. After receiving the
command, the UE sets up a connection with the target cell, and then initiates route area
update.
138
Figure 7-6
PS service reselection initiated by the RNC in the case of 3G to 2G
handover
BTS
UE
RRC
BSC
CN
(SGSN)
RNC
Serving
1. Cell Change Order from UTRAN
Node B
RRC
2. Reselection to the target GPRS cell; radio link establishment in GSM/BSS
GMM
3. Routing Area Update Request
GMM
RANAP
4. SRNS Context
Request
RANAP
RANAP
5. SRNS Context
Response
RANAP
RANAP
6. SRNS Data Forward

RANAP
Command
7. Forwarding of PDUs
RANAP
8. Iu Release Command
RANAP
9. Iu Release Complete
RANAP
GMM
10. Routing Area Update Accept
GMM
GMM
11. Routing Area Update Complete
GMM
RANAP
1.
Upon detection of a trigger, SRNC initiates the handover to GSM/BSS by sending

the RRC message Cell Change Order from UTRAN to the UE, and starts the timer
TWaitContextReq(URncFunction). Upon reception of the SRNS Context Request
message, SRNC shall stop the timer. If TWaitContextReq expires, SRNC starts the
timer TWaitDataFwd(URncFunction).
2.
The UE reselects to the target GPRS cell and establishes the radio connection to
the GSM/BSS.
139
3.
The UE initiates the GPRS Routing Area Update procedure by sending the GMM
message Routing Area Update Request to the SGSN.
4.
The SGSN sends the RANAP message SRNS Context Request to the SRNC listing
the PS RABs for which context transfer shall be performed.
5.
SRNC responds to the SGNS with the RANAP message SRNS Context Response
containing the context information of all referenced PS RABs whose transfer is
successful and starts the timer TWaitDataFwd(URncFunction). Upon reception of
the SRNS Data Forward Command message, SRNC shall stop the timer. If
TWaitDataFwd expires, SRNC starts the timer TWaitRelCmd(URncFunction).
6.
The SGSN asks the SRNC to forward its buffered data back to the SGSN by
sending the RANAP message SRNS Data Forward Command, and starts the timer
Tdatafwd(UiuCnst) and TWaitRelCmd(URncFunction). If Tdatafwd expires, the
SRNC releases the resource used to forward buffered data. Upon reception of the
IU RELEASE COMMAND message, the SRNC shall stop the timer TWaitRelCmd. If
TWaitRelCmd expires, the SRNC releases IU connection. For each PS RAB
indicated by the SRNS Data Forward Command, the SRNC starts duplicating and
tunneling the buffered data back to the SGSN.
7.
The SGSN sends the RANAP message Iu Release Command to initiate the release
of the Iu connection with UTRAN.
8.
At the expiration of the RNC data forwarding timer (i.e. TDATAfwd), the SRNC
sends the RANP message Iu Release Complete message to the SGSN.
9.
The SGSN validates the UEs presence in the new RA by sending the GMM
message Routing Area Update Accept to the UE. The message may contain a new
P-TMSI that the network assigns to the UE.
10. The UE acknowledges the assignment of a new P-TMSI by sending the GMM
message Routing Area Update Complete to the UE.
140
UTRAN<->LTE Handover Strategy
8.1
UTRAN<->LTE PS Handover Strategy

RNC adds the UTRAN<->LTE PS Handover Strategy to ensure the continuity of PS
service between UTRAN and LTE. If an UE switches from a RATx system to a UTRAN
system, the RATx system policy is used. So, there is only UTRAN->LTE PS handover
strategy described. For now, only support radio quality based inter-RAT (UTRAN->LTE)
handover.
The conditions as follow need to be fulfilled firstly if RNC wants to execute UTRAN->LTE
PS handover strategy:
1.
Parameter RncPsHoLteSw (ULogicalRnc) is set to 1: open.
2.
Support of Inter-RAT PS Handover to E-UTRA FDD IE of UE capability indicates

that RNC supports PS service handover from UTARN to LTE.
3.
The switch for current service to control whether LTE based on measurement could
be performed is open.
Service
4.
Switch
R99 RT
r99RtEutraHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
R99 NRT
r99NrtEtraHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
HSDPA
hsdpaEutraHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
HSUPA
hsupaEutraHoSw (ULogicalRnc)
The system which RNC allows UE to hand over to is EUTRAN, that is judged by
cell level switch IfOrRatHoSwch, ChoStraMulRatHo and the conditions of neighbor
cell exiting (See 5.10 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurement Choice).
5.
The switch of whether to check the UE E-UTRA Capability before initiating the PS
handover procedure from UMTS to LTE, GresPara52 (bit11) is Off or GresPara52
(bit11) is On with UE E-UTRA Capability IE acquired.
Note: In the process of UTRAN->LTE handover, EUTRAN cell is identified by eNode

BID or RNCID that is indicated by parameter LteCellIdenFlag (UIupsLink). When SGSN
141
cannot recognize eNode BID of EUTRAN Cell, set LteCellIdenFlag (UIupsLink) to 1

using RNCID for EUTRAN cell.
8.1.1
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Measurement

UE must perform layer 3 filter on the measurement result, and then use the filtered value
for event decision and reporting. The principles are the same as description in 7.1
Inter-RAT Measurement, the difference is introducing the eUtranFilterCoeff for LTE
system measurement.
8.1.1.1
Measurement Event and Parameter Configuration

After supporting UMTS->EUTRAN inter-RAT handover, introduce the specific manage
objects: UInterEcNoEvMeasforE, UInterRscpEvMeasforE, URatEcNoEvMeasforE, and
URatRscpEvMeasforE.
1
UInterEcNoEvMeasforE and UInterRscpEvMeasforE correspond to event 2D/2F for

EUTRAN, See 5.1.1 Introduction to Inter-Frequency Measurement and 5.1.2.6
Parameter Configuration Strategies for details of the definition of the events and
policy for parameter configuration.
URatEcNoEvMeasforE and URatRscpEvMeasforE correspond to the inter-RAT

measurement events 3A, 3C. See 7.1.1 Overview of Inter-RAT Measurement and
7.1.2.5 Policy for Setting Inter-RAT Measurement Parameters for details of the
definition of the events and policy for parameter configuration. The differences are as
follow:
(1) For the ETRAN, the measurement quantity is RSRP.

(2) The measurement parameters are gained from the manage objects defied for
EUTRAN.
142
Figure 8-1
Indexing relation for inter-RAT handover
CellFDD)
refURatMeasProfile
URatMeasProfile(URatMeasProfile)
URatMeasSrvSpec(URatMeaSrvSpec)
URatMeasNoSrvSpec(URatMeasNoS
rvSpec)
srvCategory
NonIntraMeasQuan
NonIntraMeasQuan
URatEcNoEvMe URatRscpEvMe
asforE(URatEc asforE(URatRsc
pEvMeasforE)
NoEvMeasforE)
URatEcNoPrdM
eas(URatEcNoP
rdMeas)
URatEcNoPrdM
eas(URatRscpP
rdMeas)
InterRatCfgNo(
URatRscpEvMe
asforE)
InterRatCfgNo(
URatEcNoPrdM
eas)
InterRatCfgNo(
URatRscpPrdM
eas)
InterRatCfgNo(
URatEcNoEvMe
asforE)
The parameters in below table, for event measurement and measurement quantity is
EcNo, gained from the object URatEcNoEvMeasforE, for event measurement and
measurement quantity is RSCP, gained from the object URatRscpEvMeasforE.
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of UTRAN Cell for 3A
Thresh
Hysteresis(dB)
hysteresis
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of Other RAT for
ThreshSys
3A/3B/3C
Time To Trigger
TrigTime
Inter-RAT Measurement Event Number
EventNum
Inter-RAT Event Identity
EventId
UTRAN Filter Coefficient
FilterCoeff
143
EUTRAN Filter Coefficient
eUtranFilterCoeff
Weight of the UTRAN System for 3A
Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index
InterRatCfgNo
Note: Inter-RAT period measurement does not discriminate between EUTRAN and GSM.
The other parameter to be entered in the inter-RAT measurement control message:
Maximum bandwidth allowed to measure on the single frequency of EUTRANEutranNMeasBand
(for
FDD
cell,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
MO
UExternalEUtranCellFDD; for TDD cell, this parameter is obtained from MO

UExternalEUtranCellTDD).
8.1.1.2
Setting up a measurement
The principles for setting up an inter-RAT measurement depend on the value of the
E-UTRAN service handover IE in the RAB assignment request message.
1. When the value of the E-UTRAN service handover IE is Handover to E-UTRAN
shall not be performed, it indicates that the service cannot be switched to the
E-UTRAN. For such these services, the RNC does not enable inter-RAT
measurement or trigger the handover to LTE.
2. When the value of the E-UTRAN service handover IE is not Handover to E-UTRAN
shall not be performed, it indicates that the service can be switched to the E-UTRAN.
RNC enables inter-RAT measurement in the following scenarios:
a)
Inter-frequency measurement is enabled, all non-working carriers trigger

2E events, and EUTRAN neighboring cells exist.
b)
8.1.1.3
The event 2D for EUTRAN is reported.
Modifying a measurement
Same as 7.1.2.2 Modifying a measurement.
144
8.1.1.4
Deleting a measurement
1. When the E-UTRAN service handover value of the service is Handover to E-UTRAN
shall not be performed and the quality of the working carries becomes better, the
compressed mode is closed, and E-UTRAN measurement is terminated.
2. Other deleting scenarios seen in 7.1.2.3 Deleting a measurement.
8.1.1.5
Processing of Inter-RAT Events

1. See 7.1.2.4 Processing of Inter-RAT Events for the policy of the choice of
inter-RAT measurement event and judge the IE inter-rat cell info indication.
2. Use HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND process for UTRAN->EUTRAN PS
handover (See 8.1.5 UTRAN->EUTRAN inter-RAT handover process). When
concurrent services exist, if any one of these services doesnt support inter-RAT PS
service handover, RNC will not handover to LTE.
3. When EUTRAN inter-RAT handover fails, the penalty timer HoToEutraPenTimer,
which is specific to UE, is started, RNC will not handle the reported inter-RAT
measurement reports before the timer expires, and issue new inter-RAT
measurement control message after the timer expires.
8.1.1.6
Neighbor Cells Screened

When Measurement Control message for EUTRAN measurement needs to be issued,
RNC will select the suit cells according to the capacity of UE.
8.1.2
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage

Downlink coverage uses 2D and 2F events as the criterions for evaluating the signal
quality of the current frequency.
For EUTRAN handover, RNC transmits the 2D ad 2F event configuration for EUTRAN to
the UE when the service is set up. If the UE reports a 2D event, that is, the current carrier
is in poor signal quality, and no inter-frequency neighboring cells exist, or the UE reports
a 2E event after inter-frequency measurement is started (that is, the signal quality of the
145
measured inter-frequency neighboring cell is also poor), the RNC needs to configure and
start inter-RAT measurement 3A or 3C event to the UE if inter-RAT neighboring cells
exist, and then performs the corresponding decision process for inter-RAT handover
according to the 3A, or 3C event subsequently reported by the UE. The choice strategy
of events 3A, 3C is the same as the related policy of GSM inter-RAT handover, controlled
by inter-RAT handover tactic RatHoTactic (UUtranCellFDD).
8.1.3
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Based on BLER and Transmit Power

See 7.3 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink BLER, 7.4 Inter-RAT Handover Based
on Uplink Transmit Power and 7.5 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Transmit
Power.
8.1.4
Coupling for Different Handover Causes

The causes of LTE handover include the following:
Handover based on downlink coverage/quality event
Handover based on uplink transmit power
Handover based on uplink BLER
Handover based on downlink transmit power
The handovers triggered by radio quality causes such as downlink coverage event,
uplink transmit power, uplink BLER, and downlink transmit power aim to ensure the QoS
and user experience. The handovers of these kinds has the same priority.
146
8.1.5
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Process

Figure 8-2
UTRAN->EUTRAN PS Handover Process
UE
NODE B
RNC
CN
eNB
RELOCATION REQUIRED
HANDOVER REQUEST
HANDOVER REQUEST ACK
RELOCATION COMMAND
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND
HANDOVER DETECT
HANDOVER COMPLETE
HANDOVER COMPLETE
IU RELEASE COMMAND

IU RELEASE COMPLETE
8.2
SRVCC
Due to the continuity of voice service between the UTRAN and the LTE, the RNC is
needed to transition a voice call from the VoIP/IMS packet domain to the legacy circuit
domain during an inter-RAT handover. This mechanism is named SRVCC (Single Radio
Voice Call Continuity).
ZTE supports SRVCC, which is controlled by RncSrvccSw(ULogicalRnc), from LTE to
UTRAN.
ZTE supports IMS voice and IMS Voice+Data SRVCC. The procedure is described as
follows:
147
1. RncSrvccSw(ULogicalRnc) is On.
2. The UE connects with the EUTRAN and sets up IMS voice traffic.
3. The UE reports a measurement report.
4. The EUTRAN decides an SRVCC handover to the UTRAN due to measurement
reports.
5. The EUTRAN sends a message for the PS-CS handover procedure to the CN.
6. The CN initiates the PS-CS handover to the UTRAN procedure.
1)
For IMS Voice+Data combined services with inter-RAT PS handovers,

RncPsHoLteSw (ULogicalRnc) must be On. If SIP is required to be handed
over to the RNC according to Relocation Request message, PsSigForImsInd
(ULogicalRnc) must be Supported.
7. The CN informs the EUTRAN of the handover result (maybe including the result of
inter-RAT PS handovers).
8. The EURAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE after
receiving the handover result.
Figure 8-3
SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN
UE
E-UTRAN
MME
MSC Server
Target UTRAN
UE initiates IMS
voice service
Measurement Reports
Handover Required
PS to CS Req
Handle PS to PS HO for
non-voice if needed
CS Handover Preparation
IMS Service Continuity Procedure
PS to CS Resp
Handover Command
Handover From
EUTRAN Command
Handover execution
148
IMS
8.3
CSFB
Due to the continuity of voice service between UTRAN and EUTRAN, the CSFB service
can initial the PS handover from EUTRAN to UTRAN, and the corresponding CS service
can be set up in the UTRAN later.
ZTE supports CSFB, which is controlled by PSL2USWCHBYCS (ULogicalRnc), from
EUTRAN to UTRAN right now.
EUTRAN->UTRAN handover for CSFB
Procedure description: (1)The UE triggers voice traffic for originating call or terminated
call after setting up PS traffic in the EUTRAN. (2) If CS Fallback Indicator is received, PS
handover is supported and the EUTRAN will trigger a PS handover to the UTRAN. (3)
The UTRAN sets up traffic for originating call and terminated call.
Figure 8-4
EUTRAN->UTRAN Handover for CSFB
UE
eNB
CN
RNC
UE triggers CS after setup PS

(with CS fallback indicator)
HANDOVER REQUIRED
RELOCATION REQUEST
(CSFB information)
RELOCATION REQUEST ACK
HANDOVER COMMAND
HANDOVER FROM EUTRAN COMMAND
Handover execution

UE sets up CS service in UTRAN
EUTRAN->UTRAN redirection for CSFB
149
Procedure description: (1) The UE triggers voice traffic for originating call or terminated
call in idle mode or after setting up PS traffic (PS handover is not supported) in the
EUTRAN. (2) If CS Fallback Indicator is received, the EUTRAN will trigger a redirection
to the UTRAN. (3) The UTRAN sets up traffics.
8.4
Fast Return to EUTRAN

When the UMTS and EUTRAN are jointly deployed, the UE in the EUTRAN is handed
over to the UTRAN due to CSFB, SRVCC or other reasons. To make these UEs get
better service experience, the UTRAN side will return them to the EUTRAN by way of PS
HO or Redirection after the CS service is released.
The conditions of identifying CSFB UE are described as follows:
1)
2)
CSFB Indication is carried in the RRC Connection Request message, or

Neither CSFB Indication nor Pre-redirection info is carried in the RRC
Connection Request message, the time difference between RRC Connection
Request message and first RAB Assignment Request message for CS services is
not greater than GresPara7, or
3)
CSFB Information is carried in Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container

of the Relocation Request message.
The conditions of identifying SRVCC UE are described as follows:

The UE relocated from the EUTRANincludes CS service, and RncSrvccSw is On.
8.4.1
Fast Return in PS Handover Way
CSFB
1.
PS Service when CS is released for Multi-RAB Service
After the UE is handed over from
EUTRAN to UTRAN due to CSFB, when the CS
service is released for Multi-RAB, if the following conditions are met, EUTRANs
compressed mode is activated, and the inter-RAT measurement is configured. After the
measurement reports are received, the PS handover procedure is performed and the UE
150
is handed over to EUTRAN.

1)
EUTRAN neighboring cells exist.
2)
The UE supports PS handover to the EUTRAN.
3)
GresPara52 (bit11) is Off, or GresPara52 (bit11) is On with the UE E-UTRA

Capability IE acquired.
4)
fastRetEUtranSwch (URncFunction) is On.
5)
MulSrvRePsHoLteSw is Handover judgment Based on Measurement.
6)
EutranPsHoMode is PS handover.
SRVCC
1.
After the UE is from EUTRAN to UTRAN due to SRVCC, when the CS service is
released for Multi-RAB, if the following conditions are met, EUTRANs compressed mode
is activated, and the inter-RAT measurement is configured. After measurement reports
are received, the PS handover procedure is performed and the UE is handed over to the
EUTRAN.
1)
2)
The UE supports PS handover to EUTRAN.
3)
GresPara52 (bit11) is Off, or GresPara52 (bit11) is On with the UE E-UTRA

Capability IE acquired.
4)
5)
CresPara7:bit0~bit1 is Handover judgment Based on Measurement.
6)
GresPara52:bit10 is PS handover.
151
Note:
1.
SimCompUserNum is used to control the number of users with compressed mode

activation for fast return to EUTRAN based on measurement to avoid affecting
system performance. If the current number in compressed mode is not less than
SimCompUserNum,
compressed
mode
will
not
be
activated.
Otherwise,
compressed mode will be activated.

2.
If compressed mode is activated due to fast return to EUTRAN, the timer

PsHoLteMeasTimer is initialized. When the timer expires, if Event (3C) is not
reported, the RNC will judge whether compressed mode is deactivated or not based
on the current signal quality. (Where the current signal quality includes quality of
working frequency, uplink/downlink transmit power, and uplink BLER. For details,
see 8.1.2 EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage, 8.1.3
EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Based on BLER and Transmit Power.)
8.4.2
Fast Return in Redirection Way based on Measurement
CSFB
1.
After the UE is from EUTRAN to UTRAN due to CSFB, when CS service is released for
Multi-RAB, if the following conditions are met, EUTRANs compressed mode is activated,
and the inter-RAT measurement is configured. After the measurement reports are
received, the Redirection procedure is performed and downlink central frequency
information of the EUTRAN cell whose quality meets inter-RAT measurement event is
filled in Redirection info of RRC Connection Release, the UE is redirected to EUTRAN.
1)
2)
3)
MulSrvRePsHoLteSw is Handover judgment Based on Measurement.
4)
EutranPsHoMode is Redirection, the UE supports the EUTRAN measurement; or

EutranPsHoMode is PS handover, the UE does not support PS handovers to
EUTRAN but supports the EUTRAN measurement.
152
SRVCC
1.
After the UE is from EUTRAN to UTRAN due to SRVCC, when CS service is released for
Multi-RAB, if the following conditions are met, then activate EUTRAN compressed mode,
configure inter-RAT measurement, and after measurement reports are received, perform
the Redirection procedure, fill downlink central frequency information of the EUTRAN cell
whose quality meets inter-RAT measurement event in Redirection info of RRC
Connection Release, the UE is redirected to EUTRAN.
1)
EUTRAN neighboring cells exist;
2)
fastRetEUtranSwch (URncFunction) is On;
3)
CresPara7:bit0~bit1 is Handover judgment Based on Measurement;
4)
GresPara52:bit10 is Redirection, the UE supports the EUTRAN measurement; or

GresPara52:bit10 is PS handover, the UE does not support PS handover to
EUTRAN but the EUTRAN measurement.
Note:
1.
SimCompUserNum is used to control the number of users with compressed mode

activation for fast return to EUTRAN based on measurement to avoid affecting
system performance. If the current number in compressed mode is not less than
SimCompUserNum,
compressed
mode
will
not
be
activated.
Otherwise,
compressed mode will be activated.

2.
If compressed mode is activated due to fast return to EUTRAN, the timer

PsHoLteMeasTimer is initialized. When the timer expires, if Event (3C) is not
reported, the RNC will judge whether compressed mode is deactivated or not based
on the current signal quality. (Where the current signal quality includes quality of
working frequency, uplink/downlink transmit power, and uplink BLER. For details,
153
see 8.1.2 EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage, 8.1.3

EUTRAN Inter-RAT Handover Based on BLER and Transmit Power.)
8.4.3
Fast Return in Redirection Way without Measurement
CSFB
1.
After the UE is handed over from EUTRAN to UTRAN due to CSFB, when the CS
service is released for Multi-RAB, if the following conditions are met, theEUTRAN cells
downlink central frequency information is filled in Redirection info of RRC Connection
Release, the UE is redirected to EUTRAN.
1)
EUTRAN neighboring cells exist;
2)
fastRetEUtranSwch (URncFunction) is On;
3)
MulSrvRePsHoLteSw is Handover judgment Based on Measurement, the UE

neither supports PS handovers to EUTRAN nor the EUTRAN measurement. It only
supports EUTRAN (Support of E-UTRA FDD/TDD). If MulSrvRePsHoLteSw is
Redirection without Measurement, the UE supports EUTRAN (Support of E-UTRA
FDD/TDD).
2.
Only CS Service
After the UE is from EUTRAN to UTRAN due to CSFB, when the CS service is released
for Single-RAB, if the following conditions are met, the EUTRAN cells downlink central
frequency information is filled in Redirection info of RRC Connection Release, the UE is
redirected to EUTRAN.
1)
An EUTRAN neighboring cell exists.
2)
The UE supports the EUTRAN (Support of E-UTRA FDD/TDD).
3)
4)
CelReturnLteSwch is On.
154
SRVCC
1.
After the UE is handed over from EUTRAN to UTRAN due to SRVCC, when the CS
service is released for Multi-RAB, if the following conditions are met, the EUTRAN cells
1)
2)
3)
CresPara7:bit0~bit1 is Handover judgment Based on Measurement, the UE

neither supports PS handovers to EUTRAN nor the EUTRAN measurement. It only
supports EUTRAN (Support of E-UTRA FDD/TDD). If CresPara7:bit0~bit1 is
Redirection without Measurement, the UE supports EUTRAN (Support of E-UTRA
FDD/TDD).
2.
Only CS Service
After the UE is handed over from EUTRAN to UTRAN due to SRVCC, when the CS
service is released for Single-RAB, if the following conditions are met, the EUTRAN cells
1)
2)
The UE supports EUTRAN (Support of E-UTRA FDD/TDD).
3)
4)
CresPara7:bit2 is On.
Note:
1.
Eight downlink central frequencies can be filled at most, four frequencies for FDD
and four frequencies for TDD.
155
8.4.4
Fast Return Strategy of IUR
Support Fast Return in Redirection Way via Iur
When the SRNC has no radio links and EUTRAN neighbor cells exist, the SRNC will
save the frequency information of EUTRAN neighbor cells returned by the DRNC, and
the union of the saved and the frequency information of EUTRAN neighbor cells
configured for the SRNC is filled in Redirection info if the redirection conditions are met.
Currently, only the Redirection way without measurement is supported.
Support CSFB Indicator via Iur
When the SRNC sends Relocation Request to the DRNC, if the UE is identified as a
CSFB user, the SRNC needs to fill CSFB in CSFB Information of Source To Target
Transparent Container to enable the target SRNC to identify the CSFB user and apply
the function of Fast Return to EUTRAN after the relocation procedure finished.
8.5
EUTRAN Blacklist Management

In the process of an inter-RAT handover or reselection from UTRAN to EUTRAN, some
EUTRAN cells are not appropriate for the UE to camp on. Those cells, forbidden to be
reselected or measured, are informed to the UE through the way of EUTRAN blacklist, to
avoid handover or reselection failure.
Principle description: when reselection or handover is performing, if EutranNCblstSwch,
the switch of the EUTRAN neighboring blacklist management, is 1: open, the cells in
the
EUTRAN
neighboring
blacklist
management
object
(UENbrBlkList:
EutranFreqBandInd/ earfcnDl/ NEutranNum/ NeutranCId/StateMode), whose StateMode

is 0 are issued to the UE through SIB19 (for non-dedicated state), whose StateMode is
1 are issued to the UE through measurement control information (for dedicated state),
and are forbidden to be searched by UE.
The condition that IUR carries the blacklist is not considered.
156
8.6
Inter-RAT Handover based on EUTRAN Load

As UTRAN can acquire the load conditions in EUTRAN through the Iu interface or RIM
process, an inter-RAT handover based on EUTRAN load is taken into consideration in
order to avoid admission failure in EUTRAN because of overload in the EUTRAN system.
This function is controlled by the parameter LdBsdEutranHOInd.
Currently, the load information of Composite Available Capacity Group through RIM
process is only acquired (See 8.8 RIM for details of RIM procedure and the load
information acquired).
Principle description: When a quality-based inter-RAT handover is triggered, if
LdBsdEutranHOInd is support inter-RAT handover based on EUTRAN load, the
reported EUTRAN cells load information should be judged. Those EUTRAN cells, whose
downlink load (1-Composite Available Capacity Group) is equal to or greater than
EutranDlLdThrd, or uplink load (1-Composite Available Capacity Group) is equal to

or greater than EutranUlLdThrd, will be eliminated from the target cell list. After that,
if the target cell list is not empty, the first cell of that list will be selected as the target
cell in handovers.
8.7
EUTRAN Detection Supported

If the following conditions are met, the UE will detect the EUTRAN cells whose priority is
lower than the current cell, and report the results to NAS to display the coverage
conditions of EUTRAN on the terminal interface.
(1) EutraDetectionInd is True.
(2) The UE is in CELL_PCH/URA_PCH/IDLE state.
8.8
RIM
The function of RIM is intended to exchanging information via CN between BSS, RNC,
and eNodeB. RIM information is transferred on Iu interface through Direct Information
Transfer message.
157
Procedure description: The controlling BSC sends a request to the Serving BSC, asking
for some concerned information and demanding the Serving BSC to respond in the form
of report (where Controlling BSC and Serving BSC can be BSC, RNC or ENodeB). The
report form can be single report or multiple reports.
The signalling flow charts corresponding to the two kinds of report form are described as
follows:
Single Report
Controlling BSC
Serving BSC
RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Single Report
RAN-INFORMATION/Single Report
Multiple Report
Controlling BSC
Serving BSC
RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Multiple Report
RAN-INFORMATION/Multiple Report-Initial
Different from the simple procedure in single report form, which only has one time
information exchange between the Controlling BSC and Serving BSC, in multiple report
form, when the information that the Controlling BSC concerns does change or the
Serving BSC cannot provide information any more, the Serving BSC needs to inform the
Controlling BSC through the update process shown below:
158
Controlling BSC
Serving BSC
RAN-INFORMATION/Multiple Report or /End
RAN-INFORMATION-ACK
Moreover, in multiple report form, if the Controlling BSC does not need the Serving BSC
to provide information any more, it should inform the Serving BSC through the
termination process shown below:
Controlling BSC
Serving BSC
RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Stop
RAN-INFORMATION/Stop
8.8.1
UTRA SI
UTRA SI is one application of RIM, mainly used for ENB gaining the UTRAN cell system
information from the UTRAN network. Then ENB will transfer these SIs to the UE
accompanying the existing message between ENB and the UE to make the UE be
reselected from LTE to UTRAN faster.
Procedure description: UtraSISwitch(URncFunction) indicates that the RNC

supports the UTRA SI function of RIM. If the ENB sends a request message
(RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Multiple
Report
or
RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Single Report) for cell UTRA SI to the RNC, the

RNC will return the SI message of its cell to EUTRAN in the response message
(RAN INFORMATION/Multiple Report Initial or RAN INFORMATION/Single Report).
159
8.8.2
SON Transfer
The function of SON Transfer is to exchange load information of the cell among UTRAN,
ENB, and GERAN. The target system will respond the load information of cell to source
system after receiving the RIM request message of SON Transfer Function. Currently,
only the form of single report and single cell in SON Transfer are supported.
The function is currently mainly used in obtaining the load information between UTRAN
and EUTRAN. The process is bidirectional, both of the UTRAN and EUTRAN can trigger
the process, which is explained in detail as below.
RNC acquires load information of EUTRAN cell initiatively
When the timer sonTransReqPeriod (URncFunction) expires, if LdBsdEutranHOInd is

support inter-RAT handover based on EUTRAN load, the RNC will send
RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Single Report to the CN through the Direct Information
Transfer message to trigger the SON Transfer process. The maximum number of the
request messages sent by the RNC is sonTransReqNumThrd (URncFunction) in one
second. The load information in the response message will be saved.
ENB initializes the SON Transfer process
When the RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Single Report message sent by the ENB is

analyzed from Direct Information Transfer message received from the CN, if
sonTransRespSwitch (URncFunction) is On, the RNC will query load information in
accordance
with
the
requested
cell
ID,
and
then
structure
the
RAN-INFORMATION/Single Report message and feed back the message to the CN

through the Direct Information Transfer message. The maximum number of messages
accepted for requiring load information of the RNC cell is sonTransRespNumThrd
(URncFunction) in one second.
IMSI-based handover
The parameter BasedImsiHoInd (ULogicalRnc) indicates whether the RNC supports
IMSI-based handover.
160
The IMSI-based handover can limit the range of cells for allowed for handover according
to IMSI of the UE with the following principle:
While a measurement control message is not delivered before the CommonID message
is received in the signaling stage, the RNC does not know the cells authorized to the user.
Therefore, the RNC delivers a measurement control message regardless of the
authorization status of the cells.
While delivering a measurement control message after receiving the CommonID
message, the RNC queries whether the cells are authorized according to the IMSI
information carried in the CommonID message of the lu interface and also the
authorization information configured on the network side. If the SNAC list of the PLMN
carried in CommonID is empty, all the cells of that PLMN will be considered as
authorized ones. Only the authorized neighbor cells will be included in the neighbor cell
list of the measurement control message.
In the process of RAB assignment of service, a decision of whether the current service
cell is authorized is made according to the IMSI information carried in the CommonID
message and the authorization information configured in the network side.
If none of the cells in the active set is authorized
If the best cells in the active set are like the coverage neighbor cells
(ShareCover (UUtranRelation)) and are also authorized cells,
then the inter-frequency handover is performed along with service
establishment
Otherwise,
If the best cells in the active set are like the coverage GSM neighbor
cells (GsmShareCover (UGsmRelation)) and are authorized cells,
and also the current service is AMR,
then Inter-RAT directional retry is performed
Otherwise,
The RAB assignment failure procedure is performed.
161
Otherwise,
The service is established normally. If some of the cells in the active set are
unauthorizedcells, delete the unauthorized cells from the active set through the
active set update flow.
9.1
Querying Whether the SRNC Cell Is Authorized

According to IMSI
Figure 9-1 shows the process of querying whether a neighbor cell belonging to the SRNC
is authorized according to the IMSI information carried in the CommonID message of the
lu interface and also the authorization information configured on the network side. The
steps of the query are described as follows:
1.
The MCC, MNC and other number information (10 digits at most, in the name of
ExtendInformation below) are resolved according to the IMSI carried in the
CommonID message of the lu interface. The number of digits depends on
imsiMatchedDgtNum(UImsiSnacFilter).
2.
The information (MCC, MNC and ExtendInformation) resolved and also the
authorized network information imsiMatchedDgtNum(UImsiSnacFilter) configured in
the network side are used to query whether the IMSI of the UE is authorized or not.
If MCC, MNC and Extend Information of the UE does not have a configuration item
in UImsiSnacFilter, no neighbor cell authorized is returned. Otherwise, the MCC
(SMCC), MNC (SMNC) and SNAC that are authorized are obtained.
3.
According to the relationships between MCC (SMCC), MNC (SMNC), SNAC and
LAC (USnac) and also the cell information including MCC (UUtranCellFDD), MNC
(UUtranCellFDD), LAC (UUtranCellFDD), whether the cell belongs to the MCC
(USnac), MNC (USnac, and LAC (USnac) that are already authorized is queried. If
there is much authorization information, the cell which has configuration item will be
authorized.
162
Note: The UImsiSnacFilter parameter can have 1000 configuration items at most and
different configuration items can have the same MNC+MNC.
Example:
1.
Configuration of UImsiSnacFilter
MCC
460
460
460
MNC
99
99
99
imsiMatchedDgtNum
ExtendInformation
[0]
[1]
[2]
SMCC
460
460
460
SMNC
99
99
100
SNAC
60
61
62
The IMSI of UE1 is 460991234567890, and the authorized PLMN+SNAC for UE1 are
46099+60, 46099+61, and 460100+62.
The IMSI of UE2 is 460990987654321, and the authorized PLMN+SNAC for UE1 are
460+99+60.
2.
3.
Configuration of USnac
MCC
460
460
460
460
MNC
99
99
99
100
SNAC
60
60
61
62
LAC
01
02
02
03
If there are three cells: the PLMN+LAC configuration of Cell1 is 46099+01, the
PLMN+LAC configuration of Cell2 is 46099+02, and the PLMN+LAC configuration
of Cell3 is 46099+03. As shown in the above table, the authorized IMSI of
CELL1/CELL2 is from 460990000000000 to 46099999999999, and the authorized
IMSI of Cell3 is from 460991200000000 to 46099129999999.So UE1 can be
authorized by CELL1/CELL2/CELL3, and UE2 can be authorized by CELL1/CELL2.
163
Figure 9-1
Schematic Diagram of Querying Whether the SRNC Cell Is Authorized
According to IMSI
CommonID:
MCC
MNC
ExtendInformation
UImsiSnacFilter:
MCC
MNC
ExtendInformation
SNAC
Authorized:
MCC
MNC
SNAC
Authorized
MCC
MNC
LAC
USnac
Whether the
neighbor
cell is
authorized
MCC
MNC
SNAC
LAC
UUtranCellFDD
MCC
MNC
LAC
9.2
Querying Whether the DRNC Cell Is Authorized

According to IMSI
Figure 9-2 shows the process of querying whether a neighbor cell belonging the DRNC is
authorized according to the IMSI information carried in the CommonID message of lu
interface and also the authorization information configured in the network side. The steps
of the query are:
1.
The MCC, MNC and other number information (10 digits at most, in the name of
ExtendInformation below) are resolved according to the IMSI carried in the
CommonID message of the lu interface. The number of digits depends on
imsiMatchedDgtNum(UImsiSnacFilter).
2.
The information (MCC, MNC and ExtendInformation) resolved and also the
authorized network information imsiMatchedDigit(UImsiSnacFilter) configured in the
network side are used to query whether the IMSI of the UE is authorized or not. If
MCC, MNC and Extend Information of the UE does not have a configuration item in
UImsiSnacFilter, no neighbor cell authorized is returned. Otherwise, the MCC
(SMCC), MNC (SMNC) and SNAC that are authorized are obtained.
164
3.
According to the granted MCC(SMCC), MNC(SMNC), SNAC and the DRNC

neighbor cell information including: MCC(For GSM cells, this parameter is obtained
from UExternalGsmCell. For UTRAN cells, this parameter is obtained from
UExternalUtranCellFDD), MNC (For GSM cells, this parameter is obtained from
UExternalGsmCell.
For
UTRAN
cells,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UExternalUtranCellFDD), SNAC (For GSM cells, this parameter is obtained from

UExternalGsmCell.
For
UTRAN
cells,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UExternalUtranCellFDD), whether the DRNC neighbor cell belongs to the

MCC(SMCC), MNC(SMNC)and SNAC that are already authorized is queried. If
there is much authorization information, the cell that has configuration item will be
authorized.
Note: In step 3, how many SNACs are configured for the DRNC neighboring cells are
controlled by SNACNum (For GSM cells, this parameter is obtained from
UExternalGsmCell.
For
UTRAN
cells,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UExternalUtranCellFDD).
Figure 9-2
Schematic Diagram of Querying Whether the DRNC Cell Is Authorized
According to IMSI
CommonID:
MCC
MNC
ExtendInformation
UImsiSnacFilter:
MCC
MNC
ExtendInformation
SNAC
Authorized:
MCC
MNC
SNAC
Whether the
neighbor
cell is
authorized
UExternalUtranCellFDD
UExternalGsmCell
MCC
MNC
SNAC
10
HSDPA-related special strategy

For channel changes from non-DCH to DCH in the HSDPA handover process, the target
data rate of DCH is the guaranteed bit rate of GBR traffic or the minimum rate of DRBC
for no GBR traffic(refer to ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide for details).
165
10.1
Overview
The cells are classified in three types according to the support capability of HSDPA
(HspaSptMeth(For serving cells, this parameter is obtained from UUtranCellFDD. For
neighboring cells, this parameter is obtained from UExternalUtranCellFDD)) after
HSDPA is introduced: (1) support HSDPA and DCH; (2) do not support HSUPA or
HSDPA; (3) support HSDPA only. The services are classified in two types: HSDPA
service and NHSDPA service. The HSDPA handover is similar to R99 handover in terms
of measurement and handover decision, except that the decisions of cell capacity during
a handover and the service type are added. For the HSDPA service, the handover is
accepted through HS-DSCH to the cells that support HSDPA and DCH and cells that
support HSDPA only as much as possible. If the HS-DSCH fails, the handover to the
cells that support HSDPA and DCH and cells that do not support HSUPA or HSDPA
through DCH is accepted. For the NHSDPA service, the handover can only be accepted
through DCH to the cells that support HSDPA and DCH and cells that do not support
HSUPA or HSDPA.
After HSDPA is introduced, the inter-RNC handover also depends on the capability of
office direction RNC to support HSDPA (RncFeatSwitchBit1) because neighbor cells
feature varying support capabilities (HspaSptMeth(UExternalUtranCellFDD)). That is,
only if both the target cell and target RNC (office direction RNC) support HSDPA, the
HS-
handover flow cannot be originated until HS-DSCH falls back to DCH. The channel
transfer is performed along with a handover. Different channel transfer situations are
described in the following based on different handover types.
10.2
Intra-frequency Handover
The intra-frequency handover of HDSPA includes soft add/soft drop/soft replacement of
HS-DSCH associated channel, HS-DSCH service cell change, channel type change due
to different capabilities between source cell and target cell during the handover process.
The strategy of soft add/soft drop/soft replacement of HS-DSCH associated channel is
described in strategy of intra-frequency handover. The HS-DSCH service cell change
166
and channel type change are special handover strategies that make HSDPA different
from the R99 (DCH) handover. The specific principles are:
1
HS-DSCH->DCH
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the link to be deleted for 1B event
triggering/radio link failure happens to be the service cell of HS-DSCH, and also the
cells in the active set do not support acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of
soft handover together with HS-DSCH transferring to DCH is made.
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the 1C event is triggered, the cell
to be replaced is the HS-DSCH service cell and also the cells in the new active set
do not support acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of soft handover together
with HS-DSCH transferring to DCH is made.
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the 1D event triggers
intra-frequency hard handover and the target cell does not support acceptance
through HS-DSCH, a decision of intra-frequency hard handover together with
HS-DSCH transferring to DCH is made.
DCH->HS-DSCH
The current service of the UE includes HSDPA and also the DCH is used before the
handover. If the 1D event triggers intra-frequency hard handover and the target cell
supports acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of intra-frequency hard
handover together with DCH transferring to HS-DSCH is made.
The current service of the UE includes HSDPA, the DCH is used before the
handover and also the best cell in the active set supports HSDPA. If the downlink
traffic increases to trigger the 4A event (refer to ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm
Feature Guide for details), a decision of handover from DCH to HS-DSCH is made.
HS->DSCH->HS-DSCH
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the 1D event triggers
intra-frequency hard handover and the target cell supports acceptance through
HS-DSCH, a decision of intra-frequency hard handover together with HS-DSCH
service cell change is made.
167
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the link to be deleted for 1B event
triggering/radio link failure happens to be the service cell of HS-DSCH, and also
there are cells in the active set that support acceptance through HS-DSCH, a
decision of soft handover together with HS-DSCH change is made. If the 1C/1D
event triggers a soft handover, the cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH service cell
and also the cells in the new active set support acceptance through HS-DSCH, a
decision of soft handover together with HS-DSCH change is made.
In the above described processes, the 1D event may trigger a ping-pong handover that
leads to frequent change of service cell. To avoid this, a time threshold (T1d(UHspa)) is
configured and changes of service cell should occur at an interval longer than this
threshold.
10.3
Inter-frequency Handover
The conditions for triggering the inter-frequency handover of HDSPA are described in
inter-frequency handover strategy. The HS-DSCH service cell change or channel type
change always happens in the handover process. The principles are as follow:
1
HS-DSCH->DCH
The current service of the UE includes HSDPA and also the HS-DSCH is used
before the handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter-frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell does not support
acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of inter-frequency hard handover
together with HS-DSCH transferring to DCH is made.
DCH->HS-DSCH
The current service of the UE includes HSDPA and also the DCH is used before the
handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter-frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell supports
together with DCH transferring to HS-DSCH is made.
HS-DSCH->HS-DSCH
168
The current service of the UE includes HSDPA and also the HS-DSCH is used
together with HS-DSCH service cell change is made.
4
Handover of HS-DSCH between Iur interfaces

For the hard handover of HS-DSCH between Iur interfaces, the handover strategy is
the same as the handover inside the RNC if the target cell supports HS-DSCH. But if
the target cell does not support HS-DSCH, the HS-DSCH/DCH should fall back to
DCH/DCH first, and then the hard handover between lur interfaces and redirection
flow can be performed.
10.4
Inter-RAT Handover
Two
strategies
are
available
for
handovers
between
HSDPA
systems:
UTRAN->GSM/GERAN strategy and GSM/GERAN -> UTRAN strategy.

1
UTRAN->GSM/GERAN/LTE
The HSDPA service is included and then the same handover flow as that for
between R99 systems is performed.
GSM/GERAN/LTE -> UTRAN

The strategy is similar to that when a service accesses the system for the first time.
If both service and target cell support HS-DSCH/DCH, the service is established
directly on HS-DSCH/DCH, otherwise try DCH/DCH.
11
HSUPA-related special strategy

If in the handover process, the channel type changes from non-DCH to DCH, the
handover is accepted according to the target rate of DCH, that is, the guaranteed bit rate
of the current service while the handover occurs or the minimum rate of DRBC (refer to
ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide for details).
169
11.1
Overview
HSUPA is developed on the basis of HSDPA. An HSUPA network element (UE, RNC or
Node B) that supports HSUPA will also supports HSDPA. That is, if the E-DCH is used in
uplink, HS-DSCH is used in downlink without doubt. Therefore, HSUPA supports five
types of cells (HspaSptMeth (For serving cells, this parameter is obtained from
UUtranCellFDD.
For
neighboring
cells,
this
parameter
is
obtained
from
UExternalUtranCellFDD)): (1) cells that support HSUPA and HSDPA; (2) cells that
support HSUPA, HSDPA and DCH; (3) cells that support HSDPA and DCH; (4) cells that
support HSDPA only; (5) cells that do not support HSUPA or HSDPA. For the cells that
support HSUPA and HSDPA, the E-DCH is used in uplink and the HS-DSCH is used in
downlink. The DPCH is used as associated channel. For the cells that support HSUPA,
HSDPA and DCH, the E-DCH or DCH is used in uplink and the HS-DSCH or DCH is
used in downlink. The DPCH is used as associated channel or allocated to users who do
not use HSUPA or HSDPA.
The service types supported by HSUPA are HSPA services if they can be carried by
HSUPA or HSDPA (HSUPA and HSDPA are equivalent as far as the services are
concerned). Otherwise, they are NHSPA services. The HSPA services should be
accepted first through E-DCH and HS-DSCH in cells that support HSUPA and HSDPA,
cells that support HSDPA only, cells that support HSUPA, HSDPA and DCH and cells
that support HSDPA and DCH (HspaSptMeth (For serving cells, this parameter is
obtained from UUtranCellFDD. For neighboring cells, this parameter is obtained from
UExternalUtranCellFDD)). If E-DCH and HS-DSCH fail to accept the services, the HSPA
services should be accepted through DCH in cells that support HSUPA, HSDPA and
DCH, cells that support HSDPA and DCH or cells that do not support HSUPA or HSDPA.
The NHSPA services can only be accepted through DCH in cells that support HSUPA,
HSDPA and DCH, cells that support HSDPA and DCH or cells that do not support
HSUPA or HSDPA.
The maximum number of cells allowed in the E-DCH active set in the process of HSUPA
soft handover is 3.
After HSUPA is introduced, the inter-RNC handover also depends on the capability of
office direction RNC to support HSUPA (RncFeatSwitchBit2) because neighbor cells
170
feature varying support capabilities (HspaSptMeth(UExternalUtranCellFDD)). That is,

only if both the target cell and target RNC (office direction RNC) support HSUPA, the
E-DCH<->E-DCH handover can be performed. Otherwise, the DCH<->DCH handover
flow cannot be originated until the E-DCH falls back to the DCH. The channel transfer is
performed along with a handover. Different channel transfer situations are described as
follows based on different handover types.
11.2
The intra-frequency handover of HSUPA includes soft add/soft drop/soft replacement of
E-DCH associated channel, E-DCH service cell change, channel type change due to
different capabilities between source cell and target cell during the handover process.
The strategy of soft add/soft drop/soft replacement of E-DCH associated channel is
described in strategy of intra-frequency handover. The E-DCH service cell change and
channel type change are special handover strategies that make HSUPA different from
the R99 (DCH) handover. The specific principles are:
1
HS-DSCH/E-DCH->DCH/DCH
The current service of the UE includes HSPA and also the HS-DSCH/E-DCH is
used before the handover. If the 1A event is triggered and the target cell supports
DCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, HS-DSCH/E-DCH is transferred to
DCH/DCH firstly, and then a soft handover is performed.
If the 1C event is triggered, the cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH/E-DCH service

cell and also the target cell supports DCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH,
HS-DSCH/E-DCH is transferred to DCH/DCH firstly, and then a soft handover is
performed.
If the 1D event is triggered, the best cell changes from HS-DSCH/E-DCH service
cell to a cell that does not support HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of intra-frequency
hard handover with HS-DSCH/E-DCH transferring to DCH/DCH is made.
DCH/DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
171
The current service of the UE includes HSPA and also the DCH/DCH is used before
the handover. If the 1D event triggers intra-frequency hard handover and the target
cell supports acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of intra-frequency
hard handover with DCH/DCH transferring to HS-DSCH/E-DCH is made.
The current service of the UE includes HSPA, the current channel type is DCH/DCH,
and also the best cell in the active set supports HSDPA. If the downlink or uplink
traffic increases to trigger the 4A event (refer to ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm
Feature Guide for details), a decision of handover from DCH/DCH to
HS-DSCH/E-DCH is made.
HS-DSCH/E-DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
If the 1D event triggers intra-frequency hard handover and the target cell supports
acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of intra-frequency hard handover
together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH service cell change is made. Refer to 2.1.2
Intra-frequency Hard Handover for the scenario where the intra-frequency hard
handover is triggered.
If the link to be deleted for 1B event triggering/radio link failure happens to be the
service cell of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, and also there are cells in the active set that
support acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of soft handover
together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH service cell change is made. If the 1C/1D event
triggers soft handover, the cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH/E-DCH service cell
and also the cells in the new active set support acceptance through
HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of soft handover together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH
change is made.
HS-DSCH/E-DCH->HS-DSCH/DCH
The current service of the UE includes HSPA and also the HS-DSCH/E-DCH is
used before the handover. If the 1A event is triggered, and the target cell supports
HS-DSCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, HS-DSCH/E-DCH is transferred to
HS-DSCH/DCH firstly, and then a soft handover is performed.
If the 1C event is triggered, the cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH/E-DCH service

cell and also the target cell supports HS-DSCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH,
172
HS-DSCH/E-DCH is transferred to HS-DSCH/DCH firstly, and then a soft handover

is performed.
If the 1D event is triggered, the best cell changes from HS-DSCH/E-DCH service
cell to a cell that supports HS-DSCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision
of
intra-frequency
hard
handover
with
HS-DSCH/E-DCH
transferring
to
HS-DSCH/DCH is made.
5
HS-DSCH/DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
The current service of the UE includes HSPA service and also the HS-DSCH/DCH
is used before the handover. If the 1D event is triggered, the best cell changes from
HS-DSCH/DCH service cell to a cell that supports HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of
intra-frequency
hard
handover
with
HS-DSCH/DCH
transferring
to
HS-DSCH/E-DCH is made.
11.3
The conditions for triggering the inter-frequency handover of HSPA are described in
inter-frequency handover strategy. The HS-DSCH service cell change or channel type
change always happens in the handover process. The principles are as follow:
1
HS-DSCH/E-DCH->DCH/DCH
The current service of the UE includes HSPA and also the HS-DSCH/E-DCH is used
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell does not support
acceptance
through
HS-DSCH/E-DCH
or
HS-DSCH/DCH,
decision
of
inter-frequency hard handover with HS-DSCH/E-DCH transferring to DCH/DCH is

made.
2
DCH/DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
The current service of the UE includes HSPA and also the DCH/DCH is used before
the handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter-frequency handover
acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of inter-frequency hard handover
173
with DCH/DCH transferring to HS-DSCH/E-DCH is made.

3
HS-DSCH/E-DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
with HS-DSCH/E-DCH service cell change is made.
HS-DSCH/E-DCH->HS-DSCH/DCH
acceptance through HS-DSCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of
inter-frequency
hard
handover
with
HS-DSCH/E-DCH
transferring
to
HS-DSCH/DCH is made.
5
HS-DSCH/DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
The current service of the UE includes HSPA and also the HS-DSCH/DCH is used
with HS-DSCH/DCH transferring to HS-DSCH/E-DCH is made.
Handover of HS-DSCH between Iur interfaces

For the hard handover of E-DCH between Iur interfaces, the handover strategy is
the same as the handover inside the RNC if the target cell supports E-DCH. But if
the target cell does not support E-DCH, the E-DCH should fall back to DCH first, and
then the hard handover between lur interfaces and redirection flow can be
performed.
174
11.4
Inter-RAT Handover
1
UTRAN->GSM/GERAN/LTE
The HSPA service is included, and then the same handover flow as that for between
R99 systems is performed.
GSM/GERAN/LTE-> UTRAN
Similar to the handover between R99 systems, if the target cell support
HS-DSCH/E-DCH, the service is established directly on HS-DSCH/E-DCH.
12
MBMS-related special strategy

After the MBMS is introduced, the cell type (MbmsSuptInd(UUtranCellFDD)) can be
defined as follows:
12.1
Cells that do not support MBMS (Not Support).
Cells that support both MBMS and non-MBMS (Support MBMS and not MBMS).
Cells that support MBMS only (Only Support MBMS).
1
The soft add strategy does not consider whether the soft add cell belongs to the
service area or whether it supports the MBMS in the case of 1A/1C soft add. That is,
the strategy is similar to that for the non-MBMS case.
1B/1C or the link is deleted due to radio link failure:
For the MBMS service that has set up p-t-p bearer but the link is deleted, if the best
cell does not belong to MBMS service area, the best cell does not support the
MBMS service, the best cell has set up the p-t-m bearer, or the best cell is not the
convergence carrier of the service, then p-t-p RB is released.
175
For the MBMS service that has not set up p-t-p bearer but the MBMS service
connection already exists, the best cell belongs to MBMS service area, the best cell
supports the MBMS service, the bearer type strategy needs to set up the p-t-m
bearer and the carrier can set up the bearer of the service, then p-t-p RB is set up.
The principle of the type change in the bearer of the MBMS service in the active set
under the macro diversity.
Table 12-1
Table of Principle
Bearer Change Type
Cell Type
Principles of Change
Best cell
Delete the p-t-p
Non best cell
No change
p-t-p->p-t-m
Set up p-t-p: If the channel of the service is DCH,
Best cell
p-t-m ->p-t-p
then set up p-t-p for all cells in the active set. If the
channel of the service is HS-DSCH, then set up
p-t-p in the best cell.
Non best cell
No change
To avoid ping-pong switch between p-t-p and p-t-m, a time threshold (T1d(UHspa)) is
configured and any switchover should occur at an interval longer than this threshold.
12.2
When the UE reports MBMS MODIFIED REQUEST and the information of MBMS
preferred frequency request is carried,
1
If the target carrier comes with a cell with the same coverage (included: the
expected frequency layer cell includes the current working frequency cell) and the
cell belongs to the service area and supports the MBMS, and also the target cell is
able to allocate the resource of currently established dedicated bearer, then the cell
with the same coverage at the frequency layer can be taken as the target cell to
perform the hard handover.
If the target carrier does not come with a cell with the same coverage (included), the
neighbor cell of the current cell in the UEs active set includes the neighbor cell
176
(neighboring or being included) that is at the MBMS preferred frequency layer

corresponding to the MBMS service expected to be received and the neighbor cell
belongs to the service area and supports MBMS, then inter-frequency measurement
2A/2B/2C is started for UE. When the 2A/2B/2C event reported by the UE is
received, the cells that do not support MBMS are screened out and a proper cell is
taken for the hard handover.
No treatment is performed if the UE does not carry the information of MBMS preferred
frequency request in the MBMS MODIFIED REQUEST.
13
Parameters and Configurations
13.1
Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
13.1.1
Parameter List
No.
Field Name
Name on the Interface
1.
MeasPrio
Measurement Priority of Neighboring Cell
2.
DetSetHoSwch
Detected Set Handover Switch
3.
RptRange
[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVE
Reporting Range Constant for Event 1A/1B
NT] (UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
4.
RptRange
[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVE
NT]
(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
5.
RptRange
[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVE
NT] (UIntraRscpEvMeas)
6.
RptRange
[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVE
NT]
(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
7.
W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EV
ENT] (UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
Weight for Event 1A/1B
177
8.
W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EV
ENT]
9.
W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EV
ENT] (UIntraRscpEvMeas)
10.
W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EV
ENT]
11.
Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_M
EAS_EVENT]
Hysteresis
(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
12.
EAS_EVENT]
Hysteresis
13.
EAS_EVENT]
Hysteresis
(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
14.
EAS_EVENT]
Hysteresis
15.
FilterCoeff(UIntraEcNoEvM
eas)
16.
FilterCoeff(UIntraEcNoEvM
easForD)
17.
FilterCoeff(UIntraEcNoPrd
Meas)
18.
FilterCoeff(UIntraRscpEvM
eas)
19.
FilterCoeff(UIntraRscpEvM
easForD)
20.
FilterCoeff(UIntraRscpPrdM
eas)
21.
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
TrigTime[MAX_INTRA_ME
AS_EVENT]
Time to Trigger
(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
178
22.
AS_EVENT]
Time to Trigger
23.
AS_EVENT]
Time to Trigger
(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
24.
AS_EVENT]
Time to Trigger
25.
PrdRptAmount(UIntraEcNo
PrdMeas)
26.
PrdRptAmount(UIntraRscp
PrdMeas)
27.
PrdRptInterval(UIntraEcNo
PrdMeas)
28.
PrdRptInterval(UIntraRscp
PrdMeas)
29.
CellIndividualOffset(UUtran
CellFDD)
30.
CellIndivOffset(UUtranRelat
ion)
31.
Amount of reporting in Period Report Criteria
Amount of reporting in Period Report Criteria
Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria
Cell individual offset
RptDeactThr(UIntraEcNoEv
Reporting Deactivation Threshold for Event
Meas)
1A
RptDeactThr(UIntraEcNoEv
MeasForD)
1A
RptDeactThr(UIntraRscpEv
Meas)
1A
RptDeactThr(UIntraRscpEv
MeasForD)
1A
RplcActThr
Replacement Activation Threshold for Event
(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
1C and 1J
RplcActThr
Replacement Activation Threshold for Event
(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
1C and 1J
37.
profileId(UIntraMeasProfile)
Profile Id
38.
profileId(UUeIntMeasProfile
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
Profile Id
179
39.
ref1UIntraMeasProfile
Used Intra-frequency Measurement Profile
40.
refUUeIntMeasProfile
Used UE Internal Measurement Profile
41.
IntraMeasCfgNo(UIntraEcN
Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration
oEvMeas)
Index
oEvMeasForD)
Index
oPrdMeas)
Index
IntraMeasCfgNo(UIntraRsc
pEvMeas)
Index
pEvMeasForD)
Index
pPrdMeas)
Index
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
MeaEvtId[MAX_INTRA_ME
AS_EVENT]
Intra-frequency Event Identity
(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
48.
MeaEvtId[MAX_INTRA_ME
AS_EVENT]
Intra-frequency Event Identity
(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
49.
srvCategory
Service and Bearer Type Used for

Differentiating Handover Configuration
50.
IntraMeasCfgNote
Function of Configuration Parameters
51.
MeasEvtNum
Event Number of Intra-frequency
(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
Measurement
MeasEvtNum
Event Number of Intra-frequency
(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
Measurement
52.
53.
ThreshUsedFreq[MAX_INT
RA_MEAS_EVENT]
(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
54.
ThreshUsedFreq[MAX_INT
RA_MEAS_EVENT]
(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
55.
StateMode(UUtranRelation)
Threshold of the Quality of the Used

Frequency for Event 1E/1F
Threshold of the Quality of the Used

Frequency for Event 1E/1F
UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN
Neighboring Cell Configuration
180
56.
57.
IntraMeasQuan
EvtRptInterval(UIntraEcNo
EvMeas)
58.
EvtRptInterval(UIntraEcNo
EvMeasForD)
59.
EvtRptInterval(UIntraRscpE
vMeas)
60.
EvtRptInterval(UIntraRscpE
vMeasForD)
61.
EvtRptAmount(UIntraEcNo
EvMeas)
62.
EvtRptAmount(UIntraEcNo
EvMeasForD)
63.
EvtRptAmount(UIntraRscp
EvMeas)
64.
EvtRptAmount(UIntraRscp
EvMeasForD)
UTRAN Measurement Quantity for

Intra-frequency Measurements
Reporting Interval for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J
Amount of Reporting for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J
65.
PcpichPwrPre
Primary CPICH Power Configuration Tag
66.
primaryCpichPower
Primary CPICH Power
67.
rlRefTimeAjtSw
68.
TimeDelay
69.
ATimeDelay(UExternalUtra
nCellFDD)
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
RncFeatSwitchBit4
NrtMaxUlRateDch
NrtMaxDlRateDch
RtMaxUlRateDch
RtMaxDlRateDch
RtMaxRateEdch
Switch for RL Reference Time Adjust During

Diversity Mode
Transport Time Delay(NodeB)
Transport Time Delay
NotSupport/Support Hard Handover DSCR
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS
RAB in Serving Cell
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS
RAB in Serving Cell
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS
RAB in Serving Cell
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS
RAB in Serving Cell
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB
in Serving Cell
181
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
NrtMaxRateEdch
NrtMaxUlRateDchD
NrtMaxDlRateDchD
RtMaxUlRateDchD
RtMaxDlRateDchD
NrtMaxRateEdchD
RtMaxRateEdchD
Cs64Switch
AdjCs64Switch
NbrCellMonSupInd
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS

RAB in Serving Cell
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS
RAB in External UTRAN Cell
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB
in External UTRAN Cell
Switch of CS 64kbps Establishment
Switch of CS 64kbps Establishment for
External UTRAN Cell
Neighbouring Cell Monitoring Support
Indicator
UeIntMCfgNo(URlEvtRttUeI
UE Internal Measurement Configuration
nt)
Index
87.
The Time Threshold that the RNC May

TResndMeaCtrlRel
Resend the MEASUREMENT CONTROL

RELEASE
88.
TxRxTDThres[MAX_UE_IN
UE Rx-Tx Time Difference Threshold
TER_MEAS_EVENT]
(URlEvtRttUeInt)
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
AddNRLSHOSwch
IntraHoEcNoThrd
IntraHoRscpThrd
HOCELSELSCENE
TWAITACTSETUPCMP
Adding New Radio Link Judgement Switch

Cpich Ec/No Minimum Threshold for
Intra-Frequency Handover
Cpich Rscp Minimum Threshold for
Intra-Frequency Handover
Mobility Configuration Scene
Waiting time length for ACTIVE SET
UPDATE COMPLETE(100ms)
182
94.
MeasRptTrMod(URlEvtRttU
eInt)
95.
FilterCoeff(URlEvtRttUeInt)
Filter coefficient
96.
MeaEvtId(URlEvtRttUeInt)
97.
TrigTime[MAX_UE_INTER
Time to Trigger
_MEAS_EVENT]
(URlEvtRttUeInt)
98.
99.
100.
101.
MeasEvtNum(URlEvtRttUeI
Maximum Event Number of UE Internal
nt)
Measurement
RncFeatSwitchBit18
NotSupport/Support PS(0 Kbps /0 Kbps)

NotProcess/Process 1A/1C/1D Event of
RncFeatSwitchBit15
DRNC's Cell
NotUse/Use DSCR for PS Service When UE
RncFeatSwitchBit7
all RLs Have Moved to DRNC
102.
Switch of RNC Send RL SETUP and ACTIVE

SET UPDATE parallel when Soft Add
ParallelSoftHO
Handover
103.
104.
105.
Event 1A/1C/1D of DRNCs Cells for CS
CsIntraEvtSwch
Service Strategy Switch

NotProcess/Process Intra-Frequency Events
RncFeatSwitchBit16
of DRNC's Cell in RRC Procedure
intialHoCelSelScene(UIntra
MeasProfile)
106.
EnhanceHoSwch
Enhanced Handover Switch
107.
CResPara5
Cell Reserved Parameter 5
108.
gRESPARA47
Global Reserved Parameter 47
13.1.2
Parameter Configurations
13.1.2.1
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->UTRAN
Cell->Adjacent Relation Configuration->Neighbouring Cell
183
Parameter configuration
This parameter indicates the measurement priority of the neighbouring cell. The priority
of the neighbouring cell can be set to 0, 1, or 2, of which, 0 represents the highest priority
and 2 represents the lowest priority. The priority of the neighbouring is set by the
configuration personnel according to the signal strength and distance of the neighboring
cell.
The neighbouring cells with the priority ranked the 33
rd
or after are placed in the
neighboring cell reservation list. When the number of cells in the neighbouring cell list is
less than 32, the cell(s) with higher priority in the neighbouring cell reservation list are
placed to the neighbouring cell list.
13.1.2.2
Detected Set Handover Switch
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->UTRAN Cell
The measurement control message that contains the detected set information is sent
only when the DetSetHO switch of the best cell in the current active set is set to 1 and the
current number of intra-frequency neighbouring cells is less than 32.
13.1.2.3
Reporting Range Constant for Event 1A/1B(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
Configuration->Measurement
Profile->Intra-frequency
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Service
Configuration->Intra-frequency
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
Category->UEIntra-frequency Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No
Event 1A is easier to be triggered when the reporting range constant for event 1A is set to
a larger value; and vice verse.
184
Event 1B is easier to be triggered when the reporting range constant for event 1B is set
to a smaller value; and vice verse.
13.1.2.4
Reporting Range Constant for Event 1A/1B(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Measurement
Unrelated
to
Traffic
Category->Detected Set Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No
13.1.2.5
Reporting Range Constant for Event 1A/1B(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
Category->UEIntra-frequency Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP
185
13.1.2.6
Reporting Range Constant for Event 1A/1B(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
Category->Detected Set Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP
13.1.2.7
Weight for Event 1A/1B(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter is used for the quality judgment of event 1A and 1B. This parameter
indicates the weight of the best cell in the quality judgment and is related to the
measurement quantity and the event type.
See the description of the formula for triggering event 1A/1B in section 4.3 for the effects
of this parameter on the quality judgment.
13.1.2.8
Weight for Event 1A/1B(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
OMC path
186
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.9
Weight for Event 1A/1B(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.10
Weight for Event 1A/1B(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
187
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
to
Traffic
13.1.2.11
Hysteresis(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the hysteresis when judging whether to trigger the event. This
parameter avoids the change of the trigger status due to very small change. This
parameter is related to the measurement quantity and the event type.
If a small hysteresis is configured, the corresponding event will be reported in a higher
probability; and vice versa.
13.1.2.12
Hysteresis(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
188
13.1.2.13
Hysteresis(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.14
Hysteresis(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
189
13.1.2.15
Filter Coefficient(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the filtering factor that the UE performs the L3 filtering on the
measurement results of the intra-frequency measurement. The smaller the value of the
filtering factor is, the larger effect the current measurement result will have on the
measurement result reported to RNC (periodical report) or the judgment (event report).
13.1.2.16
Filter Coefficient(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
190
13.1.2.17
Filter Coefficient(UIntraEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
Category->UEIntra-frequency Period Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No
13.1.2.18
Filter Coefficient(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.19
Filter Coefficient(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
OMC path
191
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.20
Filter Coefficient(UIntraRscpPrdMeas)
OMC path
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
Category->UEIntra-frequency Period Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP
13.1.2.21
Time to Trigger(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
192
This parameter indicates the time difference between the time that the event generation
is detected and the time that the event is reported. The event is triggered and the
measurement report is reported only when the event generation is detected and still
meets the requirements of event triggering after Time to trigger.
The larger the value is, the stricter the judgment is for the event to be triggered. The
parameter should be configured according to the actual requirements.
13.1.2.22
Time to Trigger(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.23
Time to Trigger(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
193
13.1.2.24
Time to Trigger(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.25
Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
194
This parameter indicates the times of the periodical reports to be reported. In the case of
the UE side, the value is used for the determination of whether to report the
measurement report in reporting the periodical report. If the UE detects that the times of
event reporting exceeds the value of Amount of reporting, the UE stops reporting the
measurement results.
13.1.2.26
Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Measurement
Unrelated
to
Traffic
13.1.2.27
Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the interval of periodical reporting specified in the periodical
195
reporting criteria. In the case of the periodical reporting, the UE reports the measurement
reports in the period indicated by the parameter.
13.1.2.28
Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
reporting criteria. In the case of the periodical reporting, the UE reports the measurement
reports in the period indicated by the parameter.
13.1.2.29
Cell individual offset(UUtranCellFDD)
OMC path
This parameter defines the individual offset of cells in the active set relative to other cells.
When the value is positive, a positive value is added to the measurement result. If the
value is negative, a negative value is added to the measurement result. Refer to the
description of the formula for triggering event 1B/1C/1d in section 4.3 for the effect of this
parameter on the measurement report.
Through the configuration of the individual offset of a single cell, the trigger difficulty of
the cell can be adjusted to meet the practical requirements of network planning without
the need to modify the global handover parameters.
196
13.1.2.30
Cell individual offset(UUtranRelation)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter defines the individual offset of cells outside the active set relative to other
cells. When the value is positive, a positive value is added to the measurement result. If
the value is negative, a negative value is added to the measurement result. Refer to the
description of the formula for triggering event 1A/1C/1d in section 4.3 for the effect of this
parameter on the measurement report.
the cell can be adjusted to meet the practical requirements of network planning without
the need to modify the global handover parameters.
13.1.2.31
Reporting Deactivation Threshold for Event 1A(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the maximum number of the cells allowed in the active set.
When the UE detects that one cell in the monitoring set satisfies the trigger threshold of
event 1A, it determines whether the number of the cells in the current active set greater
than the value indicated by this parameter at first. If yes, the event 1A is not triggered.
13.1.2.32
Reporting Deactivation Threshold for Event 1A(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
OMC path
197
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.33
Reporting Deactivation Threshold for Event 1A(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.34
Reporting Deactivation Threshold for Event 1A(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
198
13.1.2.35
Replacement Activation Threshold for Event 1C and

1J(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the minimum number of the cell allowed in the DCH active set
when triggering event 1C or in the E-DCH active set when triggering event 1j. When the
UE detects that the measurement result of a cell satisfies the trigger threshold of event
1c/1j, it first judges whether the number of cells in the current active set is smaller than
the value indicated by this parameter. If yes, event 1C/1j is not triggered.
13.1.2.36
Replacement Activation Threshold for Event 1C and

1J(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
199
This parameter indicates the minimum number of the cell allowed in the DCH active set
when triggering event 1C or in the E-DCH active set when triggering event 1j. When the
UE detects that the measurement result of a cell satisfies the trigger threshold of event
1c/1j, it first judges whether the number of cells in the current active set is smaller than
the value indicated by this parameter. If yes, event 1C/1j is not triggered.
13.1.2.37
Profile Id(UIntraMeasProfile)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Measurement Configuration->Intra-frequency Measurement Profile
This parameter indicates the intra-frequency measurement profile identity.
13.1.2.38
Profile Id(UUeIntMeasProfile)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Measurement Configuration-> UE Internal Measurement Profile
This parameter indicates the UE internal measurement profile identity.
13.1.2.39
Used Intra-frequency Measurement Profile
OMC path
This parameter indicates the used intra-frequency measurement profile.
200
13.1.2.40
OMC path
This parameter indicates the used UE internal measurement profile.
13.1.2.41
Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
Each intra-frequency measurement configuration with different measurement purpose

and measurement quantity is assigned with a unique intra-frequency measurement
configuration index. This parameter indicates the index of the intra-frequency
measurement configuration. This configuration index is cited in the table Intra-frequency
measurement configuration relationship of the service type-related UE.
That
is,
the
parameter
Intra-frequency
Measurement
Profile
Identity(namely
profileId(UIntraMeasProfile)) is cited in the advanced parameter of the serving cell and

different Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Indexes (namely IntraMeasCfgNo)
can be selected aiming at the specific service type, measurement purpose, and
measurement quantity. Hence, this parameter can be used to meet the various
requirements of network planning.
13.1.2.42

Index(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
OMC path
201
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic

That
is,
the
parameter
Intra-frequency
Measurement
Profile
Identity(namely

13.1.2.43
Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UIntraEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic

202
That
is,
the
parameter
Intra-frequency
Measurement
Profile
Identity(namely

13.1.2.44
Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic

That
is,
the
parameter
Intra-frequency
Measurement
Profile
Identity(namely

13.1.2.45

Index(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
OMC path
203
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic

That
is,
the
parameter
Intra-frequency
Measurement
Profile
Identity(namely

13.1.2.46
Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UIntraRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic

204
That
is,
the
parameter
Intra-frequency
Measurement
Profile
Identity(namely

13.1.2.47
Intra-frequency Event Identity(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the identity of the event triggered by the intra-frequency
measurement (1A~1D).
13.1.2.48
Intra-frequency Event Identity(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the identity of the event triggered by the intra-frequency
measurement (1A~1D).
205
13.1.2.49
Service and Bearer Type Used for Differentiating Handover Configuration
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Profile->Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Related to Traffic Category
All the services are classified into eight categories according to the real-time attribute of
services, channel type, and service quantity. This parameter indicates the service and
bearer type. The handover parameters can be configured flexibly for different scenarios
and the parameters may have different handover triggering thresholds and hysteresis.
The value 0xff (Not Related to Service Type) is exclusive used in the measurement of
the detected set.
13.1.2.50
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the purpose and functions of the set of intra-frequency
measurement configuration parameters.
13.1.2.51
Event Number of Intra-frequency Measurement(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
206
This parameter indicates the number of events that should be configured for the set of
the intra-frequency measurement parameters for a certain purpose. The value is related
to the purpose of the measurement and the judgment method and the algorithm of the
soft handover.
13.1.2.52
Event Number of Intra-frequency Measurement(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the number of events that should be configured for the set of
the intra-frequency measurement parameters for a certain purpose. The value is related
to the purpose of the measurement and the judgment method and the algorithm of the
soft handover.
13.1.2.53
Threshold of the Quality of the Used Frequency for Event

1E/1F(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the absolute threshold used for judging event 1e/1f by using
carrier frequency.
207
13.1.2.54
Threshold of the Quality of the Used Frequency for Event

1E/1F(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the absolute threshold used for judging event 1e/1f by using
carrier frequency.
13.1.2.55
UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN Neighboring Cell Configuration
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the UE status used for the neighboring cell. When the
neighbouring cell is configured by the status, the neighbouring cell list used for
reselection in non-dedicated mode and the neighbouring cell list used for handover in
dedicated mode are differentiated as follows:
When SIB11/SIB12/SIB11bis is to be sent, the UE selects the cell whose state is only
cell selection/reselection or cell selection/reselection and handover from the
neighboring cells list and fills in SIB11/SIB12/SIB11bis;
When the measurement control message is to be sent, the UE selects the cell whose
state is only cell handover from the neighboring cells list.
208
13.1.2.56
UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Intra-frequency Measurements
OMC path
This parameter indicates the measurement quantity (Ec/No or RSCP) for the
intra-frequency measurement of the cell. The measurement quantity Ec/No is
recommended.
13.1.2.57
Reporting Interval for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the reporting interval for event 1A/1B/1C/1J. Once Event 1A/1C
meets the reporting range of quality standards, the UE will report Event 1A/1C
periodically (EvtRptInterval) until this event does not meet reporting conditions or the
reporting times reach the maximum allowed times (EvtRptAmount).
13.1.2.58
Reporting Interval for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
209
13.1.2.59
Reporting Interval for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Related
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.60
Reporting Interval for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
210
13.1.2.61
Amount of Reporting for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J(UIntraEcNoEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Measurement
Related
to
Traffic
This parameter indicates the reporting amount for event 1A/1B/1C/1J. Once Event 1A/1C
13.1.2.62
Amount of Reporting for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J(UIntraEcNoEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Measurement
Unrelated
to
Traffic
13.1.2.63
Amount of Reporting for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J(UIntraRscpEvMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
211
Measurement
Configuration
Related
to
Traffic
13.1.2.64
Amount of Reporting for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J(UIntraRscpEvMeasForD)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Configuration
Unrelated
Measurement
to
Traffic
13.1.2.65
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->External Resource

Configuration->External RNC Function->External UTRAN Cell
This parameter indicates whether PCPICH transmission power is configured.

PCPICH transmission power is valid when this parameter is set True. Otherwise,
212
PCPICH transmission power is invalid.
13.1.2.66
Primary CPICH Power
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates cells PCPICH transmission power, is an absolute value.
13.1.2.67
Switch for RL Reference Time Adjust During Diversity Mode
OMCR Interface
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->PLMN Relating

Configuration->Logic RNC Configuration
When the switch is closed, RNC will not send measurement control of 6F/6G to UE;
when it is open, RNC may send measurement control of 6F/6G.
13.1.2.68
Transport Time Delay(NodeB)
OMCR Interface
GUI: Managed Element->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Link Configuration->Iub

Link
This parameter indicates the Iub transport time delay, it could be 20ms/100ms/250ms.
213
13.1.2.69
Transport Time Delay(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the Iub transport time delay of external UTRAN cell. It could be
20ms/100ms/250ms.
13.1.2.70
NotSupport/Support Hard Handover DSCR
OMCR Interface
GUI: Managed Element->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Link Configuration->Iur

Link
This parameter indicates whether to use DSCR in inter-RNC handover of HSPA service.
RncFeatSwitchBit4=0: not use; RncFeatSwitchBit4=1: use.
13.1.2.71
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
OMCR Interface
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL DCH allowed in serving cell for an
NRT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.72
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
OMCR Interface
214
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on DL DCH allowed in serving cell for an
NRT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.73
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
GUI:
OMCR Interface
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Cell->Extended Info of UTRAN Cell
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL DCH allowed in serving cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.74
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
GUI:
OMCR Interface
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on DL DCH allowed in serving cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.75
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
GUI:
OMCR Interface
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
215
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on E-DCH allowed in serving cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.76
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
GUI:
OMCR Interface
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on E-DCH allowed in serving cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.77
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL DCH allowed in the DRNC cell for
an NRT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.78
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
OMCR Interface

216
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on DL DCH allowed in the DRNC cell for
an NRT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.79
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL DCH allowed in the DRNC cell for
an RT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.80
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on DL DCH allowed in the DRNC cell for
an RT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.81
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL E-DCH allowed in the DRNC cell
for an NRT PS domain RAB.
217
13.1.2.82
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL E-DCH allowed in the DRNC cell
for an RT PS domain RAB.
13.1.2.83
Switch of CS 64kbps Establishment
OMCR Interface
This parameter indicates whether establishing traffic CS 64kbps in serving cell is allowed
or not.
13.1.2.84
Switch of CS 64kbps Establishment for External UTRAN Cell
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates whether establishing traffic CS 64kbps in external UTRAN cell
is allowed or not.
13.1.2.85
Neighbouring Cell Monitoring Support Indicator
OMC path
218

This parameter indicates whether RNC supports neighbouring cell monitoring.

0 means not supported, 1 means supported,
13.1.2.86
UE Internal Measurement Configuration Index(URlEvtRttUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Measurement Configuration->UE Internal Measurement Profile->UE

Rx-Tx Time Difference Event Measurement Configuration for RL Timing Adjustment->
UE Internal Measurement Configuration Index
This parameter indicates the UE internal measurement configuration index, which is

used to index different parameter configuration sets for the UE internal measurement,
because there are several different sets of measurement values for the same set of
parameters according to specific measurement purpose, measurement quantity, etc.
13.1.2.87
The Time Threshold that the RNC May Resend the MEASUREMENT
CONTROL RELEASE
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration
This parameter indicates the time threshold that the RNC may resend the
MEASUREMENT CONTROL RELEASE.
When RNC send MEASUREMENT CONGROL RELEASE message for a measurement
ID, the time stamp will be recorded. If RNC receive the measurement report for the ID, it
will be compared between current time and recorded time. If difference between current
219
time and recorded time exceed the threshold configured, the MEASUREMENT
CONTROL RELEASE will be resent, otherwise ignore this measurement report.
13.1.2.88
UE Rx-Tx Time Difference Threshold(URlEvtRttUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

the UE Rx-Tx Time Difference Threshold
This parameter indicates the UE Rx-Tx time difference reporting threshold in chips in
event 6f/6g.
13.1.2.89
Adding New Radio Link Judgement Switch
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates whether RNC handle the adding new radio link in soft handover,
when the signal quality of new radio link is lower than IntraHoEcNoThrd or
IntraHoRscpThrd.
13.1.2.90
Cpich Ec/No Minimum Threshold for Intra-Frequency Handover
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Cpich Ec/No Minimum

Threshold for Intra-Frequency Handover
220
The parameter indicates the Cpich EcNo minimum threshold for intra frequency
handover. If reported Cpich EcNo is less than this threshold, intra frequency handover
will not be triggered.
13.1.2.91
Cpich Rscp Minimum Threshold for Intra-Frequency Handover
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Cpich Rscp Minimum

Threshold for Intra-Frequency Handover
The parameter indicates the Cpich RSCP minimum threshold for intra frequency
handover. If reported Cpich RSCP is less than this threshold, intra frequency handover
will not be triggered.
13.1.2.92
OMC path
The parameter indicates handover and cell reselection scenarios.
13.1.2.93
Waiting time length for ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE
OMC path
The
parameter
indicates
time
of
Waiting
for
CELL
UPDATE
After
RB
Setup/Reconfiguration(not for hard-handover)/Release Response Timer Expiration Start:

When the RNC sends RL RADIO LINK ACTIVATION COMMAND to the Node B or
DRNC.
221
Stop: When the RNC receives the CELL UDPATE from UE. At expiry: The RNC releases
all RRC connection of UE.
13.1.2.94
Measurement Report Transfer Mode(URlEvtRttUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the RLC mode of the UE internal measurement report.
13.1.2.95
Filter coefficient(URlEvtRttUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

Filter coefficient
measurement results of the internal measurement.
13.1.2.96
UE Internal Measurement Event Identity(URlEvtRttUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

222
This parameter indicates the UE internal measurement event identity
13.1.2.97
Time to Trigger(URlEvtRttUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

Time to Trigger
This parameter indicates the period of time during which the event condition has to be
satisfied before sending a measurement report.
13.1.2.98
Maximum Event Number of UE Internal Measurement(URlEvtRttUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the maximum event number of UE internal measurements.
13.1.2.99
NotSupport/Support PS(0 Kbps /0 Kbps)
OMC path

Link
223
This parameter indicates whether adjacent RNC supports PS0/0 service or not.
RncFeatSwitchBit18=0: not support; RncFeatSwitchBit18=1: support.
13.1.2.100 NotProcess/Process 1A/1C/1D Event of DRNC's Cell
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether to process 1A/1C/1D event of DRNCs cell or not when
CS and PS are concurrent via IUR.
RncFeatSwitchBit15=0: not process; RncFeatSwitchBit15=1: process.
13.1.2.101 NotUse/Use DSCR for PS Service When UE all RLs Have Moved to DRNC
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether to use DSCR for PS service or not when all RLs have
moved to DRNC.
13.1.2.102 Switch of RNC Send RL SETUP and ACTIVE SET UPDATE parallel when
Soft Add Handover
OMC path
224
This parameter indicates whether to process the procedures of RL ADD in Iub interface
and ACTIVE SET UPDATA in Uu interface parallelly when adding radio link in softer
handover.
13.1.2.103 Event 1A/1C/1D of DRNCs Cells for CS Service Strategy Switch
OMC path
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates whether event 1A/1C/1D of DRNCs cells is processed for CS
or not.
13.1.2.104 NotProcess/Process Intra-Frequency Events of DRNC's Cell in RRC

Procedure
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether to process intra-frequency events of DRNCs cells in

RRC procedure or not.
13.1.2.105 Mobility Configuration Scene(UIntraMeasProfile)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
225
The parameter indicates handover and cell reselection scenarios. For each scenario, the
corresponding parameters can be set as different values.
13.1.2.106 Enhanced Handover Switch
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Enhanced Handover

Switch
The parameter indicates license which to control several enhanced handover features as
follows:
1 When RNC is waiting reconfiguration complete message from UE, if RNC receives the
ACK of AM RLC, then RNC consider the UU procedure completed.
2 When the signal quality of current used frequency is bad, whether intra-frequency
handover will be performed.
3 When the signal quality of current used frequency is bad, whether HSPA serving cell
change will be performed.
13.1.2.107 Cell Reserved Parameter 5
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
The parameter is the switch of indicating whether to judge the signal quality of target cell
when 1D event is reported.0: Off, 1: On.
226
13.1.2.108 Global Reserved Parameter 47
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Global Reserved

Parameter 47
The bit14 of this parameter indicates the synchronous mode in intra-frequency hard
handover.
bit14=0, Timing re-initialised; bit14=1, Timing-maintained.
13.2
Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
13.2.1
Parameter List
No.
Field Name
1.
MeasPrio
2.
ULMaxSIR
Maximum Uplink SIR Target
3.
UlBlerHoSwch
UL BLER Switch for handover
4.
UlPwrHoSwch
UE Tx Power Switch for handover
5.
DlPwrHoSwch
DL Tx Power Switch for handover
6.
HcsPrio(UUtranCellFDD)
HCS_PRIO
7.
HcsPrio(UExternalUtranC
ellFDD)
8.
InterHoTactic
9.
FilterCoeff(UInterEcNoEv
MeasforE)
10.
MeasforG)
11.
MeasforU)
12.
FilterCoeff(UInterEcNoPrd
Meas)
HCS_PRIO
Inter- frequency Handover Tactic
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
227
13.
FilterCoeff(UInterRscpEv
MeasforE)
14.
MeasforG)
15.
MeasforU)
16.
FilterCoeff(UInterRscpPrd
Meas)
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
Filter Coefficient
ThreshUsedFreq(UInterE
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the
cNoEvMeasforE)
Currently Used Frequency for 2B/2D/2F
cNoEvMeasforG)
cNoEvMeasforU)
ThreshUsedFreq(UInterR
scpEvMeasforE)
scpEvMeasforG)
scpEvMeasforU)
Wused(UInterEcNoEvMe
Weight of the Currently Used Frequency for
asforE)
2A/2B/2D/2F
asforG)
2A/2B/2D/2F
asforU)
2A/2B/2D/2F
Wused(UInterRscpEvMea
sforE)
2A/2B/2D/2F
sforG)
2A/2B/2D/2F
sforU)
2A/2B/2D/2F
hysteresis(UInterEcNoEv
MeasforE)
30.
Filter Coefficient
MeasforG)
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
228
31.
MeasforU)
32.
hysteresis(UInterRscpEv
MeasforE)
33.
MeasforG)
34.
MeasforU)
35.
TrigTime(UInterEcNoEvM
easforE)
36.
easforG)
37.
easforU)
38.
TrigTime(UInterRscpEvM
easforE)
39.
easforG)
40.
easforU)
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
Hysteresis
Time to Trigger
Time to Trigger
Time to Trigger
Time to Trigger
Time to Trigger
Time to Trigger
Non-used Frequency for 2B/2C/2E
ThreshNoUsedFreq(UInte
rRscpEvMeasforU)
Non-used Frequency for 2B/2C/2E
WNoUsed(UInterEcNoEvM
Weight of the Non-used Frequency for
easforU)
2A/2B/2C/2E
WNoUsed(UInterRscpEvMe
asforU)
2A/2B/2C/2E
PrdRptAmount(UInterEcN
PrdRptAmount(UInterRsc
PrdRptInterval(UInterEcN
oPrdMeas)
48.
Hysteresis
rEcNoEvMeasforU)
pPrdMeas)
47.
Hysteresis
ThreshNoUsedFreq(UInte
oPrdMeas)
46.
Hysteresis
PrdRptInterval(UInterRsc
pPrdMeas)
Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
229
49.
PrdRptAmount(URatEcNo
PrdMeas)
50.
PrdRptAmount(URatRscp
PrdMeas)
51.
PrdRptInterval(URatEcNo
PrdMeas)
52.
PrdRptInterval(URatRscp
PrdMeas)
53.
ShareCover
Share Cover Indication
54.
MaxDlDpchPwr
DPCH Maximum DL Power
55.
profileId(UInterMeasProfil
e)
56.
profileId(UUeIntMeasProfi
le)
Profile Id
Profile Id
57.
refUInterMeasProfile
Used Inter-frequency Measurement Profile
58.
59.
InterMeasCfgNo(UInterEc
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration
NoEvMeasforE)
Index
NoEvMeasforG)
Index
NoEvMeasforU)
Index
NoPrdMeas)
Index
InterMeasCfgNo(UInterRs
cpEvMeasforE)
Index
cpEvMeasforG)
Index
cpEvMeasforU)
Index
cpPrdMeas)
Index
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
meaEvtId
(UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
68.
meaEvtId
(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
Inter-frequency Event Identity
230
69.
meaEvtId
(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
70.
meaEvtId
(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
71.
meaEvtId
(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
72.
meaEvtId
(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
73.
srvCategory

Service and Bearer Type Used for
Differentiating Handover Configuration
74.
InterMeasCfgNote
75.
MeasEvtNum
Event Number of Inter-frequency
(UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
Measurement
MeasEvtNum
(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
Measurement
MeasEvtNum
(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
Measurement
MeasEvtNum
(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
Measurement
MeasEvtNum
(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
Measurement
MeasEvtNum
(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
Measurement
StateMode(UUtranRelatio
UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN
n)
Neighboring Cell Configuration
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
NonIntraMeasQuan
UTRAN Measurement Quantity for

Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT measurements
83.
PcpichPwrPre
84.
primaryCpichPower
Primary CPICH Power
85.
amrIfHoSw
AMR Inter Frequency Handover Switch
86.
r99RtIfHoSw
R99 RT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
87.
r99NrtIfHoSw
R99 NRT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
88.
hsdpaIfHoSw
HSDPA Inter Frequency Handover Switch
89.
hsupaIfHoSw
HSUPA Inter Frequency Handover Switch
90.
CompMdCfgStra
Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy
231
91.
92.
IfOrRatHoSwch
Inter Frequency or Inter RAT Handover

Switch
UeIntMCfgNo(UHoEvtTP
UE Internal Measurement Configuration
UeInt)
Index
93.
The Time Threshold that the RNC May

TResndMeaCtrlRel
Resend the MEASUREMENT CONTROL

RELEASE
94.
HOCELSELSCENE
95.
txPowerThres(UHoEvtTP
UE Transmitted Power Threshold
UeInt)
96.
Accompanying Compressed
RncFeatSwitchBit9
Mode/Accompanying Dedicated Compressed

Mode
97.
HcsSupportInd
HCS Support Indicator
98.
NotActivate/Activate
Compressed Mode for CS
RncFeatSwitchBit17
Service When Radio Link
via IUR Exists
99.
intialHoCelSelScene(UInt
erMeasProfile)
100.
101.
RncUlBlerHoSwch
RncTxPwrHoSwch
RNC Switch for Handover Based on UL

BLER
RNC Switch for Handover Based on UE Tx
Power
102.
InterHoMth
Inter-frequency Handover Method
103.
IntRatHoMth
Inter-RAT Handover Method
104.
PeriodTriggerTime
Time To Trigger for Inter-frequency and

Inter-Rat Period Measurement
measRptTrMod(UHoEvtTPU
Measurement Report Transfer
eInt)
Mode(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
106.
Filter Coefficient(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
107.
measEvtNum(UHoEvtTPUeI
nt)
Measurement(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
105.
108.
UE Internal Measurement Event

Identity(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
232
109.
Time to Trigger(ms) (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
110.
GResPara14
111.
GResPara6
112.
CResPara6
113.
GResPara2
114.
GResPara5
115.
DedMeasType
116.
117.
(UNbDedMeas)
EvtAbcdefTime
Measurement Change Time /Measurement
(UNbDedMeas)
Hysteresis Time
MeasFilterCoeff
(UNbDedMeas)
118.
RptPrd(UNbDedMeas)
Report Period
119.
RptPrdUnit
(UNbDedMeas)
120.
RptType(UNbDedMeas)
121.
EvtAbTcpThrd(UNbDedM
Measurement Threshold of Event A/B for
eas)
Transmitted Code Power
122.
NbDMCfgNo(UNbDedMe
as)
13.2.2
13.2.2.1
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
The priority of a neighbouring cell can be set to 0, 1, and 2, of which, 0 represents the
highest priority and 2 represents the lowest priority. The priority of the neighbouring is set
by the configuration personnel according to the signal strength and the distance of the
neighboring cell.
233
13.2.2.2
Maximum Uplink SIR Target
OMC path
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Service Function->Power Control Profile Related to Service->Power

Control Related to Service->Power Control Related to Service and Diversity Mode
This parameter indicates the maximum target signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) of the
uplink.
When the uplink SIR is already in the maximum threshold, if certain error packets are still
detected, the power control will become invalid because the SIR cannot be further
adjusted upwards. If the UL BLER switch for handover has been opened, the RNC will
initiate the compressed mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
13.2.2.3
UL BLER Switch for Handover
OMC path
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on uplink block error rate (BLER).
When the switch is on, if the uplink BLER arrives at the threshold, RNC will initiate
compressed mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
13.2.2.4
UE Tx Power Switch for Handover
OMC path
234
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on uplink transmit power. When the
switch is on, if the uplink transmit power arrives at the threshold, RNC will initiate the
compressed mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
13.2.2.5
DL Tx Power Switch for Handover
OMC path
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on downlink transmit power. When
the switch is on, if the downlink transmit power arrives at the threshold, RNC will initiate
the compressed mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
13.2.2.6
HCS_PRIO(UUtranCellFDD)
OMC path
This parameter indicates the HCS priority level of the UTRAN cell. 7 represents the
highest priority and 0 represents the lowest priority. A cell with a higher priority often
provides a smaller coverage and a cell with a lower priority offers a larger coverage.
13.2.2.7
HCS_PRIO(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

235
This parameter indicates the HCS priority level of the neighbouring cell. 7 represents the
highest priority and 0 represents the lowest priority. A cell with a higher priority often
provides a smaller coverage and a cell with a lower priority often offers a larger coverage.
13.2.2.8
Inter- frequency Handover Tactic
OMC path
This parameter indicates the event that is used to trigger the inter-frequency handover.
The default value of the parameter is 2A, that is, the handover can be triggered when the
conditions for best carrier frequency change are satisfied.
13.2.2.9
Filter Coefficient (UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement
Profile->Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Related to Traffic Category->UE

Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No(EUTRAN)
measurement results of the inter-frequency measurement. The smaller the value of the
13.2.2.10
Filter Coefficient(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
OMC path
236
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No(GSM)
13.2.2.11
Filter Coefficient(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No(UTRAN)
13.2.2.12
Filter Coefficient(UInterEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement
Profile->Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Unrelated to Traffic Category->UE

Inter-frequency Period Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No
237
13.2.2.13
Filter Coefficient(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP(EUTRAN)
13.2.2.14
Filter Coefficient(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP(GSM)
238
13.2.2.15
Filter Coefficient(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP(UTRAN)
13.2.2.16
Filter Coefficient(UInterRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

Inter-frequency Period Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP
239
13.2.2.17
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Currently Used Frequency for

2B/2D/2F(UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

This parameter indicates the absolute threshold that should be configured for event
2b/2d/2f (used when judging the quality of the currently used carrier frequency).
In the case of event 2B, the less the threshold configured, the more difficult the event 2B
been triggered.
In the case of event 2D, the less the threshold configured, the more difficult the event 2D
been triggered.
In the case of event 2F, the less the threshold configured, the easier the event 2B is
triggered.
13.2.2.18

2B/2D/2F(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

240
been triggered.
been triggered.
triggered.
13.2.2.19

2B/2D/2F(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

been triggered.
been triggered.
triggered.
13.2.2.20

2B/2D/2F(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
OMC path
241
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

been triggered.
been triggered.
triggered.
13.2.2.21

2B/2D/2F(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

been triggered.
242
been triggered.
triggered.
13.2.2.22

2B/2D/2F(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

been triggered.
been triggered.
triggered.
13.2.2.23

2A/2B/2D/2F(UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement
243

This parameter is used for quality judgment of the currently used carrier frequency. It
indicates the weight of the best RNC in the quality judgment (only for event 2a/2b/2d/2f)
and is related to the measurement quantity and the event type.
13.2.2.24

2A/2B/2D/2F(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.25

2A/2B/2D/2F(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

244
13.2.2.26

2A/2B/2D/2F(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.27

2A/2B/2D/2F(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

245
13.2.2.28

2A/2B/2D/2F(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.29
Hysteresis (UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

This parameter indicates the hysteresis used when judging whether to trigger the event.
This parameter avoids the trigger status change due to very small change. Different
events are configured separately and the events can be configured with different values.
13.2.2.30
Hysteresis(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
OMC path
246
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.31
Hysteresis(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.32
Hysteresis(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement
247

13.2.2.33
Hysteresis(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.34
Hysteresis(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

248
13.2.2.35
Time to Trigger (UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

parameter should be set according to the actual requirements.
13.2.2.36
Time to Trigger(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

249
13.2.2.37
Time to Trigger(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.38
Time to Trigger(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

250
13.2.2.39
Time to Trigger(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.40
Time to Trigger(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

251
13.2.2.41
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Non-used Frequency for

2B/2C/2E(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

2b/2c/2e (used when judging the quality of the non-used frequency).
In the case of event 2b, the less the threshold configured, the more difficult the event 2B
been triggered.
In the case of event 2c, the larger the threshold configured, the more difficult the event 2c
been triggered.
In the case of event 2E, the larger the threshold configured, the easier the event 2E been
triggered.
13.2.2.42
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Non-used Frequency for

2B/2C/2E(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
OMC path
252
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

2b/2c/2e (used when judging the quality of the non-used frequency).
In the case of event 2b, the less the threshold configured, the more difficult the event 2B
been triggered.
In the case of event 2c, the larger the threshold configured, the more difficult the event 2c
been triggered.
In the case of event 2E, the larger the threshold configured, the easier the event 2E been
triggered.
13.2.2.43

2A/2B/2C/2E(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

This parameter is used for quality judgment of the currently non-used frequency. It
indicates the weight of the best RNC in the quality judgment (only for event 2a/2b/2c/2e)
253
13.2.2.44

2A/2B/2C/2E(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

This parameter is used for quality judgment of the currently non-used frequency. It
indicates the weight of the best RNC in the quality judgment (only for event 2a/2b/2c/2e)
13.2.2.45
Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria (UInterEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.46
Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria (UInterRscpPrdMeas)
OMC path
254
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.47
Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria (UInterEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

reporting criteria. In the case of the periodical report, the UE reports the inter-frequency
measurement results in the period indicated by the parameter.
13.2.2.48
Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria (UInterRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

255
reporting criteria. In the case of the periodical report, the UE reports the inter-frequency
measurement results in the period indicated by the parameter.
13.2.2.49
Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria (URatEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Inter-RAT
Measurement
Profile->Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Unrelated to Traffic Category->UE

Inter-RAT Period Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No
This parameter indicates the times of the periodical reports to be reported.
13.2.2.50
Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria (URatRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

Inter-RAT Period Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP
This parameter indicates the times of the periodical reports to be reported.
13.2.2.51
Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria (URatEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
256

reporting criteria.
13.2.2.52
Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria (URatRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

reporting criteria.
13.2.2.53
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter describes the neighboring relationship of the current cell and the
neighboring cell. The relationship between the neighbouring cell and the current cell may
be Neighbor, Overlap, Covers, or Contained in.
13.2.2.54
DPCH Maximum DL Power
OMC path
257
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Service Function->Power Control Profile Related to Service->Power

Control Related to Service->Power Control Related to Service and Diversity Mode
This parameter indicates the maximum downlink transmit power of DPCH.

When the downlink inner loop power control is performed, the new transmit power must
be smaller than or equal to the configured DPCH Maximum DL Power.
If the DL Tx Power Switch for Handover (DlPwrHoSwch) is open, the RNC judges the
downlink code power (DTCP) in the dedicated measurement report of the Node B. That
is, when the DTCP arrives at a certain threshold, the inter-frequency handover is
triggered.
13.2.2.55
Profile Id(UInterMeasProfile)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Measurement Configuration->UE Inter-frequency Measurement Profile
This parameter indicates the inter-frequency measurement profile identity.
13.2.2.56
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
258
13.2.2.57
Used Inter-frequency Measurement Profile
OMC path
This parameter indicates the used inter-frequency measurement profile.
13.2.2.58
OMC path
13.2.2.59
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

Each inter-frequency measurement configuration with different measurement purpose

and measurement quantity is assigned with a unique inter-frequency measurement
configuration index. This parameter indicates the index of the inter-frequency
measurement configuration. This configuration index is cited in the table Inter-frequency
That is, the parameter Inter-frequency Measurement Profile Identity (namely
profileId(UInterMeasProfile)) is cited in the advanced parameters of the serving cell and
259
different Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Indexes (namely IntraMeasCfgNo)

can be selected aiming at the specific service type, measurement objective, and
measurement quantity. This parameter can be used to meet various requirements of
network planning.
13.2.2.60

Index(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement


network planning.
13.2.2.61
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement
260


network planning.
13.2.2.62
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UInterEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement


261

network planning.
13.2.2.63
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement


network planning.
13.2.2.64
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

262

network planning.
13.2.2.65
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement


263

network planning.
13.2.2.66
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index(UInterRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement


network planning.
13.2.2.67
Inter-frequency Event Identity(UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

264
This parameter indicates the identity of the event triggered by the inter-frequency
measurement (2a~2f).
13.2.2.68
Inter-frequency Event Identity(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.69
Inter-frequency Event Identity(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.70
Inter-frequency Event Identity(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement
265

13.2.2.71
Inter-frequency Event Identity(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.72
Inter-frequency Event Identity(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

266
13.2.2.73
OMC path
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->UE
Inter-frequency
Measurement
Profile->Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Related to Traffic Category
services, channel type, and service quantity. This parameter indicates the service and
bearer type. The handover parameters can be configured flexibly for different scenarios
and the parameters may have different handover triggering thresholds and hysteresis.
The value 0xff (Not Related to Service Type) is exclusively used in the measurement of
the detected set.
Table 13-1
Service Type Related UE Inter-frequency Measurement Parameter
Configuration Default Value

Field Name
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Def
ult
ult
ult
ult
ult
ult
ult
ult
ault
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Val
e1
e2
e3
e4
e5
e6
e7
e8
ue 9
profileId(UInte
rMeasProfile)
srvCategory
0xff
UInterEcNoPr
dMeas
UInterEcNoEv
MeasforU
UInterRscpPrd
Meas
UInterRscpEv
MeasforU
267
13.2.2.74
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the purpose and functions of the set of inter-frequency
measurement configuration parameters.
13.2.2.75
Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement(UInterEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

This parameter indicates the number of events that should be configured for the index of
the inter-frequency measurement configuration for a certain purpose.
13.2.2.76
Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement(UInterEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

268
13.2.2.77
Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement(UInterEcNoEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.78
Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement(UInterRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.79
Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement(UInterRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement
269

13.2.2.80
Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement(UInterRscpEvMeasforU)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Configuration->UE
Function
Inter-frequency
Measurement

13.2.2.81
UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN Neighboring Cell Configuration
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the UE status applied to the neighboring cell. When the
neighbouring cell is configured by status, the neighbouring cells list used for reselection
in non-dedicated mode and the neighbouring cells list for handover in dedicated mode
are differentiated as follows:
270

13.2.2.82
UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT

Measurements
OMC path
This parameter indicates the UTRAN measurement quantity (Ec/No or RSCP) for the
inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements. The measurement quantity RSCP is
recommended.
13.2.2.83
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether PCPICH transmission power is configured.

PCPICH transmission power is valid when this parameter is set True. Otherwise,
PCPICH transmission power is invalid.
13.2.2.84
Primary CPICH Power
OMC path

271
This parameter indicates the value of PCPICH transmission power.
13.2.2.85
AMR Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether AMR inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
13.2.2.86
R99 RT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether R99 RT inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
13.2.2.87
R99 NRT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether R99 NRT inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
272
13.2.2.88
HSDPA Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether HSDPA inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
13.2.2.89
HSUPA Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether HSUPA inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
13.2.2.90
Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates whether inter-frequency and inter-rat compressed mode will be
configured to the UE simultaneously or not, when inter-frequency cells and inter-rat
neighboring cells exist.
0: Configure Inter-Frequency and Inter-Rat Compressed Mode Simultaneously
1: Configure Inter-Frequency and Inter-Rat Compressed Mode Individually
273
13.2.2.91
Inter Frequency or Inter RAT Handover Switch
GUI:
OMCR Interface
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates how to perform neighbor measurement if a cell has both
inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells as its neighbors.
0: Turn off Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover
1: Only Inter Frequency
2: Only Inter Rat
3: Inter Frequency is Prior to Inter Rat
13.2.2.92
UE Internal Measurement Configuration Index(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

Transmitted Power Event Measurement Configuration for Handover-> UE Internal
Measurement Configuration Index
This parameter indicates the UE internal measurement configuration index
13.2.2.93
CONTROL RELEASE
OMC path
274
13.2.2.94
OMC path
The parameter indicates handover and cell reselection scenario.
13.2.2.95
UE Transmitted Power Threshold(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
OMC path
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

Transmitted Power Event Measurement Configuration for Handover
This parameter indicates the UE transmitted power threshold in event 6a/6b.
13.2.2.96
Accompanying Compressed Mode/Accompanying Dedicated Compressed

Mode
OMC path

Link
275
This parameter indicates whether adjacent RNC supports accompanying compressed

mode or not.
RncFeatSwitchBit9=0:
not
support,
use
dedicated
compressed
mode;
RncFeatSwitchBit9=1: support.
13.2.2.97
HCS Support Indicator
OMC path
This parameter indicates whether to process the handover judgement based on moving
speed or not.
HcsSupportInd=2/3: support HCS in handover; HcsSupportInd=0/1: not support HCS in
handover.
13.2.2.98
NotActivate/Activate Compressed Mode for CS Service When Radio Link

via IUR Exists
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether to activate compressed mode for CS service when
radio link via IUR exists.
13.2.2.99
Mobility Configuration Scene(UInterMeasProfile)
OMC path
276
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
13.2.2.100 RNC Switch for Handover Based on UL BLER
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->RNC Switch for

Handover Based on UL BLER
The parameter indicates the RNC switch for handover based on uplink BLER. When the
switch is "Off", the function is turned off; when the switch is "On", judge the cell switch
UlBlerHoSwch to decide whether the function is turned on.
13.2.2.101 RNC Switch for Handover Based on UE Tx Power
OMC path

Handover Based on UE Tx Power
The parameter indicates the RNC switch for handover based on transmit power. When
the switch is "Off", the function is turned off; when the switch is "On", judge the cell switch
UlPwrHoSwch/DlPwrHoSwch to decide whether the function is turned on.
13.2.2.102 Inter-frequency Handover Method
OMC path
277
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Inter-frequency

Handover Method
The parameter indicates the inter-frequency handover method is periodical method or

event method.
13.2.2.103 Inter-RAT Handover Method
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Inter-RAT Handover

Method
The parameter indicates the inter-RAT handover method is periodical method or event
method.
13.2.2.104 Time To Trigger for Inter-frequency and Inter-Rat Period Measurement
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Cell->Extended Info of UTRAN Cell->Time To Trigger for Inter-frequency and Inter-Rat

Period Measurement
The parameter indicates interval between reception of periodical reports and triggering of
the inter-frequency or inter-rat handover. Only the neighboring cell in which the signal
quality is above a certain threshold in all periodic reports during a time equal to this
parameter can be selected as the target cell for the inter-frequency or inter-rat handover.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes
low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.
278
13.2.2.105
Measurement Report Transfer Mode (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the RLC mode of the UE internal measurement report.
13.2.2.106
Filter Coefficient (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the filtering factor that the UE performs the L3 filtering on the
13.2.2.107
Maximum Event Number of UE Internal Measurement (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the maximum event number of UE internal measurement.
279
13.2.2.108
UE Internal Measurement Event Identity (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the UE internal measurement event identity.
13.2.2.109
Time to Trigger (ms) (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the period of time during which the event condition has to be
OMC path

Parameter 14
The parameter is the switch of associated compressed mode when the UE leaves
common state. 0: closed, do not configure accompanying compressed mode; 1: open,
configure accompanying compressed mode.
280
OMC path

Parameter 6
The parameter is the penlty timer. When inter frequency handover is failed, the timer is
initialization, and RNC will not handle inter-frequency measurement report until the timer
expires.
13.2.2.112 Cell Reserved Parameter 6
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Cell->Extended Info of UTRAN Cell-> Cell Reserved Parameter 6
This parameter indicates whether RNC judge the minimu quality threshold of target cells
in inter-frequency handover. If the switch is On, when the signal quality of target cells'
quality is lower than GresPara2 or GresPara5, RNC will not perform the inter frequency
handover.
OMC path

Parameter 2
281
This parameter indicates the CPICH EcNo minimum threshold for inter frequency
handover. If reported CPICH EcNo is less than GresPara2 or CPICH RSCP is less than
GresPara5, inter frequency handover will not be triggered.
OMC path

Parameter 5
This parameter indicates the CPICH RSCP minimum threshold for inter frequency
handover. If reported CPICH EcNo is less than GresPara2 or CPICH RSCP is less than
GresPara5, inter frequency handover will not be triggered.
13.2.2.115 Dedicated Measurement Type
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Measurement Configuration->NodeB Dedicated Measurement Profile ->

NodeB Dedicated Measurement Configuration
This parameter indicates the type of dedicated measurement to be executed by Node B.

Configuration Rule: Dedicated measurement type should be chose according to the
usage of the dedicated measurement.
13.2.2.116 Measurement Change Time /Measurement Hysteresis Time
OMC path
282
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

For event A/B, this parameter is measurement hysteresis time and the measurement
hysteresis time provides the duration during which a reporting criterion has to be fulfilled
for the Measurement Reporting procedure to be triggered.
Configuration Rule: according to the measurement type and event of the dedicated
measurement.
The larger this parameter is, the more difficult to trigger the measurement event.
13.2.2.117 Measurement Filter Coefficient
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the L3 filter coefficient.

The involved factor for setting this parameter: the smoothness and real-time of
measurement report value.
Influence of this parameter: the less of the value, the less fluctuate of the measurement
report value; the larger of the value, the more real-time of the measurement report value.
Suggestion for setting this parameter: not suggested to adjust.
13.2.2.118 Report Period
OMC path
283
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the frequency of measurement report transmitted by Node B.

Configuration Rule: According to the contribution to the system load and the timeliness of
the measurement report.
The larger the value, the more contribution to the system load but the less timely of the
measurement report; the smaller the value, the less contribution to the system load but
the timelier of the measurement report.
13.2.2.119 Choice Report Periodicity Scale
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Measurement Configuration->Node B Dedicated Measurement Profile ->

Node B Dedicated Measurement Configuration
This parameter indicates the time unit of measurement report transmitted by Node B.
Configuration Rule: According to the measurement period which is determined according
to the contribution to the system load and the timeliness of the measurement report.
13.2.2.120 Report Characteristics
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

284
This parameter indicates the report characteristics of measurement results, which can be
on demand, periodic or by triggering all kinds of events.
measurement.
13.2.2.121 Measurement Threshold of Event A/B for Transmitted Code Power
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the power offset of the DPCH maximum DL power, which
defines which threshold that shall trigger event A, B for transmitted carrier power
measurement.
This parameter is a ternary array, which is fixed to the first element evtAbTcpThrd[0] for
handover control.
13.2.2.122 NbDed Measure Configuration No
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the NbDed Measure Configuration Number.
285
13.3
SRNC Relocation Parameters
13.3.1
Parameter List
No.
1.
2.
Parameter Field Name

Trelocprep
Trelocoverall

SRNC Wait Time for Relocation Preparation
(100ms)
SRNC Overall Protective Time for Relocation
(100ms)
3.
CsReDelayTimer
Timer of Relocation Delay for CS Service
4.
PsReDelayTimer
Timer of Relocation Delay for PS Service
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
RncFeatSwitchBit10
RncFeatSwitchBit11
RncFeatSwitchBit0
RncFeatSwitchBit19
12.
Support/Support
not
Involved
UE
not
Involved
Relocation for CS Service

Not
Support/Support
Relocation for PS Service

Hard-handover Without/With Relocation for CS
Service
PS Service hard-switch not together/together
with relocation
dscrInCmnToDedSwch
Switch
of
DSCR
in
Transferring
Unsuccessfully from Common Status to
CELL_DCH status
RNCFEATSWITCHBit24
Support HSPA fallback procedure

inter-frequency handover via IUR
RncFeatSwitchBit25
NotSupport/Support that the RNC forwarding

date when Relocation
13.3.2
13.3.2.1
SRNC Wait Time for Relocation Preparation
UE
GresPara48
10.
11.
Not
for
OMC path

Configuration->Iu Interface Timers and Constants Information
286
This parameter specifies the maximum time for Relocation Preparation procedure in the
source RNC after the SRNC successfully sends the RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to the CN. If the SRNC fails to receive the RELOCATION COMMAND message
within the time specified by the parameter, the timer is judged as expiry and the
relocation is canceled.
13.3.2.2
SRNC Overall Protective Time for Relocation
OMC path

This parameter specifies the maximum time for the initiation of the Iu release by the CN
after the SRNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message. If the CN fails to
initiate the Iu release within the time specified by the parameter, the timer is judged as
expiry and the SRNC initiates the Iu release instead.
13.3.2.3
Timer of Relocation Delay for CS Service
OMC path

Link
This parameter is applicable to CS services. It indicates the delay of initiating the

relocation procedure after the link at the S side is deleted.
13.3.2.4
Timer of Relocation Delay for PS Service
OMC path
287

Link
This parameter is applicable to PS services. It indicates the delay of initiating the

relocation procedure after the link at the S side is deleted.
13.3.2.5
Not Support/Support UE not Involved Relocation for CS Service
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether to support the relocation which the UE is not involved
for CS service or not.
13.3.2.6
Not Support/Support UE not Involved Relocation for PS Service
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether to support the relocation which UE is not involved for
PS service or not.
13.3.2.7
Hard-handover Without/With Relocation for CS Service
OMC path

Link
288
This parameter indicates whether hard handover can accompany with the relocation for
CS service or not.
13.3.2.8
PS Service hard-switch not together/together with relocation
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether hard handover can accompany with the relocation for
PS service or not.
13.3.2.9
OMC path

Parameter 48
This parameter bit11 indicates what moment should send Relocation Detect
message to CN in soft handover relocation procedure.
Bit11=0: when the DRNC receives a UTRAN Mobility Information Confirm message
from UE, then send Relocation Detect message to CN;
Bit11=1: When the DRNC receives a Relocation Commit message from SRNC, then
send Relocation Detect message to CN.
289
13.3.2.10
Switch of DSCR in Transferring Unsuccessfully from Common Status to

CELL_DCH status
OMC path
This parameter indicates whether RNC should execute DSCR procedure when
transferring unsuccessfully from common connected RRC status to dedicated connected
RRC status with the UE returning configuration related failure cause.
13.3.2.11
Support HSPA fallback procedure for inter-frequency handover via IUR
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Iur Link Configuration
This parameter indicates whether RNC supports HSPA fallback procedure for
inter-frequency handover via IUR. If compatibility problem between vendors exists, this
parameter should be set "1".
13.3.2.12
NotSupport/Support that the RNC forwarding date when Relocation
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Iur Link Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the RNC forwarding date when Relocation.
290
13.4
GSM Inter-RAT Handover Parameters
13.4.1
Parameter List
No.
Field Name
1.
MeasPrio
Measurement Priority of Neighboring GSM Cell
2.
RatHoTactic
Inter-Rat Handover Tactic
3.
UlBlerHoSwch
UL BLER Switch for handover
4.
DlPwrHoSwch
5.
UlPwrHoSwch
6.
Thresh(URatEcNoEvMea
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of UTRAN Cell for
sforG)
3A
Thresh(URatRscpEvMeas
forG)
3A
7.
8.
W(URatEcNoEvMeasforG
)
9.
W(URatRscpEvMeasforG
)
10.
11.
12.
MeasforG)
3A/3B/3C
ThreshSys(URatRscpEvM
easforG)
3A/3B/3C
hysteresis(URatEcNoEvM
hysteresis(URatRscpEvM
easforG)
14.
TrigTime(URatEcNoEvMe
asforG)
15.
TrigTime(URatRscpEvMe
asforG)
16.
profileId(URatMeasProfile
)
17.
profileId(UUeIntMeasProfi
le)
18.
ThreshSys(URatEcNoEv
easforG)
13.
refURatMeasProfile
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Time to Trigger
Time to Trigger
Profile Id
Profile Id
Used Inter-RAT Measurement Profile
291
19.
20.
21.
srvCategory
InterRatCfgNo(URatEcNo
EvMeasforG)
22.
InterRatCfgNo(URatEcNo
PrdMeas)
23.
InterRatCfgNo(URatRscp
EvMeasforG)
24.
InterRatCfgNo(URatRscp
PrdMeas)
25.
InterRatCfgNote
26.
FilterCoeff(URatEcNoEvM
easforG)
27.
FilterCoeff(URatEcNoPrd
Meas)
28.
FilterCoeff(URatRscpEvM
easforG)
29.
FilterCoeff(URatRscpPrd
Meas)
30.
GsmFilterCoeff(URatEcN
oEvMeasforG)
31.
GsmFilterCoeff(URatEcN
oPrdMeas)
32.
GsmFilterCoeff(URatRscp
EvMeasforG)
33.
GsmFilterCoeff(URatRscp
PrdMeas)
34.
GeranCellInd
35.
EventNum(URatEcNoEv
MeasforG)
36.
EventNum(URatRscpEvM
easforG)

Service and Bearer Type Used for Differentiating
Handover Configuration

GSM Filter Coefficient

GERAN Cell Indicator
292
37.
EventId
[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVEN
T]
(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
38.
EventId
[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVEN
T]
(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
39.
CellIndivOffset
(UExternalGsmCell)
40.
41.
42.
43.
GsmStateMode
GsmShareCover
NonIntraMeasQuan
HcsPrio
(UExternalGsmCell)

UE State Indicator Used for GSM Neighboring Cell
Configuration
UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency
and Inter-RAT Measurements
HCS_PRIO
44.
psInterSysHoSuppInd
PS Inter-System Handover Indicator
45.
DtmSuppInd
Inter-System DTM Support Indicator
46.
47.
BSCPSFeatSwitch
BSCDTMFeatSwitch
Neighboring BSC whether or not Supports PS

Handover
Neighboring BSC whether or not Supports DTM
Handover
48.
LdBsdIntSysHOInd
Loading based InterSys HO Support Indicator
49.
CellLdInfoVldTim
Duration of Valid Cell Load Info
50.
GsmUlRtLdThrd
GSM Uplink RT Load Threshold
51.
GsmDlRtLdThrd
GSM Downlink RT Load Threshold
52.
GsmUlLdThrd
GSM Uplink Load Threshold
53.
GsmDlLdThrd
GSM Downlink Load Threshold
54.
NaccSuppInd
Nacc Support Indicator
55.
HoToGsmPenTimer
Handover to GSM Penalty Timer
56.
srvBasedHoInd
Service-Based Handover Support Indicator
57.
ServHoSwch
Service Handover Switch
58.
srvHoComStra
Service Handover Combination Strategy
59.
amrRatHoSw
AMR Inter Rat Handover Switch
293
60.
r99RtRatHoSw
R99 RT Inter Rat Handover Switch
61.
r99NrtRatHoSw
R99 NRT Inter Rat Handover Switch
62.
hsdpaRatHoSw
HSDPA Inter Rat Handover Switch
63.
hsupaRatHoSw
HSUPA Inter Rat Handover Switch
64.
T4StpIfMeaActRat
Timer for Stopping Inter-frequency Measurement

and Activating Inter-RAT Measurement
65.
srvHoIndAmr
Service Handover Strategy Indicator
66.
srvHoIndCs64
67.
srvHoIndPsNRT
68.
srvHoIndPsRT
69.
amrSrvHoStra
Service Handover Strategy of RNC for AMR
70.
cs64SrvHoStra
Service Handover Strategy of RNC for CS64
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
psRtSrvHoStra
psNrtSrvHoStra
Tdatafwd
TWaitContextReq
TWaitDataFwd
76.
TWaitRelCmd
77.
UeIntMCfgNo(UHoEvtTP
UeInt)
78.
TResndMeaCtrlRel
Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS RT

service
Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS NRT
service
Maximum Time for Forwarding GTP-PDU Data in
SRNC
Waiting Timer for SRNS Context Request
Waiting Timer for SRNS DATA FORWARD
COMMAND
Waiting Timer for IU RELEASE COMMAND
UE Internal Measurement Configuration Index
The Time Threshold that the RNC May Resend the
MEASUREMENT CONTROL RELEASE
79.
HOCELSELSCENE
80.
IurgFeatSwitch
Whether Support Iur-g Signaling Procedure
81.
82.
BoardPwrOffHoTmr
intialHoCelSelScene(URa
The Waiting Timer for UE Handover When Board's

Power is Off
tMeasProfile)
83.
txPowerThres(UHoEvtTP
UE Transmitted Power Threshold
UeInt)
294
84.
RncUlBlerHoSwch
RNC Switch for Handover Based on UL BLER
85.
RncTxPwrHoSwch
RNC Switch for Handover Based on UE Tx Power
86.
measRptTrMod(UHoEvtTPU
Measurement Report Transfer
eInt)
Mode(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
87.
Filter Coefficient(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
88.
measEvtNum(UHoEvtTPUeI
nt)
Measurement(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
89.
UE Internal Measurement Event

Identity(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
90.
Time to Trigger(ms) (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
91.
RatCelInfoSwch
Inter-rat Cell Information indication Strategy
92.
rxlevNecellInd
93.
Switch of RXLEV-NECELL indication in

oldBSS_ToNewBSS
DedMeasType
94.
95.
(UNbDedMeas)
EvtAbcdefTime
Measurement Change Time /Measurement
(UNbDedMeas)
Hysteresis Time
MeasFilterCoeff
(UNbDedMeas)
96.
RptPrd(UNbDedMeas)
Report Period
97.
RptPrdUnit
(UNbDedMeas)
98.
RptType(UNbDedMeas)
99.
EvtAbTcpThrd(UNbDedM
Measurement Threshold of Event A/B for
eas)
100.
NbDMCfgNo(UNbDedMe
as)
13.4.2
13.4.2.1
Measurement Priority of Neighboring GSM Cell
OMC path
295
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Cell->Adjacent Relation Configuration->GSM Neighbouring Cell
This parameter indicates the measurement priority of the neighboring cell. 0 presents the
highest priority and 2 presents the lowest priority. This parameter should be configured
by the network planning engineer according to the actual conditions of the current
network, including the quality and geographic position of the inter-RAT neighbouring cell.
13.4.2.2
Inter-Rat Handover Tactic
OMC path
This parameter indicates the measurement event type (3A or 3C) that is used to trigger
the inter-RAT handover.
Event 3C can be triggered when the quality of the inter-RAT carrier frequency signal is
higher than a certain value. In contrast, the trigger of event 3A requires an additional
condition, that is, the quality of the carrier frequency signal of the current RAT must be
less than a certain value. Hence, the inter-RAT handover can be triggered more easily
when the parameter is set to 3C Event Trigger.
13.4.2.3
UL BLER Switch for Handover
OMC path
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on uplink BLER. When the switch is
on, the RNC will initiate compressed mode and inter-RAT measurement if the uplink
BLER quality arrives at the threshold.
296
13.4.2.4
OMC path
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on downlink transmit power. When
the switch is on, the RNC will initiate compressed mode and inter-RAT measurement if
the downlink transmit power arrives at the threshold.
13.4.2.5
OMC path
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on uplink transmit power. When the
switch is on, the RNC will initiate compressed mode and inter-RAT measurement if the
uplink transmit power arrives at the threshold.
13.4.2.6

3A(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Profile->Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Related to Traffic Category->UE

Inter-RAT Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No(GSM)
297
This parameter indicates the absolute threshold of the UTRAN cell quality that is used by
the UE to judge event 3a. The range and unit of the parameter are related to the
measurement quantity of the cells of the UTRAN system.
The smaller the value configured, the more difficult the event 3a been reported.
13.4.2.7

3A(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

Inter-RAT Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP(GSM)
13.4.2.8
Weight of the UTRAN System for 3A(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

This parameter indicates the weight of the best cell in the quality judgment of event 3a. It
is used in judging the quality of the UTRAN system in inter-RAT measurement.
298
See the description of the formula in Section 7.1 for the effect of this parameter on the
13.4.2.9
Weight of the UTRAN System for 3A(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.10

3A/3B/3C(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

This parameter indicates the absolute threshold used when judging the quality of other
RAT configured for event 3a/3b/3c. The value range and unit of this parameter are
related to the measurement quantity of the cells of other systems. At present, the
measurement quantity can only be GSM Carrier RSSI of the GSM system, which
299
corresponds to the CPICH RSCP of the UMTS system. Hence, the value range and unit
of this parameter correspond to CPICH RSCP.
The larger the value is configured, the more difficult it is to report event 3a/3b/3c.
13.4.2.11

3A/3B/3C(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

The larger the value is configured, the more difficult it is to report event 3a/3b/3c.
13.4.2.12
Hysteresis(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

300
This parameter indicates the hysteresis used when judging whether the event meets the
conditions of been triggered.
This parameter is related to the measurement quantity and the event type. If a small
hysteresis is configured, the corresponding event will be reported in a high probability;
and vice versa.
13.4.2.13
Hysteresis(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

and vice versa.
13.4.2.14
Time to Trigger(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

is detected and the time that the event is reported. The event can be triggered and
301
reported only when the event is detected and still meets all requirements of event
triggering after Time to trigger.
13.4.2.15
Time to Trigger(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.16
Profile Id(URatMeasProfile)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Measurement Configuration->Inter-RAT Measurement Profile
This parameter indicates inter-RAT measurement profile identity.
302
13.4.2.17
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
13.4.2.18
Used Inter-RAT Measurement Profile
OMC path
This parameter indicates the used inter-RAT measurement profile.
13.4.2.19
OMC path
13.4.2.20
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
Profile->Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Related to Traffic Category
303
the services, channel type, and service quantity. This parameter indicates the service
and bearer type. The handover parameters can be configured flexibly for different
scenarios and the parameters may have different handover triggering thresholds and
hysteresis.
The value 0xff (Not Related to Service Type) is exclusively used in the measurement of
the detected set.
Table 13-2
Service Type Related UE Inter-RAT Measurement Parameter Configuration
Default Value
Field Name
13.4.2.21
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Defa
Def
ult
ult
ult
ult
ult
ult
ult
ult
ault
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
Valu
e1
e2
e3
e4
e5
e6
e7
e8
e9
profileId(URat
MeasProfile)
srvCategory
0xff
URatEcNoPrd
Meas
URatEcNoEv
MeasforG
URatRscpPrd
Meas
URatRscpEv
MeasforG
Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement
304

Each inter-RAT measurement configuration with different measurement purpose and

measurement quantity is assigned with a unique inter-RAT measurement configuration.
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-RAT measurement configuration. This
configuration index is cited in the table Inter-RAT measurement configuration
relationship of the service type-related UE.
That
is,
the
parameter
Inter-RAT
Measurement
Profile
Identity
(namely
profileId(URatMeasProfile)) is cited in the advanced parameter of the serving cell and

different Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index (namely InterMeasCfgNo) can
be selected aiming at the specific service type, measurement purpose, and
network planning.
13.4.2.22
Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index(URatEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement


That
is,
the
parameter
Inter-RAT
Measurement
Profile
Identity
(namely
305

network planning.
13.4.2.23
Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement


That
is,
the
parameter
Inter-RAT
Measurement
Profile
Identity
(namely

network planning.
13.4.2.24
Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index(URatRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

306

That
is,
the
parameter
Inter-RAT
Measurement
Profile
Identity
(namely

network planning.
13.4.2.25
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the purpose and functions of the set of inter-RAT measurement
configuration parameters.
13.4.2.26
UTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

307
UTRAN measurement results of the inter-RAT measurement. The smaller the filtering
factor, the larger the effect of the measurement on the final result.
13.4.2.27
UTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.28
UTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.29
UTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatRscpPrdMeas)
OMC path
308
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.30
GSM Filter Coefficient (URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

GSM measurement results of the inter-RAT measurement. The smaller the filtering factor,
the larger the effect of the measurement on the final result.
13.4.2.31
GSM Filter Coefficient(URatEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

309
13.4.2.32
GSM Filter Coefficient(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.33
GSM Filter Coefficient(URatRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.34
GERAN Cell Indicator
OMC path
310

Configuration->External GSM Cell
This parameter indicates whether the cell is a GERAN cell.
13.4.2.35
Inter-RAT Measurement Event Number(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

This parameter indicates the number of events that should be configured for the
inter-RAT measurement configuration index for a certain purpose.
13.4.2.36
Inter-RAT Measurement Event Number(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.37
Inter-RAT Event Identity(URatEcNoEvMeasforG)
OMC path
311
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

This parameter indicates the identity of the event triggered by the inter-RAT
measurement (3a~3d).
13.4.2.38
Inter-RAT Event Identity(URatRscpEvMeasforG)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.4.2.39
Cell individual offset(UExternalGsmCell)
OMC path

This parameter indicates the individual offset of GSM cells. When the value is positive, a
positive value is added to the measurement result to be judged. If the value is negative, a
negative value is added to the measurement result to be judged. See the introduction to
inter-RAT measurement in section 7.1.1 for the effect of this parameter on the
measurement report.
312
the cell can be adjusted to meet the actual requirements of network planning, thus
avoiding the need to modify the global handover parameters.
13.4.2.40
UE State Indicator Used for GSM Neighboring Cell Configuration
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the UE status applied to the GSM neighboring cell. When the
neighbouring cell is configured by status, the neighbouring cells list used for reselection
in non-dedicated mode and the neighbouring cells list used for handover in dedicated
mode are differentiated as follows:
13.4.2.41
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the neighboring relationship of the current cell and GSM
neighboring cell, including Neighbor, Overlap, Covers, and Contained in.
313
13.4.2.42
UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT

Measurements
OMC path
This parameter indicates the UTRAN measurement quantity (Ec/No or RSCP) for
inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements. The measurement quantity RSCP is
recommended.
13.4.2.43
HCS_PRIO (UExternalGsmCell)
OMC path

This parameter indicates the HCS priority level of the GSM cell. 7 represents the highest
priority and 0 represents the lowest priority. A cell with a higher priority often provides a
smaller coverage and a cell with a lower priority often offers a larger coverage
IMSI-Based Handover Parameters
13.4.2.44
PS Inter-System Handover Indicator
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether RNC supports PS inter-RAT handover. 0 indicates not
support, 1 indicates support.
314
13.4.2.45
Inter-System DTM Support Indicator
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether the RNC supports DTM mode, that is, whether
supports inter-RAT handover both for CS domain services and PS domain services at the
same time. 0 indicates not support, 1 indicates support.
13.4.2.46
Neighboring BSC whether or not Supports PS Handover
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Link
Configuration->Iurg Link
This parameter indicates whether neighboring BSC supports PS service handover.
13.4.2.47
Neighboring BSC whether or not Supports DTM Handover
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Link
This parameter indicates whether neighboring BSC supports DTM handover.
13.4.2.48
Loading Based InterSys HO Support Indicator
OMC path
315

This parameter indicates whether the target cell load information is taken into
consideration during the inter system handover procedure.
13.4.2.49
Duration of Valid Cell Load Info
OMC path
This parameter indicates the duration of inter-sys cells load information which is valid to
use before updating.
13.4.2.50
GSM Uplink RT Load Threshold
OMC path

This parameter indicates the uplink overload threshold for RT service in GSM system.
13.4.2.51
GSM Downlink RT Load Threshold
OMC path

316
This parameter indicates the downlink overload threshold for RT service in GSM system.
13.4.2.52
GSM Uplink Load Threshold
OMC path

This parameter indicates the uplink overload threshold in GSM system.
13.4.2.53
GSM Downlink Load Threshold
OMC path

This parameter indicates the downlink overload threshold in GSM system.
13.4.2.54
Nacc Support Indicator
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether RNC supports NACC function or not.
13.4.2.55
Handover to GSM Penalty Timer
OMC path
317

When handover from UMTS to GSM is failed, the timer initiates, and RNC will not handle
inter-RAT measurement report until the timer expires.
13.4.2.56
Service-Based Handover Support Indicator
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether RNC supports handover based on service.
13.4.2.57
Service Handover Switch
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates whether service handover is allowed or not. When the Service
Handover IE is included in RAB assignment request, if the switch is open, RNC will
perform related process according to the value of Service Handover IE, otherwise RNC
will ignore the Service Handover IE.
13.4.2.58
Service Handover Combination Strategy
OMC path

Configuration->Handover Configuration Based on Service
318
This parameter indicates the service handover combination strategy in multi-RAB, and
RNC will perform related process according to the highest priority value of IE service
handover.
13.4.2.59
AMR Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether AMR inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
13.4.2.60
R99 RT Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether R99 RT inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
13.4.2.61
R99 NRT Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether R99 NRT inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
13.4.2.62
HSDPA Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC path
319

This parameter indicates whether HSDPA inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
13.4.2.63
HSUPA Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether HSUPA inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
13.4.2.64
Timer for Stopping Inter-frequency Measurement and Activating Inter-RAT

Measurement
OMCR Interface
This parameter indicates the time interval of issuing inter-frequency measurement and
inter-RAT measurement. When RNC issues inter-frequency measurement, the timer is
start. If the quality of non-used frequency is bad during the time length indicated by this
parameter, RNC will issue inter-RAT measurement if there is an inter-RAT neighboring
cell.
The larger the value is, the slower the inter-RAT measurement is initialized, and vice
versa.
13.4.2.65
OMCR Interface
320

This parameter indicates the service handover strategy controlled by RNC.

Bit=0/1: Ignore Service Handover IE for AMR Service/Apply Service handover IE for
AMR Service
13.4.2.66
OMCR Interface


Bit=0/1: Ignore Service handover IE for CS64 service/Apply Service Handover IE for
CS64 Service
13.4.2.67
OMCR Interface


Bit=0/1: Ignore Service Handover IE for PS RT Service/Apply Service Handover IE for
PS RT Service
13.4.2.68
OMCR Interface
321


Bit=0/1: Ignore Service Handover IE for PS NRT Service/Apply Service Handover for PS
NRT Service
13.4.2.69
Service Handover Strategy of RNC for AMR
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the service handover strategy for AMR.

0:should be performed(should be performed)
1:should not be performed(should not be performed)
2: shall not be performed(shall not be performed)
13.4.2.70
Service Handover Strategy of RNC for CS64
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the service handover strategy for CS64.

322
13.4.2.71
Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS RT service
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the service handover strategy for PS RT service.

13.4.2.72
Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS NRT service
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the service handover strategy for PS NRT service.
13.4.2.73
Maximum Time for Forwarding GTP-PDU Data in SRNC
OMC path

323
This parameter specifies the maximum time for GTP-PDU forwarding at the source RNC
during relocation of SRNS.
13.4.2.74
Waiting Timer for SRNS Context Request
OMCR Interface
This parameter indicates timer length waiting for SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST.
13.4.2.75
Waiting Timer for SRNS DATA FORWARD COMMAND
OMCR Interface
This parameter indicates timer length waiting for SRNS DATA FORWARD COMMAND.
13.4.2.76
Waiting Timer for IU RELEASE COMMAND
OMCR Interface
This parameter indicates timer length that waiting for IU RELEASE COMMAND.
13.4.2.77
UE Internal Measurement Configuration Index(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

Transmitted Power Event Measurement Configuration for Handover-> the UE Internal
Measurement Configuration Index
324
This parameter indicates the UE internal measurement configuration index.
13.4.2.78
CONTROL RELEASE
OMC path
13.4.2.79
OMC path
The parameter indicates handover and cell reselection scenarios.
13.4.2.80
Whether Support Iur-g Signaling Procedure
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Link
325
This parameter indicates whether adjacent BSC supports Iur-g signaling procedure.
13.4.2.81
The Waiting Timer for UE Handover When Board's Power is Off
OMC path
This parameter indicates timer length that waiting for UE handover when boards power
is off.
The value of this parameter is smaller, the time of turn off the power is shorter, and the
user experience is worse; the value of this parameter is larger, the time of turn off the
power is longer, and the user experience is better.
13.4.2.82
Mobility Configuration Scene(URatMeasProfile)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
13.4.2.83
UE Transmitted Power Threshold(UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

326
This parameter indicates the UE transmitted power threshold in event 6a/6b.
13.4.2.84
RNC Switch for Handover Based on UL BLER
OMC path

Handover Based on UL BLER
The parameter indicates the RNC switch for handover based on uplink BLER. When the
switch is "Off", the function is turned off; when the switch is "On", judge the cell switch
UlBlerHoSwch to decide whether the function is turned on.
13.4.2.85
RNC Switch for Handover Based on Tx Power
OMC path

Handover Based on Tx Power
The parameter indicates the RNC switch for handover based on transmit power. When
the switch is "Off", the function is turned off; when the switch is "On", judge the cell switch
UlPwrHoSwch/DlPwrHoSwch to decide whether the function is turned on.
13.4.2.86
Measurement Report Transfer Mode (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

327
The parameter indicates the RLC mode of the UE internal measurement report.
13.4.2.87
Filter Coefficient (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the filtering factor that the UE performs the L3 filtering on the
13.4.2.88
Maximum Event Number of UE Internal Measurement (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the maximum event number of UE internal measurements.
13.4.2.89
UE Internal Measurement Event Identity (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the UE internal measurement event identity.
328
13.4.2.90
Time to Trigger (ms) (UHoEvtTPUeInt)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

The parameter indicates the period of time during which the event condition has to be
13.4.2.91
Inter-rat Cell Inforamtion indication Strategy
OMC path
The parameter indicates whether to deal with the inter-RAT measurement report when
the value of inter-rat cell info indication in inter-RAT measurement report reported by
the UE is different from that filled in measurement control message. The value is 1, deal
with the report, the value is 0, do not deal with the report.
13.4.2.92
Switch of RXLEV-NECELL indication in oldBSS_ToNewBSS
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Extended Info of RNC
The parameter is the switch of RXLEV-NECELL indication in oldBSS_ToNewBSS when

inter-system handover to GSM. When the switch is On, GSM can find the suitable
frequency according the RXLEV-NECELL information.
329
13.4.2.93
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the type of dedicated measurement to be executed by Node B.

Configuration Rule: Dedicated measurement type should be chose according to the
usage of the dedicated measurement.
13.4.2.94
Measurement Change Time /Measurement Hysteresis Time
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

For event A/B, this parameter is measurement hysteresis time and the measurement
hysteresis time provides the duration during which a reporting criterion has to be fulfilled
for the Measurement Reporting procedure to be triggered.
measurement.
The larger this parameter is, the more difficult to trigger the measurement event.
13.4.2.95
OMC path
330
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the L3 filter coefficient.

The involved factor for setting this parameter: the smoothness and real-time of
measurement report value.
Influence of this parameter: the less of the value, the less fluctuate of the measurement
report value; the larger of the value, the more real-time of the measurement report value.
Suggestion for setting this parameter: not suggested to adjust.
13.4.2.96
Report Period
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the frequency of measurement report transmitted by Node B.

Configuration Rule: According to the contribution to the system load and the timeliness of
the measurement report.
The larger the value, the more contribution to the system load but the less timely of the
measurement report; the smaller the value, the less contribution to the system load but
the timelier of the measurement report.
13.4.2.97
OMC path
331
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the time unit of measurement report transmitted by Node B.
Configuration Rule: According to the measurement period which is determined according
to the contribution to the system load and the timeliness of the measurement report.
13.4.2.98
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the report characteristics of measurement results, which can be
on demand, periodic or by triggering all kinds of events.
measurement.
13.4.2.99
Measurement Threshold of Event A/B for Transmitted Code Power
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

332
The parameter indicates the power offset of the DPCH maximum DL power, which
defines which threshold that shall trigger event A, B for transmitted carrier power
measurement.
This parameter is a ternary array, which is fixed to the first element evtAbTcpThrd[0] for
handover control.
13.4.2.100 NbDed Measure Configuration No
OMC path
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function

This parameter indicates the NbDed Measure Configuration Number.
13.5
EUTARN Inter-RAT Handover Parameters
13.5.1
Parameter List
No.
Field Name
Thresh(URatEcNoEvMeasfor
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of UTRAN
E)
Cell for 3A
Thresh(\URatRscpEvMeasfor
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of UTRAN
E)
Cell for 3A
3.
W(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
4.
W(\URatRscpEvMeasforE)
5.
ThreshSys(URatEcNoEvMea
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of Other
sforE)
RAT for 3A/3B/3C
ThreshSys(\URatRscpEvMea
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of Other
sforE)
RAT for 3A/3B/3C
1.
2.
6.
333
7.
hysteresis(URatEcNoEvMea
sforE)
8.
hysteresis(\URatRscpEvMea
sforE)
9.
TrigTime(URatEcNoEvMeasf
orE)
10.
TrigTime(\URatRscpEvMeasf
orE)
11.
InterRatCfgNo(URatEcNoEv
MeasforE)
12.
InterRatCfgNo(URatRscpEv
MeasforE)
13.
FilterCoeff(URatEcNoEvMea
sforE
14.
FilterCoeff(URatRscpEvMea
sforE)
15.
EventNum(URatEcNoEvMea
sforE)
16.
EventNum(\URatRscpEvMea
sforE)
17.
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Time to Trigger
Time to Trigger
EventId
[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]
(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
18.
EventId
[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]
(\URatRscpEvMeasforE)
19.
ChoStraMulRatHo
Choice Strategy in Multi-RAT Handover
20.
RncPsHoLteSw
RNC Switch for PS Handover with LTE
21.
22.
23.
24.
r99RtEutraHoSw
r99NrtEtraHoSw
hsdpaEutraHoSw
hsupaEutraHoSw
R99 RT Inter Rat(EUTRAN) Handover

Switch
R99 NRT Inter Rat(EUTRAN) Handover
Switch
HSDPA Inter Rat(EUTRAN) Handover
Switch
HSUPA Inter Rat(EUTRAN) Handover
Switch
334
25.
RncSrvccSw
RNC SRVCC Switch
26.
eUtranFilterCoeff(URatEcNo
EvMeasforE)
27.
eUtranFilterCoeff(URatEcNo
PrdMeas)
28.
eUtranFilterCoeff(URatRscp
EvMeasforE)
29.
eUtranFilterCoeff(URatRscp
PrdMeas)
30.
31.
PSL2USWCHBYCS
EutranNMeasBand(UExterna
Switch of Permit PS Handover from LTE to

UTRAN Because of CSFB
EUTRAN Measurement Bandwidth
lEUtranCellFDD)
32.
EutranNMeasBand(UExterna
EUTRAN Measurement Bandwidth
lEUtranCellTDD)
33.
CelReturnLteSwch
Cell Switch of Fast Return to EUTRAN
34.
fastRetEUtranSwch
RNC Switch of Fast Return to E-UTRAN
35.
UtraSISwitch
UTRA SI Switch
36.
EutranNCblstSwch
Switch of support the EUTRAN nbr blacklist
37.
38.
StateMode(UENbrBlkList)
LdBsdEutranHOInd
UE State Indicator Used for Blacklist Cell

Configuration
Loading based InterSys HO Support
Indicator
39.
EutranDlLdThrd
EUTRAN Downlink Load Threshold
40.
EutranUlLdThrd
EUTRAN Uplink Load Threshold
41.
EutraDetectionInd
E-UTRA Detection Indicator
42.
IndoorCellInd
Indoor Cell Indicator
43.
HoToEutraPenTimer
Handover to E-UTRAN Penalty Timer
44.
sonTransReqPeriod
The period of RNC starting the SON Transfer
45.
46.
47.
48.
sonTransReqNumThrd
sonTransRespSwitch
sonTransRespNumThrd
LteCellIdenFlag
Son Transfer Request Number Threshold in

one second
Son Transfer Response Switch
Response the Son Transfer message
Number Threshold in one second
Method of Identify EUTRAN cell
335
49.
Switch of PS Service Fast Return to

EUTRAN when CS is released for Multi-RAB
MulSrvRePsHoLteSw
Service
50.
51.
EutranPsHoMode
PS Handover to EUTRAN Mode

Timer of Deactivate Compressed Mode for
PsHoLteMeasTimer
Fast Return to EUTRAN
52.
User Number with Compressed Mode

SimCompUserNum
Activation for Balance Strategy Based On

Measurement
53.
GresPara52
54.
CresPara7
55.
GresPara7
56.
PsSigForImsInd
PS Signalling RAB for IMS Support Indicator
57.
EutranFreqBandInd
EUTRAN Frequency Band Indicator
58.
Downlink EUTRAN Absolute Radio

earfcnDl
Frequency Channel Number
59.
60.
EUTRAN blacklist Neighboring Cell Number

NEutranNum
in specific Frequency
NeutranCId
Physical EUTRAN Cell Identity
13.5.2
13.5.2.1

3A(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

Inter-RAT Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH Ec/No(EUTRAN)
336
13.5.2.2

3A(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

Inter-RAT Event Measurement Configuration for CPICH RSCP(EUTRAN)
13.5.2.3
Weight of the UTRAN System for 3A(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

337
13.5.2.4
Weight of the UTRAN System for 3A(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.5.2.5

3A/3B/3C(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

338
The larger the value configured, the more difficult event 3a/3b/3c be reported.
13.5.2.6

3A/3B/3C(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

The larger the value configured, the more difficult event 3a/3b/3c be reported.
13.5.2.7
Hysteresis (URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

339
and vice versa.
13.5.2.8
Hysteresis(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

and vice versa.
13.5.2.9
Time to Trigger (URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

340
13.5.2.10
Time to Trigger(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.5.2.11
Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement


341
That
is,
the
parameter
Inter-RAT
Measurement
Profile
Identity
(namely

network planning.
13.5.2.12
Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement


That
is,
the
parameter
Inter-RAT
Measurement
Profile
Identity
(namely

network planning.
342
13.5.2.13
UTRAN Filter Coefficient (URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.5.2.14
UTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.5.2.15
Inter-RAT Measurement Event Number(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

343
13.5.2.16
Inter-RAT Measurement Event Number(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.5.2.17
Inter-RAT Event Identity(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.5.2.18
Inter-RAT Event Identity(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
OMC path
344
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

13.5.2.19
Choice Strategy in Multi-RAT Handover
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates which inter-RAT will be selected in priority for handover in
multi-RAT scenario.
13.5.2.20
RNC Switch for PS Handover with LTE
OMC path

The parameter indicates whether RNC support PS handover with LTE.
13.5.2.21
R99 RT Inter Rat(EUTRAN) Handover Switch
OMC path

345
This parameter indicates whether R99 RT inter-Rat handover to EUTRAN allowed or not.
13.5.2.22
R99 NRT Inter Rat(EUTRAN) Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether R99 NRT inter-Rat handover to EUTRAN allowed or
not.
13.5.2.23
HSDPA Inter Rat(EUTRAN) Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether HSDPA inter-Rat handover to EUTRAN allowed or not.
13.5.2.24
HSUPA Inter Rat(EUTRAN) Handover Switch
OMC path

This parameter indicates whether HSUPA inter-Rat handover to EUTRAN allowed or not.
13.5.2.25
RNC SRVCC Switch
OMC path
346

The parameter indicates whether RNC support SRVCC.
13.5.2.26
EUTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatEcNoEvMeasforE)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

This parameter indicates the value of the filtering factor is when the UE executes an LTE
measurement.
13.5.2.27
EUTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatEcNoPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

measurement.
13.5.2.28
EUTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatRscpEvMeasforE)
OMC path
347
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

measurement.
13.5.2.29
EUTRAN Filter Coefficient(URatRscpPrdMeas)
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Measurement

measurement.
13.5.2.30
PSL2USWCHBYCS
OMC path

This parameter indicates is the switch of permit PS handover from LTE to UTRAN
because of CSFB.
13.5.2.31
EUTRAN Measurement Bandwidth(UExternalEUtranCellFDD)
OMC path
348

Configuration->External ENodeB Function->External EUTRAN Cell FDD
This parameter indicates is the maximum bandwidth allowed to measure on the single
frequency of EUTRAN in inter-RAT measurement.
13.5.2.32
EUTRAN Measurement Bandwidth(UExternalEUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

Configuration->External ENodeB Function->External EUTRAN Cell TDD
This parameter indicates is the maximum bandwidth allowed to measure on the single
frequency of EUTRAN in inter-RAT measurement.
13.5.2.33
Cell Switch of Fast Return to EUTRAN
OMC path
This parameter indicates cell switch of fast return to EUTRAN for CS service based on
the EUTRAN CSFB.
13.5.2.34
RNC Switch of Fast Return to E-UTRAN
OMC path
349
This parameter is a RNC switch, which indicates whether to enable the function of fast
return to EUTRAN or not.
13.5.2.35
UTRA SI Switch
OMC path
This parameter indicates whether RNC supports the UTRA SI function of RIM.
13.5.2.36
Switch of support the EUTRAN nbr blacklist
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->UTRAN Cell->Switch

of support the EUTRAN Neighbouring cell blacklist
The parameter indicates cell switch of support the EUTRAN nbr blacklist.
13.5.2.37
UE State Indicator Used for Blacklist Cell Configuration
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Cell->Adjacent Relation Configuration->EUTRAN Neighbouring Cell Black List->UE

State Indicator Used for Blacklist Cell Configuration
The parameter indicates UE state which RNC can configure the EUTRAN nbr blacklist in
accordance with.
There are two kinds of UE state: 0, Cell Selection/Reselection; 1, Handover.
350
13.5.2.38
Loading based InterSys HO Support Indicator
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Loading based

InterSys HO Support Indicator
The parameter indicates if consider the target cell load Information during the inter
system handover procedure.
13.5.2.39
EUTRAN Downlink Load Threshold
OMC path

Configuration->External ENodeB Function->External EUTRAN Cell FDD->EUTRAN
Downlink Load Threshold
The parameter indicates the downlink overload threshold in the EUTRAN system.
13.5.2.40
EUTRAN Uplink Load Threshold
OMC path

Configuration->External ENodeB Function->External EUTRAN Cell FDD->EUTRAN
Uplink Load Threshold
The parameter indicates the uplink overload threshold in the EUTRAN system.
351
13.5.2.41
E-UTRA Detection Indicator
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->UTRAN Cell->Cell

Reselection Frequency and Priority Information->E-UTRA Detection Indicator
The parameter is the E-UTRA detection indicator. If this indicator exists and is set to
TRUE, and the UE is in CELL_PCH, URA_PCH state or idle mode, the UE may detect
the presence of an E-UTRA cell on a frequency with a priority lower than the current
UTRA cell and report the information to the NAS.
13.5.2.42
Indoor Cell Indicator
OMC path

Configuration->External GSM Cell->Indoor Cell Indicator
The parameter indicates whether the cell is indoor cell or not.
13.5.2.43
Handover to E-UTRAN Penalty Timer
OMC path

Configuration->Logic RNC Configuration->Handover to E-UTRAN Penalty Timer
When handover from UMTS to LTE is failed, the timer initiates, and RNC will not handle
inter-RAT measurement report until the timer expires.
352
The parameter is larger, next handover interval is longer, which may increase call-drop
possibility due to worsening quality. The parameter is smaller, next handover interval is
shorter and handover attempt is more frequent, which will occupy more system resource.
13.5.2.44
The period of RNC starting the SON Transfer
OMC path
The parameter indicates the period of RNC starting the SON Transfer.
13.5.2.45
Son Transfer Request Number Threshold in one second
OMC path
The parameter indicates Son Transfer Request Number Threshold in one second, is
used for controlling volume of messages.
13.5.2.46
Son Transfer Response Switch
OMC path
The parameter is the switch of response the LTE Son Transfer request.
13.5.2.47
Response the Son Transfer message Number Threshold in one second
OMC path
353
The parameter indicates Response the Son Transfer message Number Threshold in one
second, is used for controlling volume of messages.
13.5.2.48
Method of Identify EUTRAN cell
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Link
Configuration->Iups Link
The parameter indicates the Method of Identify EUTRAN cell. If SGSN do not recognize
eNodeBID of EUTRAN CELL, RNCID/LAC/RAC should be used for EUTRAN CELL, and
this parameter should be set as 1, otherwise 0.
13.5.2.49
Switch of PS Service Fast Return to EUTRAN when CS is released for

Multi-RAB Service
OMC path
GUI: View-> UMTS Logical Function Configuration->UTRAN Cell->Extended Info of

UTRAN Cell
The parameter indicates whether EUTRAN compressed mode and measurement are
initialized for PS service to provide service fast return to EUTRAN as soon as possible or
redirection to EUTRAN without measurement when CS service is released for Multi-RAB
with CSFB from EUTRAN.
13.5.2.50
PS Handover to EUTRAN Mode
OMC path
354
This parameter indicates PS Handover Mode when CS is released for EUTRAN CSFB
Multi-RAB Service. PS handover or redirection can be used based on the UE capability.
13.5.2.51
Timer of Deactivate Compressed Mode for Fast Return to EUTRAN
OMC path
The parameter indicates timer of deactivate compressed mode for Fast Return to
EUTRAN. If compressed mode is initialized due to fast return to EUTRAN, the timer
activates. When the timer expires, if event(3C) doesnt report, RNC will judge whether
compressed mode is deactivate or not based on current signal quality.
13.5.2.52
User Number with Compressed Mode Activation for Balance Strategy

Based On Measurement
OMC path
GUI: View-> UMTS Logical Function Configuration->UTRAN Cell->Extended Info of

UTRAN Cell
This parameter will be used for deciding how many users are allowed to activate the
compressed mode for Balance Strategy Based on Measurement simultaneously.
13.5.2.53
OMC path
355

Parameter 52
Bit10: This parameter indicates PS Handover Mode when CS is released for EUTRAN
SRVCC Multi-RAB Service. PS handover or redirection can be used based on UE
capability.
Bit11: This parameter is the switch of checking the UE E-UTRA Capability before
initiating the PS handover procedure from UMTS to LTE.
13.5.2.54
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Cell->Extended Info of UTRAN Cell-> Cell Reserved Parameter 7
Bit0~Bit1: When CS service is released for Multi-RAB with SRVCC from EUTRAN, the
parameter indicates whether EUTRAN compressed mode and measurement are
initialized for PS service to provide service fast return to EUTRAN as soon as possible or
redirection to EUTRAN without measurement.
Bit2: This parameter indicates cell switch of fast return to EUTRAN for CS service based
on the EUTRAN SRVCC.
13.5.2.55
OMC path

Parameter 7
356
When pre-redirection information is not indicated in RRC Connection Request, if the time
between RRC Connection Request and CS RAB establish is not greater than this
parameter, the service is indicated CSFB.
13.5.2.56
PS Signalling RAB for IMS Support Indicator
OMC path

Configuration->Logic RNC Configuration->PS Signalling RAB for IMS Support Indicator
This parameter indicates if RNC supports PS Signalling RAB for IMS.
13.5.2.57
EUTRAN Frequency Band Indicator
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Cell->Adjacent
Element
Relation
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->EUTRAN
Neighbouring
Cell
Black
List->EUTRAN Frequency Band Indicator
This parameter indicates the frequency band of the EUTRAN.
13.5.2.58
Downlink EUTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Cell->Adjacent
Element
Relation
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Neighbouring
Cell
Black
List->Downlink EUTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number
The parameter indicates the downlink E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number (EARFCN).
357
13.5.2.59
EUTRAN blacklist Neighboring Cell Number in specific Frequency
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Cell->Adjacent
Element
Relation
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Neighbouring
Cell
Black
List->EUTRAN blacklist Neighboring Cell Number in specific Frequency
Number of EUTRAN Neighboring blacklist per frequency.
13.5.2.60
Physical EUTRAN Cell Identity
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Cell->Adjacent Relation Configuration->EUTRAN Neighbouring Cell Black List->Physical

EUTRAN Cell Identity
The parameter is used to identify an EUTRAN physical cell. There are 504 unique physical-layer
cell identities. The physical-layer cell identities are grouped into 168 unique physical-layer
cell-identity groups, each group containing three unique identities.
13.6
IMSI-based Handover Parameters
13.6.1
Parameter List
No.
Field Name
1.
BasedImsiHoInd
Handover Based on IMSI Support
2.
MCC(UImsiSnacFilter)
MCC
3.
MNC(UImsiSnacFilter)
MNC
4.
imsiMatchedDgtNum
The Imsi Matched Digits Num
5.
imsiMatchedDigit
The Imsi Matched Digit
6.
SMCC
MCC of Shared Network
7.
SMNC
MNC of Shared Network
358
8.
SNAC
Shared Network Area Code
9.
MCC(USnac)
MCC
10.
MNC(USnac)
MNC
11.
LAC(USnac)
Location Area Code
12.
SNAC(USnac)
13.
MCC(UUtranCellFDD)
Mobile Country Code
14.
MCC(UExternalUtranCellF
DD)
15.
MCC(UExternalGsmCell)
16.
MNC(UUtranCellFDD)
17.
MNC(UExternalUtranCellF
DD)
18.
MNC(UExternalGsmCell)
19.
LAC(UUtranCellFDD)
20.
LAC(UExternalUtranCellF
DD)
21.
Mobile Country Code

Mobile Country Code of Neighbouring
GSM Cell
Mobile Network Code
Mobile Network Code
Mobile Network Code of Neighbouring
GSM Cell
Location Area Code
Location Area Code
SNAC[MAX_NUM_SNAC_
PER_UTRANCEL]( UExter
nalUtranCellFDD)
22.
SNACNum(UExternalUtra
nCellFDD)
23.
Shared Network Area Code Number
SNAC[MAX_NUM_SNAC_
PER_GSMCEL]( UExternal
GsmCell)
24.
SNACNum(UExternalGsm
Cell)
13.6.2
13.6.2.1
Handover Based on IMSI Support
Shared Network Area Code Number
OMC path
359

This parameter indicates whether RNC supports handover based IMSI or not.
13.6.2.2
MCC(UImsiSnacFilter)
OMC path
GUI: Managed Element ->UMTS Logical Function Configuration->Global Information

Configuration->User Authorized PLMN+SNAC Information
This parameter indicates the mobile country code (MCC) of the IMSI card. See 0 in the
text for the use case.
13.6.2.3
MNC(UImsiSnacFilter)
OMC path

This parameter indicates the mobile network code (MNC) of the IMSI card. See 0 in the
13.6.2.4
The Imsi Matched Digits Num
OMC path

360
The parameter indicates the number of IMSI digit, the maximum value of which is 15.
13.6.2.5
The Imsi Matched Digit
OMC path

The parameter indicates the digit of IMSI, including MCC, MNC and extend information.
13.6.2.6
MCC of Shared Network
OMC path

The parameter indicates the MCC of the shared network, namely the MCC of the target
location area code (LAC) that the handover is allowed in.
13.6.2.7
MNC of Shared
Network
OMC path

The parameter indicates the MNC of the shared network, namely the MNC of the target
LAC that the handover is allowed in.
361
13.6.2.8
OMC path

This parameter indicates the shared network area code (SNAC). It is defined by the
customer.
13.6.2.9
MCC(USnac)
OMC path

Configuration->LAC and SNAC Information
This parameter in combination with parameters MNC(USnac), LAC(USnac), and

SNAC(USnac) specifies a target area code that the handover is allowed in. See 0 in the
13.6.2.10
MNC(USnac)
OMC path

This parameter in combination with parameters MCC(USnac), LAC(USnac), and

362
13.6.2.11
Location Area Code(USnac)
OMC path

This parameter in combination with parameters MCC(USnac), MNC(USnac), and

13.6.2.12
Shared Network Area Code(USnac)
OMC path

This parameter in combination with parameters MCC(USnac), MNC(USnac), and

LAC(USnac) specifies a target area code that the handover is allowed in. See 0 in the
13.6.2.13
Mobile Country Code(UUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

Configuration->Logic Cell Configuration
This parameter indicates the MCC of the cells in the RNC.
363
13.6.2.14
Mobile Country Code(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

This parameter indicates the MCC of UTRAN cells that do not belong to the RNC.
13.6.2.15
Mobile Country Code(UExternalGsmCell)
OMC path

This parameter indicates in the MCC of the GSM cells.
13.6.2.16
Mobile Network Code(UUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

Configuration->Logic Cell Configuration
This parameter indicates the MNC of the cells in the RNC.
13.6.2.17
Mobile Network Code(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

364
This parameter indicates the MNC of the cells that do not belong to the RNC.
13.6.2.18
Mobile Network Code(UExternalGsmCell)
OMC path

This parameter indicates in the MNC of the GSM cells.
13.6.2.19
Location Area Code(UUtranCellFDD)
OMC path
This parameter indicates the LAC of the cells in the RNC.
13.6.2.20
Location Area Code(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMCR Interface

This parameter indicates the LAC of UTRAN cells that do not belong to the RNC.
13.6.2.21
Shared Network Area Code(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMC path
365

This parameter indicates the shared network area code that the neighboring cell belongs
to. One cell can belong to at most four SNACs (shared network area code).
13.6.2.22
Shared Network Area Code Number(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

This parameter indicates the number of shared network area code that the neighboring
cell belongs to.
13.6.2.23
Shared Network Area Code(UExternalGsmCell)
OMC path

This parameter indicates the shared network area code that the neighboring cell belongs
to. One cell can belong to at most four SNACs (shared network area code).
13.6.2.24
Shared Network Area Code Number(UExternalGsmCell)
OMC path

366
This parameter indicates the number of shared network area code that the neighboring
cell belongs to.
13.7
HSDPA Handover Parameters
13.7.1
Parameter List
No.
1.
Field Name
HspaSptMeth(UUtranCellFD
D)
2.
3.
T1d
RncFeatSwitchBit1
4.
HsdpaCmAssoMode
5.
HspaSptMeth(UExternalUtra
nCellFDD)

HSPA Support Method
Timer for Event 1D in HSPA or MBMS
NotSupport/Support HSDPA Iur Interface
Process
HSDPA Associate CM Method
HSPA Support Method
13.7.2
13.7.2.1
HSPA Support Method(UUtranCellFDD)
OMC path
This parameter indicates the support for various types of cells.
13.7.2.2
OMC path
367
GUI:
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
Configuration->Hspa Configuration
For HSPA, this parameter indicates the minimum interval required for the change of the
HSPA serving cell or the transition between the HS and DCH channels. A large value of
this parameter helps to avoid too frequent HSPA serving cell change and channel
transition.
13.7.2.3
NotSupport/Support HSDPA Iur Interface Process
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether the IUR interface supports the HSDPA feature.
13.7.2.4
HSDPA Associate CM Method
GUI:
OMCR Interface
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the association between HSDPA and CM method.

The value Serial means HSDPA service will be reconfigured to DCH cannel before the
compress mode is activated.;
The default value is parallel.
368
13.7.2.5
HSPA Support Method(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

13.8
HSUPA Handover Parameters
13.8.1
Parameter List
No.
1.
2.
Field Name
HspaSptMeth(UUtranCellFDD)
RncFeatSwitchBit2
3.
HsupaCmAssoMode
4.
HspaSptMeth(UExternalUtran
CellFDD)

HSPA Support Method
NotSupport/Support
Iur
Interface Process
HSUPA Associate CM Method
HSPA Support Method
13.8.2
13.8.2.1
HSPA Support Method(UUtranCellFDD)
HSUPA
OMC path
369
13.8.2.2
NotSupport/Support HSUPA Iur Interface Process
OMC path

Link
This parameter indicates whether the IUR interface supports the HSUPA feature.
13.8.2.3
HSUPA Associate CM Method
GUI:
OMCR Interface
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
This parameter indicates the association between HSUPA and CM method.

The value Serial means HSUPA service will be reconfigured to DCH cannel before the
compress mode is activated.;
The default value is serial.
13.8.2.4
HSPA Support Method(UExternalUtranCellFDD)
OMC path

370
13.9
MBMS Handover Parameters
13.9.1
Parameter List
No.
Field Name
1.
MbmsSuptInd
MBMS Support Indicator
2.
T1d
13.9.2
13.9.2.1
MBMS Support Indicator
OMC path
This parameter indicates whether to support the MBMS. When the parameter is set to 0
(Not Support), the cell does not support the MBMS service.
When the parameter is set to 1 (Support MBMS and not MBMS), the cell supports both
the MBMS service and the mixed R99, R5, and R6 service. In this case, the cell can
either use a separate carrier frequency for establishing the co-coverage relationship or
HSC structure with other cells, or use the same carrier frequency as the neighboring cell.
When the parameter is set to 2 (Only Support MBMS), the cell supports only the MBMS
service. In this case, non-S-CCPCHs can neither be allocated separately for users nor
exist as the DCH channel of the concurrent service. The purpose of such a cell is to
share the load of the MBMS service.
13.9.2.2
GUI:
OMC path
Managed
Element
->UMTS
Logical
Function
371
For HSPA, this parameter indicates the minimum interval required for the change of the
HSPA serving cell or the transition between the HS and DCH channels. A large value of
this parameter helps to avoid too frequent HSPA serving cell change and channel
transition.
For MBMS, this parameter indicates the minimum interval required for changing the best
cell of the MBMS service for two times caused by event 1d. This parameter helps to
avoid too frequent change between the PTP and PTM bearer types.
14
Counter and Alarm
14.1
Counter List
14.1.1
RNC Soft Handover Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C310322211
C310322212
C310322213
Statistics of soft handover prepare
C310322214
C310322215
C310322216
C310322217
Number of active set update attempted to add cell, by procedure
C310322218
C310322219
C310322220
Number of active set update failed to add cell, by procedure
C310322221
C310322222
C310322223
Number of active set update failed to add cell, by cause
C310322224
C310322225
372
C310322226
C310322227
C310322228
C310322229
C310322230
C310322231
C310322232
C310322233
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell, by procedure
C310322234
C310326690
C310326691
Number of active set update failed to delete cell ,by procedure
C310326692
C310322235
C310322236
C310322237
C310322238
C310322239
Number of active set update failed to delete cell, by cause
C310322240
C310322241
C310322242
C310322243
C310322244
C310322245
C310322246
Number of active set update attempted to add cell, by traffic class
C310322247
C310322248
C310322249
C310322250
Number of active set update failed to add cell, by traffic class
C310322251
C310322252
C310322253
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell, by traffic class
C310322254
373
C310322255
C310322256
C310322257
C310322258
Number of active set update failed to delete cell, by traffic class
C310322259
C310322260
C310322261
C310322262
C310322263
C310322264
Number of active set update attempted to add cell, by traffic class in
C310322265
DCH
C310322266
C310322267
C310322268
C310322269
C310322270
C310322271
C310322272
Number of active set update failed to add cell, by traffic class in DCH
C310322273
C310322274
C310322275
C310322276
C310322277
C310322278
C310322279
C310322280
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell, by traffic class in
C310322281
DCH
C310322282
C310322283
C310322284
C310322285
Number of active set update failed to delete cell, by traffic class in
C310322286
DCH
374
C310322287
C310322288
C310322289
C310322290
C310322291
C310322292
C310322293
C310322294
Statistics of active set update for HS-DSCH
C310322295
C310322296
C310322297
C310322298
Number of active set update attempted to add cell for E-DCH, by

procedure
C310322299
C310322300
C310322301
Number of active set update failed to add cell for E-DCH, by

procedure
C310322302
C310322303
C310322304
C310322305
C310322306
C310322307
Number of active set update failed to add cell for E-DCH, by cause
C310322308
C310322309
C310322310
C310322311
C310322312
C310322313
C310322314
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell for E-DCH, by

procedure
C310322315
C310322316
C310322317
Number of active set update failed to delete cell for E-DCH, by cause
C310322318
375
C310322319
C310322320
C310322321
C310322322
C310322323
C310322324
C310322325
C310322326
C310322327
Number of active set update attempted to add cell for E-DCH, by
C310322328
traffic class
C310322329
C310322330
C310322331
Number of active set update failed to delete cell for E-DCH, by traffic
C310322332
class
C310322333
C310322334
C310322335
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell for E-DCH, by
C310322336
traffic class
C310322337
C310322338
C310322339
Number of active set update failed to delete cell for E-DCH, by traffic
C310322340
class
C310322341
C310322342
C310322343
Number of active set update for attempted add cell with multi-traffic
C310322344
C310322345
C310322346
Number of active set update for
failed add cell
with multi-traffic
C310322347
C310322348
C310322349
Soft handover ratio
C310322350
376
C310322351
C310322352
C310322353
C310322354
C310322355
C310322356
C310322357
C310322358
C310322359
C310322360
C310322361
C310322362
Soft handover rate of E-DCH user
C310322363
C310322364
C310322379
C310322380
C310322381
C310322382
C310322383
C310322384
C310322385
C310322386
Number of UE having DCH active set cell in cell
C310322387
C310322388
C310322389
C310322390
C310322391
C310322392
C310322393
Number of UE having DCH active set cell in cell
C310322394
C310322395
C310322396
377
C310322397
C310322398
C310322399
C310322400
C310322401
C310322402
C310322403
C310322404
C310322405
C310322406
C310322407
C310322408
C310322409
C310322410
C310322475
C310322476
C310322477
C310322478
C310322479
C310322480
Number of UE having E-DCH active set cell in cell
C310322481
C310322482
C310322483
C310322484
C310322485
C310322486
C310322487
C310322488
C310322489
Statistics of active set update, by traffic
C310322490
C310322491
C310322492
378
C310322493
C310322494
C310322495
C310322496
C310322497
C310322498
Statistics of active set update, by domain
C310322499
C310322500
C310322501
C310322502
14.1.2
RNC Hard Handover Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C310336836
C310336837
C310336838
C310336839
C310336840
C310336841
C310336842
C310336843
C310336844
C310336845
Number of hard handover preparation statistics
C310336846
C310336847
C310336848
C310336849
C310336850
C310336851
C310336852
C310336853
C310336854
379
C310336855
C310336856
C310336857
C310336858
C310336859
C310336860
C310336861
C310336862
C310336863
C310336864
C310336865
C310332503
C310332504
C310332505
C310332506
C310332507
C310332508
C310332509
C310332510
C310332511
C310332512
C310332513
Number of intra-Node B hard handover statistics
C310332514
C310332515
C310332516
C310332517
C310332518
C310332519
C310332520
C310332521
C310332522
C310332523
380
C310332524
C310332525
C310332526
C310332527
C310332528
C310332529
C310332530
C310332531
C310332532
C310332533
C310332534
C310332535
Number of inter-Node B hard handover statistics
C310332536
C310332537
C310332538
C310332539
C310332540
C310332541
C310332542
C310332543
C310332544
C310332545
C310332546
C310332547
C310332548
C310332549
C310332550
C310332551
Number of SRNC Iur hard handover statistics
C310332552
C310332553
C310332554
C310332555
381
C310332556
C310332557
C310332558
C310332559
C310332560
C310332561
C310332562
C310332563
C310332564
C310332565
C310332566
C310332567
C310332568
C310332569
C310332570
C310332571
C310332572
C310332573
C310332574
C310332575
C310332576
C310332577
C310332578
Number of SRNC Iur hard handover statistics, by channel type
C310332579
C310332580
C310332581
C310332582
C310332583
C310332584
C310332585
C310332586
C310332587
382
C310332588
C310332589
C310332590
C310332591
C310332592
C310332593
C310332594
C310332595
C310332596
C310332597
C310332598
C310332599
C310332600
Number of hard handover statistics, by source cause
C310332601
C310332602
C310332603
C310332604
C310335701
C310335702
C310335703
C310335704
C310335705
Number of hard handover statistics,by inner source cause
C310335706
C310335707
C310335708
C310335738
C310332605
C310332606
C310332607
Number of CS hard handover statistics, by measurement quality
C310332608
C310332609
C310332610
383
C310332611
C310332612
C310332613
C310332614
C310332615
C310332616
C310332617
C310332618
C310332619
C310332620
C310332621
C310332622
C310332623
C310332624
C310332625
C310332626
C310332627
C310332628
C310332629
C310332630
C310332631
C310332632
C310332633
C310332634
Number of PS hard handover statistics, by measurement quality
C310332635
C310332636
C310332637
C310332638
C310332639
C310332640
C310332641
C310332642
384
C310332643
C310332644
C310332645
C310332646
C310332647
C310332648
C310332649
C310332650
C310332651
C310332652
C310332653
C310332654
C310332655
C310332656
Number of hard handover statistics, by traffic class
C310332657
C310332658
C310332659
C310332660
C310332661
C310332662
C310332663
C310332664
C310332665
C310332666
C310332667
C310332668
C310332669
Number of hard handover statistics, by domain
C310332670
C310332671
C310332672
C310336605
C310336606
385
C310336607
C310336608
C310336609
C310336610
C310336611
C310336612
C310336613
C310336614
C310336615
C310336616
C310336617
C310336618
C310336619
C310336620
C310332673
C310332674
C310332675
C310332676
C310332677
C310332678
C310332679
C310332680
C310332681
C310332682
C310332683
Number of intra-RNC hard handover statistics, by channel type
C310332684
C310332685
C310332686
C310332687
C310332688
C310332689
C310332690
386
C310332691
C310332692
C310332693
C310332694
C310332695
C310332696
C310332697
C310332698
C310332699
C310332700
C310336076
C310336077
C310336078
C310336079
C310336080
C310336081
Statistics of hard handover outgoing by siganlling
C310336082
C310336083
C310336084
C310336085
C310336086
C310336087
C310336088
C310336089
C310336090
C310336091
C310336092
C310336093
C310336094
C310336095
C310336096
C310336097
387
C310336098
C310336099
C310336100
C310336101
C310336102
C310336103
C310336104
C310336105
C310336106
C310336107
C310336108
C310336109
C310336110
C310336111
C310336112
C310336113
C310336114
C310336115
C310336116
C310336117
C310336118
C310336119
C310336120
C310336121
C310336122
C310336123
C310336124
C310336125
C310336126
C310336127
C310336128
C310336129
388
C310336130
C310336131
C310336132
C310336133
C310336134
C310336135
C310336136
C310336137
C310336138
C310336139
C310336140
C310336141
C310336142
C310336143
C310336144
C310336145
C310336146
C310336147
C310336148
C310336149
C310336150
C310336151
C310336152
C310336153
C310336154
C310336155
C310336156
C310336157
C310336158
C310336159
C310336160
C310336161
389
C310336162
C310336163
C310336164
C310336165
C310336166
C310336167
C310336168
C310336169
C310336170
C310336171
C310336172
C310336173
C310336174
C310336175
C310336176
C310336177
C310336178
C310336179
C310336180
C310336181
C310336182
C310336183
C310336184
C310336185
C310336186
C310336187
C310336188
C310336189
C310336190
C310336191
C310336192
C310336193
390
C310336194
C310336195
C310336196
C310336197
C310336198
C310336199
C310336200
C310336201
C310336202
C310336203
C310336204
C310336205
C310336206
C310336207
C310336208
C310336209
C310336210
C310336211
C310336212
C310336213
C310336214
C310336215
C310336216
C310336217
C310336218
C310336219
C310336220
C310336221
C310336222
C310336223
C310336224
C310336225
391
C310336226
C310336227
C310336228
C310336229
C310336230
C310336231
C310336232
C310336233
C310336234
C310336235
C310336236
C310336237
C310336238
C310336239
C310336240
C310336241
C310336242
C310336243
C310336244
C310336245
C310336246
C310336247
C310336248
C310336249
C310336250
C310336251
C310336252
C310336253
C310336254
C310336255
C310336256
C310336257
392
C310336258
C310336259
C310336260
C310336261
C310336262
C310336263
C310336264
C310336265
C310336266
C310336267
C310336268
C310336269
C310336270
C310336271
C310336272
C310336273
C310336274
C310336275
C310336276
C310336277
C310336278
C310336279
C310336280
C310336281
C310336282
C310336283
C310336284
C310336285
C310336286
C310336287
C310336288
C310336289
393
C310336290
C310336291
C310336292
C310336293
C310336294
C310336295
14.1.3
Cell Relocation Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C310342701
C310342702
C310342703
C310342704
C310342705
C310342706
C310342707
Statistics of attempted relocation preparation, by channel type
C310342708
C310342709
C310342710
C310342711
C310342712
C310342713
C310342714
C310342715
C310342716
C310342717
C310342718
C310342719
Statistics of attempted outgoing relocation, by channel type
C310342720
C310342721
C310342722
C310342723
394
C310342724
C310342725
C310342726
C310342727
C310342728
C310342729
C310342730
C310342731
C310342732
Number of attempted relocation preparation, by traffic class
C310342733
C310342734
C310342735
C310342736
C310342737
C310342738
C310342739
C310342740
Number of attempted outgoing relocation, by traffic class
C310342741
C310342742
C310342743
C310342744
C310342745
C310342746
C310342747
C310342748
Number of attempted relocation preparation with UE not involved for

CS domain, by cause
C310342749
C310342750
C310342751
C310342752
C310342753
Number of failed relocation preparation with UE not involved for CS
C310342754
domain, by cause
C310342755
395
C310342756
C310342757
C310342758
C310342759
C310342760
C310342761
Number of attempted outgoing relocation with UE not involved for CS

domain
C310342762
Number of failed outgoing relocation with UE not involved for CS
C310342763
domain, by cause
C310342764
C310342765
C310342766
C310342767
Number of attempted relocation preparation with UE involved for CS

domain, by cause
C310342768
C310342769
C310342770
C310342771
C310342772
C310342773
C310342774
C310342775
Number of failed relocation preparation with UE involved for CS

domain, by cause
C310342776
C310342777
C310342778
C310342779
C310342780
Number of attempted outgoing relocation with UE involved for CS

domain
C310342781
C310342782
C310342783
Number of failed outgoing relocation with UE involved for CS domain,

by cause
C310342784
C310342785
C310342786
396
C310342787
C310342788
C310342789
C310342790
C310342791
C310342792
C310342793
C310342794
Number of attempted relocation preparation with UE not involved for

PS domain, by cause
C310342795
C310342796
C310342797
C310342798
C310342799
C310342800
C310342801
C310342802
Number of failed relocation preparation with UE not involved for PS
C310342803
domain, by cause
C310342804
C310342805
C310342806
C310342807
Number of attempted outgoin relocation with UE not involved for PS

domain
C310342808
Number of failed outgoing relocation with UE not involved for PS
C310342809
domain, by cause
C310342810
C310342811
C310342812
Number of attempted relocation preparation with UE involved for PS
C310342813
domain, by cause
C310342814
C310342815
C310342816
C310342817
Number of failed relocation preparation with UE involved for PS
397
C310342818
domain, by cause
C310342819
C310342820
C310342821
C310342822
C310342823
C310342824
C310342825
C310342826
Number of attempted outgoing relocation with UE involved for PS

domain
C310342827
C310342828
C310342829
C310342830
C310342831
Number of failed outgoing relocation with UE involved for PS domain,
C310342832
by cause
C310342833
C310342834
C310342835
C310342836
C310342837
C310342838
C310342839
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE not involved for CS
C310342840
domain, by cause
C310342841
C310342842
C310342843
C310342844
C310342845
C310342846
Number of failed incoming relocation with UE not involved for CS

domain, by cause
C310342847
C310342848
398
C310342849
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE involved for CS
C310342850
domain, by cause
C310342851
C310342852
C310342853
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE involved for CS

domain, by cause
C310342854
C310342855
C310342856
C310342857
C310342858
Number of failed incoming relocation with UE involved for CS domain,

by cause
C310342859
C310342860
C310342861
C310342862
C310342863
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE not involved for PS
C310342864
domain, by cause
C310342865
C310342866
C310342867
C310342868
C310342869
C310342870
Number of failed incoming relocation with UE not involved for PS

domain, by cause
C310342871
C310342872
C310342873
C310342874
C310342875
C310342876
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE
involved for PS
domain, by cause
C310342877
C310342878
C310342879
C310342880
Number of failed incoming relocation with UE involved for PS domain,
399
C310342881
by cause
C310342882
C310342883
C310342884
C313780279
C313780280
Statistics of outgoing relocation preparation for Adjacent RNC
C313780281
C313780282
C313780283
C313780284
C313780285
C313780286
Statistics of outgoing relocation for Adjacent RNC
C313780287
C313780288
C313780289
C313780290
14.1.4
Inter-RAT Cell Handover Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C310352885
C310352886
C310352887
C310352888
Number of attempted incoming inter-RAT handover for CS domain
C310352889
C310352890
C310352891
C310352892
C310352893
C310352894
Number of failed incoming inter-RAT handover for CS domain
C310352895
C310352896
C310352897
Number of attempted incoming inter-RAT handover for PS domain
400
C310352898
C310352899
C310352900
C310352901
C310352902
C310352903
C310352904
C310352905
C310352906
Number of failed incoming inter-RAT handover for PS domain
C310352907
C310352908
C310352909
C310352910
Number
of
attempted
incoming
inter-RAT
handover
for
PS
of successful incoming inter-RAT handover
for
PS
domain(Cell Re-selection)
Number
domain(Cell Re-selection)
C310352911
C310352912
C310352913
C310352914
Number of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing CS inter-RAT

handovers
C310352915
C310352916
C310352917
C310352918
C310352919
C310352920
C310352921
C310352922
Number of failed relocation preparation for outgoing CS inter-RAT

handovers
C310352923
C310352924
C310352925
C310352926
C310352927
Number of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing PS inter-RAT
C310352928
handovers
401
C310352929
C310352930
C310352931
C310352932
C310352933
C310352934
C310352935
C310352936
C310352937
Number of failed relocation preparation for outgoing PS inter-RAT
C310352938
handovers
C310352939
C310352940
C310352941
C310352942
C310352943
Statistics of outgoing CS and PS inter-RAT handovers(DTM)
C310352944
C310352945
Number of attempted outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310352946
C310352947
C310352948
Number of failed outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310352949
C310352950
C310352951
C310356583
Number of successful outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310352952
Number of attempted outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310352953
C310352954
C310352955
Number of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310352956
C310352957
C310352958
C310352959
Number of attempted outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Cell Change
402
Order)
C310352960
C310352961
C310352962
Number of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Cell Change

Order)
C310352963
C310352964
C310352965
C310352966
C310352967
C310352968
C310352969
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers,

by channel type
C310352970
C310352971
C310352972
C310352973
C310352974
C310352975
C310352976
C310352977
C310352978
C310352979

by channel type
C310352980
C310352981
C310352982
C310352983
C310352984
C310352985
Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handoverrs, by channel type
C310352986
C310352987
C310352988

by channel type
C310352989
C310352990
403
C310352991
C310352992
C310352993
C310352994
C310352995
Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310352996
C310352997
C310352998
C310352999
C310353000

by channel type
C310353001
C310353002
C310353003
C310353004
C310353005
C310353006
C310353007
C310353008
C310353009
C310353010
by channel type
C310353011
C310353012
C310353013
C310353014
C310353015
C310353016
C310353017
C310353018
C310353019
by channel type
C310353020
C310353021
C310353022
404
C310353023
C310353024
C310353025
C310353026
C310353027
C310353028
C310353029
C310353030

by channel type
C310353031
C310353032
C310353033
C310353034
C310353035
C310353036
C310353037
C310353038
C310353039
C310353040
by channel type
C310353041
C310353042
C310353043
C310353044
C310353045
C310353046
C310353047
C310353048
C310353049
C310353050
by channel type
C310353051
C310353052
C310353053
C310353054
405
C310353055
C310353056
C310353057
C310353058
Statistics of outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353059
C310353060
C310353061
C310353062
C310353063
C310353064
C310353065
C310353066
C310353067
C310353068
C310353069
C310353070
C310353071
C310353072
C310353073
C310353074
C310353075
C310353076
C310353077
C310353078
C310353079
C310353080
C310353081
C310353082
C310353083
C310353084
C310353085
C310353086
406
C310353087
C310353088
C310353089
C310353090
C310353091
C310353092
C310353093
C310353094
C310353095
C310353096
C310353097
C310353098
C310353099
C310353100
C310353101
C310353102
C310353103
C310353104
C310353105
C310353106
C310353107
C310353108
C310353109
C310353110
C310353111
C310353112
C310353113
C310353114
C310353115
C310353116
C310353117
C310353118
Number of speech outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by measurement
407
C310353119
quality
C310353120
C310353121
C310353122
C310353123
C310353124
C310353125
C310353126
C310353127
C310353128
C310353129
C310353130
C310353131
C310353132
C310353133
C310353134
C310353135
C310353136
C310353137
Statistics of outgoing R99 data inter-RAT handovers(CCO), by

measurement quality
C310353138
C310353139
C310353140
C310353141
C310353142
C310353143
C310353144
C310353145
Number of DCH NRT outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by measurement
C310353146
quality
C310353147
C310353148
C310353149
C310353150
Number of DCH video outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement
408
C310353151
Quality
C310353152
C310353153
C310353154
C310353155
C310353156
C310353157
C310353158
C310353159
C310353160
C310353161
Number
C310353162
measurement Quality
of
DCH
other
RT
outgoing
inter-RAT
handover,by
C310353163
C310353164
C310353165
C310353166
C310353167
C310353168
C310353169
Number of HS-DSCH outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement
C310353170
Quality
C310353171
C310353172
C310353173
C310353174
C310353175
C310353176
C310353177
Number of E-DCH outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement
C310353178
Quality
C310353179
C310353180
C310353181
C310353182
Number of VoIP outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement
409
C310353183
Quality
C310353184
C310353185
C310353186
C310353187
C310353188
C310353189
C310353190
C310353191
C310353192
C310353193
C310353194
C310353195
C310353196
C310353197
C310353198
C310353199
C310353200
C310353201
C310353202
C310353203
C310353204
C310353205
C310353206
Statistics of outgoing inter-RAT handover,by start cause
C310353207
C310353208
C310353209
C310353210
C310353211
C310353212
C310353213
C310353214
410
C310353215
C310353216
C310353217
C310353218
C310353219
C310353220
C310353221
C310353222
C310353223
C310353224
C310353225
C310353226
C310353227
C310353228
C310353229
14.1.5
HSPA Serving Cell Change Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C310363230
C310363231
C310363232
C310363233
C310363234
C310363235
C310363236
Statistics of HS-DSCH serving cell change
C310363237
C310363238
C310363239
C310363240
C310363241
C310363242
C310363243
411
C310363244
C310363245
C310363246
C310363247
C310363248
C310363249
C310363250
C310363251
C310363252
C310363253
C310363254
C310363255
C310363256
C310363257
C310363258
C310363259
C310363260
C310363261
C310363262
C310366700
C310366701
C310366702
C310366703
C310366704
C310366705
C310366706
Statistics of HS-DSCH serving cell change in Iur
C310366707
C310366708
C310366709
C310366710
C310366711
C310366712
412
C310366713
C310366714
C310366715
C310366716
C310366717
C310366718
C310366719
C310366720
C310366721
C310363263
C310363264
C310363265
C310363266
C310363267
C310363268
C310363269
C310363270
C310363271
C310363272
C310363273
C310363274
Statistics of E-DCH serving cell change
C310363275
C310363276
C310363277
C310363278
C310363279
C310363280
C310363281
C310363282
C310363283
C310363284
C310363285
413
C310363286
C310363287
C310363288
C310363289
C310363290
C310363291
C310363292
C310363293
C310363294
C310363295
C310366722
C310366723
C310366724
C310366725
C310366726
C310366727
C310366728
C310366729
C310366730
C310366731
C310366732
Statistics of E-DCH serving cell change in Iur
C310366733
C310366734
C310366735
C310366736
C310366737
C310366738
C310366739
C310366740
C310366741
C310366742
C310366743
414
14.1.6
Inter-cell Hard Handover Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C310890001
C310890002
C310890003
C310890004
C310890005
C310890006
C310890007
C310890008
C310890009
Statistics of outgoing intra-NodeB hard handover
C310890010
C310890011
C310890012
C310890013
C310890014
C310890015
C310890016
C310890017
C310890018
C310890019
C310890020
C310890021
C310890022
C310890023
C310890024
Stattistics of outgoing inter-NodeB,intra-RNC hard handover
C310890025
C310890026
C310890027
C310890028
C310890029
C310890030
415
C310890031
C310890032
C310890033
C310890034
C310890035
C310890036
C310890037
C310890038
C310890039
C310890040
C310890041
C310890042
C310890043
C310890044
C310890045
Stattistics of outgoing inter-RNC hard handover via Iur
C310890046
C310890047
C310890048
C310890049
C310890050
C310890051
C310890052
C310890053
C310890054
C310890055
C310890056
C310890057
C310890058
Stattistics of outgoing inter-RNC hard handover switching in the CN
C310890059
C310890060
C310890061
C310890062
416
C310890063
C310890064
C310890065
C310890066
C310890067
C310890068
C310890069
C310890070
C310890071
C310890072
C310890073
C310890074
C310890075
C310890076
C310890077
C310890078
C310890079
C310890080
Stattistics of outgoing hard handover,by channel and traffic
C310890081
C310890082
C310890083
C310890084
C310890085
C310890086
C310890087
C310890088
C310890089
C310890090
C310890091
Statistics of outgoing hard handover,by domain
C310890092
C310890093
C310890094
417
C310890095
C310890096
C310890097
C310890098
C310890099
C310890100
C310890101
C310890102
C310890103
C310890104
C310890105
C310890106
C310890107
C310890108
C310890109
C310890110
C310890111
C310890112
C310890113
C310890114
C310890115
C310890116
C310890117
C310890118
C310890119
C310890120
C310890121
C310890122
C310890123
C310890124
C310890125
C310890126
418
C310890127
C310890128
C310890129
C310890130
C310890131
C310890132
C310890133
C310890134
C310890135
C310890136
14.1.7
Inter-cell Soft Handover Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C310880137
Stattistics of radio link addition for soft handover between cells
C310880138
C310880139
C310880140
C310880141
C310880142
Number of failed radio link addition for soft handover between cells,by
C310880143
cause
C310880144
C310880145
C310880146
C310880147
Stattistics of radio link deletion for soft handover between cells
C310880148
C310880149
C310880150
C310880151
C310880152
Number of failed radio link deletion for soft handover between cells,by
cause
C310880153
C310880154
C310880155
419
C310880156
C310880157
Stattistics of soft handover between cells
C310880158
C310880159
C310880160
C310880161
C310880162
Number of failed soft handover between cells,by cause
C310880163
C310880164
C310880165
C310880166
C310880167
Statistics of soft handover between cells for monitor set
C310880168
C310880169
C310880170
C310880171
C310880172
C310880173
C310880174
C310880175
Statistics of soft handover,add Radio link,by channel and traffic
C310880176
C310880177
C310880178
C310880179
C310880180
C310880181
C310880182
C310880183
C310880184
C310880185
Statistics of soft handover,delete Radio link,by channel and traffic
C310880186
C310880187
420
C310880188
C310880189
C310880190
C310880191
C310880192
C310880193
C310880194
C310880195
C310880196
C310880197
C310880198
C310880199
14.1.8
Inter-cell Detected Set Statistics

Counter No.
C310910200
14.1.9
Description
Statistics of detected set
Inter-RAT Inter-cell Handover Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C310900001
C310900002
C310900003
Stattistics of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing CS
C310900004
inter-RAT handovers
C310900005
C310900006
C310900007
C310900008
C310900009
C310900010
Stattistics of failed relocation preparation for outgoing CS
C310900011
inter-RAT handovers
C310900012
C310900013
421
C310900014
C310900015
C310900016
C310900017
Stattistics of attempted outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310900018
C310900019
C310900020
Stattistics of failed outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310900021
C310900022
C310900023
C310900024
C310900025
C310900026
C310900027
Stattistics of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing PS

inter-RAT handovers(Handover from UTRAN)
C310900028
C310900029
C310900030
C310900031
C310900032
C310900033
C310900034
Stattistics of failed relocation preparation for outgoing PS
C310900035
inter-RAT handovers(Handover From UTRAN)
C310900036
C310900037
C310900038
C310900039
C310900040
Stattistics
of
attempted
outgoing
PS
inter-RAT
handovers(Handover From UTRAN)
C310900041
C310900042
Stattistics of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Handover

From UTRAN)
C310900043
C310900044
422
C310900045
C310900046
C310900047
Stattistics of attempted outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310900048
C310900049
C310900050
Stattistics of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310900051
C310900052
C310900053
C310900054
C310900055
C310900056
C310900057
C310900058
C310900059
C310900060
Stattistics of outgoing inter-RAT handovers,by Channel and
C310900061
traffic
C310900062
C310900063
C310900064
C310900065
C310900066
C310900067
C310900068
C310900069
C310900070
C310900071
C310900072
Stattistics of incoming inter-RAT handovers
C310900073
C310900074
C310900075
C310900076
423
C310900077
C310900078
C310900079
C310900080
C310900081
C310900082
14.1.10
Soft Handover via Iur Statistics

Counter No.
Description
C312190211
C312190212
C312190213
C312190214
C312190215
C312190216
C312190217
C312190218
C312190219
C312190220
C312190221
Statistics of active set update ,Iur
C312190222
C312190223
C312190224
C312190225
C312190226
C312190227
C312190228
C312190229
C312190230
C312190231
C312190232
C312190233
Statistics of active set update for E-DCH,Iur
424
C312190234
C312190235
C312190236
C312190237
C312190238
C312190239
C312190240
C312190241
C312190242
C312190243
C312190244
C312190245
C312190246
C312190247
C312190248
C312190249
C312190250
C312190251
C312190252
C312190253
C312190254
14.1.11
Eutran Inter-RAT Handover Statistics

Counter No.
C312106764
Description
Number of attempted incoming inter-RAT handover for SRVCC
C312106765
C312106766
C312106767
Number of failed incoming inter-RAT handover for SRVCC,by

cause
C312106768
C312106769
C312106770
Number of attempted incoming inter-RAT handover for PS

domain(Eutran to Utran)
425
C312106771
C312106772
C312106773
Number of failed incoming inter-RAT handover for PS

domain(Eutran to Utran)
C312106774
C312106775
C312106776
Number of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing PS

inter-RAT handovers(Utran to Eutran)
C312106777
C312106778
C312106779
C312106780
C312106781
Number of failed relocation preparation for outgoing PS

inter-RAT handovers(Utran to Eutran)
C312106782
C312106783
C312106784
C312106785
C312106786
Number of attempted outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Utran to

Eutran)
C312106787
C312106788
C312106789
Number of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Utran to
C312106790
Eutran)
C312106791
C312106792
C312103530
C312103531
C312103532
Number of PS incoming inter-RAT handover for CSFB(EUTRAN
C312103533
to UTRAN)
C312103534
C312103535
14.1.12
Compressed Mode Statistics

Counter No.
Description
426
C310605484
Total number of Compressed Mode Command in Cell
C310760044
Total number of Compressed Mode message send over Iur
C310615519
Total Number of Compress Mode Command over Iur(DRNC)
C310585292
Total Number of Measurement Control Send
C310585293
C310585294
C310585295
C310585296
C310585297
C310585298
C310585299
C310585300
C310585301
C310585302
C310585303
C310585304
C310585305
C310585306
C310585307
C310585308
C310585309
Number of Measurement Control to Activate Compressed Mode

for Interfrequency Measurement
for InterRAT Measurement
for CS Service
for PS Service
for CS+PS Service
for Ec/No Measurement
for RSCP Measurement
Total Number of Measurement Control Failure Received
Number of Measurement Control Failure due to Compressed
Mode Runtime Error
Number of Measurement Control Failure due to Protocol Error
Number of Measurement Control Failure due to Cell Update
Occurred
Number of Measurement Control Failure due to Invalid
Configuration
Number of Measurement Control Failure due to Configuration
Incomplete
Number of Measurement Control Failure due to Unsupported
Measurement
Number of Measurement Control Failure due to other
Number of Measurement Control Failure to Activate Compressed
Mode for Interfrequency Measurement
Mode for InterRAT Measurement
427
C310585310
C310585311
C310585312
C310585313
C310585314
14.2

Mode for CS Service
Mode for PS Service
Mode for CS+PS Service
Mode for Ec/No Measurement
Mode for RSCP Measurement
Alarm List
This feature has no related alarm.
15
Glossary
B
BLER
Block error ratio
BSC
Base Station Controller
C
CIO
CN
Core Network
CPICH
Common Pilot Channel
CS
Circuit switched
CSFB
CS Fallback
CTCP
Common transmitted carrier power
428
DCH
Dedicated Channel
DL
Downlink (Forward Link)
DPCCH
Dedicated Physical Control Channel
DPDCH
Dedicated Physical Data Channel
DRBC
Dynamic Radio Bearer Control
DRNC
Drift Radio Network Controller
DSCR
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
DTCP
Dedicated transmitted code power
DTM
Dual Transfer Mode
E
Ec/No
Received energy per chip divided by the power density in the band
E-DCH
Enhanced Dedicated Channel
E-UTRA
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
E-UTRAN
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
F
FDD
Frequency Division Duplex
GBR
Guaranteed Bit Rate
GGSN
Gateway GPRS Support Node
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
GSM
Global system for mobile communications
429
GERAN
GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
H
HCS
Hierarchical Cell Structure
HLR
Home Location Register
HSDPA
High speed downlink packet access
HS-DSCH
High Speed Downlink Shared Channel
HSPA
High Speed Packet Access
HS-PDSCH
High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel
HSUPA
High speed uplink packet access
I
IMS
IP Multimedia Sub-system
IMSI
International Mobile Subscriber Identity
LTE
Long Term Evolution
M
MBMS
Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service
MGW
Media GateWay
MSC
Mobile Switching Centre
NACC
Network Assisted Cell Change
NRT
Non-Real Time
430
O
OLPC
Outer loop power control
P-CPICH
Primary Common Pilot Channel
PS
Packet switched
Q
Qos
Quality of Service
R
RAB
Radio access bearer
RIM
RAN Information Management
RL
Radio Link
RNC
Radio network controller
RNS
Radio Network Subsystem
RRC
Radio resource control
RSCP
Received Signal Code Power
RSRP
Reference Signal Received Power
RSSI
Received Signal Strength Indicator
RT
Real Time
RTWP
Received Total Wideband Power
S
SF
Spreading Factor
431
SGSN
Serving GPRS Support Node
SI
System Information
SIR
Signal to interference ratio
SON
Self Organizing Networks
SRNC
Serving Radio Network Controller
SRNS
Serving RNS
SRVCC
Single Radio Voice Call Continuity
T
TCP
TDD
Time Division Duplex(ing)
TFCS
Transport format combination set
TG
Transmission Gap
TGD
Transmission Gap start Distance
TGL
Transmission Gap Length
TGSN
Transmission Gap Starting Slot Number
TGPL
Transmission Gap Pattern Length
TTI
Transmission time interval
U
UE
User equipment
UL
Uplink
UMTS
Universal
Mobile
Telecommunications
System
432
UTRA
UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
UTRAN
UMTS Terrestrial radio access network
W
WCDMA
Wideband CDMA, Code division multiple access
433

3g Handover Detailed Document

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

3g Handover Detailed Document

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Handover

Handover Control Feature Guide

Handover Control Feature Guide

Handover Optimization in Weak-Coverage and

Processing via IUR for PS0/0.

Modified the switch of function enabled in

Modified the strategy of coupling between

Modified the remark for measurement quality in

Added Section 4.3.7 Criterion of Being in the

Modified Chapter 9, and added the authorized

carried in CommonID is empty.

Modified Section 4.3.8, and added the parallel

StateMode and GsmStateMode.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary

Handover Control Feature Guide

12. Added the special strategy to deal with the

CsIntraEvtSwch, srvHoIndAmr, srvHoIndCs64,

refUUeIntMeasProfile, and evtAbTcpThrd.

OwnMeasQuantity, RptCrt(Intra), RptCrt(Inter),

SoftHoMth, servHoInd, BscFeatSwitch, ExtInfo,

UeIntMCfgNote, and HoEvtMeasTP.

handover in Section 5.1.2.7.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary

Handover Control Feature Guide

Based on Board Power Off.

Added Section 8.6 Inter-RAT Handover based

Added Section 7.9 Special UMTS->GSM

Modified Sections 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5,

Modified Section 4.3.8.1 to Intra-frequency

Handover Optimization in Weak-Coverage.

Inter-RAT Events, and changed the inter-RAT

Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurement

Inter-RAT Period Measurement Algorithm.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary

Handover Control Feature Guide

InterHoMth, IntRatHoMth, PeriodTriggerTime,

LteCellIdenFlag, and RncFeatSwitchBit25.

Intra-Frequency Hard Handover: added the

Modified Section 8.4 Fast Return to EUTRAN.

Added the following parameters: GResPara47,

PsHoLteMeasTimer, and SimCompUserNum.

Inter-Frequency Events: added the penalty

Added the following parameters: GResPara6,

Handover Strategy, and added strategy of

initiating the PS handover procedure from

Modified Section 8.4 Fast Return to EUTRAN,

identifying CSFB, and added strategy of

Added the following parameters: GResPara52,

parameters, glossaries, and counters. Modified

ZTE Confidential Proprietary

Handover Control Feature Guide

some descriptions of the text. Deleted the

2014 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary

Handover Control Feature Guide

ZTE Confidential Proprietary

Handover Control Feature Guide

Compressed Mode Strategy ........................................................................... 27

Intra-Frequency Handover Strategy ............................................................... 34

Inter-Frequency Handover Strategy ............................................................... 71

ZTE Confidential Proprietary

Handover Control Feature Guide

Handling Mechanism for Periodical Report of Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT

Inter-RNC Mobility ......................................................................................... 104